Victorian Environmental Water Holder

Seasonal Watering Plan 2014-15 collaboration integrity commitment initiative

© Victorian Environmental Water Holder 2014

Accessibility If you would like to receive this publication in an This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution alternative format, please contact the Victorian 3.0 licence. You are free to re-use the work under Environmental Water Holder on (03) 9637 8951 or email that licence, on the condition that you credit the Victorian [email protected]. This document is also Environmental Water Holder as author. The licence does not available on the internet at www.vewh.vic.gov.au apply to any images, photographs or branding, including the Victorian Government logo and the Victorian Environmental Acknowledgment of Country Water Holder logo. To view a copy of this licence, visit The Victorian Environmental Water Holder acknowledges http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/au/deed.en Aboriginal Traditional Owners within , their rich culture and their spiritual connection to Country. The Printed by Impact Digital, Brunswick (June 2014) contribution and interests of Aboriginal People and organisations in the management of land and natural ISSN: 2203-6539 (Print) resources is also recognised and acknowledged. ISSN: 2203-6520 (Online)

Disclaimer This publication may be of assistance to you but the Victorian Environmental Water Holder and its employees do not guarantee that the publication is without flaw of any kind or is wholly appropriate for your particular purposes and therefore disclaims all liability for any error, loss or other consequence which may arise from you relying on any information in this publication.

Front cover image: Kinnairds , by Jo Wood, Goulburn Broken CMA Pictured above: , by Sarah Gaskill, Water Contents

Section 1 – Background 3 1.1. Introduction 4 1.2. Planning 9 1.3. Managing 16 1.4. Reporting 20 1.5. Governance 22 1.6. Relationships 23 1.7. Learning 27

Section 2 – Region 28 2.1 Snowy system 31 2.2 Latrobe system 34 2.2.1 36 2.2.2 Latrobe 39 2.3 Thomson system 43 2.4 Macalister system 49

Section 3 – Central Region 55 3.1 Yarra system 58 3.2 Tarago system 65 3.3 Werribee system 71 3.4 Moorabool system 78 3.5 Lower Barwon wetlands 84

Section 4 – Western Region 90 4.1 Glenelg system 93 4.2 system 100 4.3 Wimmera- wetlands 112

Section 5 – Northern Region 120 5.1 Victorian Murray system 124 5.1.1 Forest 126 5.1.2 Gunbower Creek and Forest 130 5.1.3 Central Murray wetlands 136 5.1.4 Hattah 140 5.1.5 Lower Murray wetlands 143 5.1.6 Lindsay, Wallpolla and Mulcra Islands 149 5.2 Ovens system 153 5.3 Goulburn system 158 5.3.1 161 5.3.2 Goulburn wetlands 166 5.4 Broken system 168 5.4.1 and upper Broken Creek 171 5.4.2 Lower Broken Creek 174 5.4.3 Broken wetlands 177 5.5 Campaspe system 179 5.5.1 182 5.5.2 186 5.6 Loddon system 189 5.6.1 , Tullaroop Creek and Pyramid Creek 192 5.6.2 Boort wetlands 197 5.6.3 Birchs Creek 200 Section 6 – Further information 202 6.1 Contact details 203 6.2 Glossary 204 6.3 List of acronyms 208

Seasonal Watering Plan 2014–15 1 Foreword

I am pleased to present the 2014-15 Seasonal Watering Plan for Victoria’s environmental watering program. This is the fourth seasonal watering plan prepared by the Victorian Environmental Water Holder (VEWH) since its establishment in 2011.

The seasonal watering plan is the operational document that guides most of the VEWH’s work within Victoria’s environmental watering program. The plan is critical in guiding watering decisions and in providing our program partners, stakeholders and the community with a sense of what to expect during the water year. The scenarios presented in this plan, which range from drought to wet, help the VEWH and waterway managers prioritise environmental watering decisions in line with unfolding seasonal conditions.

In 2013-14, many systems across Victoria experienced average to wet conditions early in the water year followed by drier conditions towards the end of the year. Priority watering actions were managed to meet these changing conditions and some significant environmental outcomes were achieved. The outcomes included spawning of the Australian grayling in the and Macquarie perch in the , widespread flowering of the endangered Wimmera bottlebrush on the , and the growth and flowering of moira grass as well as a significant ibis breeding event in Barmah Forest. The drier conditions also enabled many wetlands and floodplains to undergo a drying phase, which is a critical component of environmental water management in ephemeral systems.

While water availability is a critical factor determining opportunities for environmental watering in any given year, carryover and trade are important tools that can be planned for, and used by the VEWH to maximise environmental outcomes. This plan, importantly, identifies scenarios under which these tools can be used. For instance, to secure water for priority watering actions in the following water year, or to transfer water between systems for use at sites which have been prioritised for watering from a State-wide perspective to achieve the greatest environmental benefit.

Over the last three years, the VEWH has worked to help build strong relationships between the partners of the Victorian environmental watering program and with local communities. A new partnership agreement between the VEWH and the Commonwealth Environmental Water Holder recognises the collaborative, complementary, objective and integrated effort needed between partners to deliver optimal environmental outcomes and aims to further improve program performance.

It will be an exciting year for environmental watering in Victoria in 2014-15, with the opportunity to deliver environmental water to some new sites and to continue to support environmental values across the State. In addition, new infrastructure on the Victorian Murray system will enable large volumes of environmental water to be delivered to floodplains and wetlands to achieve widespread environmental outcomes.

The VEWH and its program partners are well placed to achieve most of the priority watering actions identified in this plan, no matter what seasonal conditions occur during 2014-15.

I look forward to the coming water year and the opportunity to demonstrate best-practice environmental water management to achieve the most effective and efficient use of Victoria’s Water Holdings.

Denis Flett Chairperson, Victorian Environmental Water Holder

2 Victorian Environmental Water Holder Section 1- Background

This section of the plan provides some general information about the VEWH. It provides a brief outline of the VEWH’s strategic programs, including the three core programs (planning, managing and reporting) and the three enabling programs (governance, relationships and learning). Further information about these programs, including priority outputs and key performance indicators can be found in the VEWH’s Corporate Plan 2014-15 to 2017-18.

Sections 2 to 5 provide specific information about the priority watering actions for 2014-15 for each system in Victoria for which water from the Water Holdings may be available.

Pictured: Black Swamp, by Jo Wood, Goulburn Broken CMA

SeasonalSeasonal WateringWatering Plan 2014–15 3 1.1 Introduction

Environmental water management is a complex and evolving field. This section explains the importance of environmental watering and the VEWH’s role in the broader context of environmental water management.

The VEWH holds the environmental water entitlements that make up the Victorian environmental Water Holdings and are the basis for Victoria’s environmental watering program. The Water Holdings are held in 15 source systems for delivery to 18 receiving systems (see Figure 1.1 and Table 1.1). Some river systems connect naturally, some are connected by man-made structures, and others do not connect at all. Environmental entitlements are sourced from in one river system but may be able to be delivered and used in a number of river reaches and wetlands, depending on the specific rules of the entitlement and the physical connectivity between systems. For example, an entitlement held in the Goulburn River may be available for use in River Murray wetlands.

Figure 1.1 Systems which can receive water from the Water Holdings

Gippsland Region

Central Region Victorian Murray system Western Region

Northern Region

The Living Murray icon sites

Wimmera-Mallee system

Broken system

Wimmera Loddon system system Ovens system Campaspe system Goulburn system Snowy Glenelg system system Werribee Yarra system system Moorabool Thomson, system Macalister and Latrobe Barwon Tarago systems system system

4 Victorian Environmental Water Holder Introduction 1.1

Table 1.1 Systems from which the Water Holdings are sourced and systems which can receive water from the Water Holdings

Region Source systems Receiving systems

Gippsland Latrobe Latrobe

Thomson Thomson

Macalister Macalister

Snowy#

Central Yarra Yarra

Tarago Tarago

Werribee Werribee

Moorabool Moorabool

Lower Barwon Lower Barwon

Western Wimmera and Glenelg Glenelg

Wimmera

Wimmera-Mallee

Northern* Ovens* Ovens*

Goulburn Goulburn

Broken* Broken*

Campaspe Campaspe

Loddon Loddon

Victorian Murray Victorian Murray

* While the VEWH does not have Water Holdings in these systems, the Commonwealth Environmental Water Holder does. # The VEWH holds water entitlements in trust for the Snowy program, a joint initiative with the and Commonwealth governments. Decisions about the preferred environmental water releases for the Snowy are made by the New South Wales Ministerial Corporation, on recommendation of the Snowy Scientific Committee. The VEWH does not have a direct role in planning for or delivering this water.

The volume of water available from the Water Holdings varies in any given year due to seasonal conditions, including rainfall and runoff in the catchments. At 30 June 2014, the VEWH’s Water Holdings equated to an expected long-term average of 658 GL.

Victorian river systems may also be allocated environmental water from other water holders, including partners in the Living Murray program and the Commonwealth Environmental Water Holder. It is the role of the VEWH to coordinate with other holders of environmental water entitlements to maximise benefits for Victorian waterways to ensure the delivery of this water is targeted and will not have any adverse impacts in Victoria (see sections 2 to 5 for more information). In most cases, other water holders will transfer the agreed amount of water to the VEWH, which then becomes part of the Victorian Water Holdings.

Seasonal Watering Plan 2014–15 5 1.1 Introduction

The Water Holdings held by the VEWH represent a small proportion of the water available for the environment in Victoria. This is the component that can be actively managed, with discretion as to when, where and in what volumes water is delivered. The non-discretionary components of environmental water include:

• water set aside for the environment as obligations on consumptive water entitlements held by urban and rural water corporations – these are usually called ‘passing flows’ that must be released from storages or provided at a particular point of a river

• ‘above cap’ water provided once limits on consumptive water use have been reached or due to unregulated flows and spills from storages, usually created by heavy rainfall.

It is not only water from the Water Holdings that is beneficial to the health of waterways. Other types of water can also provide environmental benefits, for example:

• consumptive water en route (water on its way to being delivered to urban, rural and water users)

• system operating water (water required to be released down regulated rivers and through channels to enable water to be delivered to consumptive users)

• unregulated flows (water occurring naturally in rivers that cannot be captured in storages). These other types of water are also considered in the development and implementation of the seasonal watering plan to ensure effective system operations, efficient use of water from the Water Holdings and to maximise environmental benefits. In many cases, timing of environmental releases can be combined with these other types of water to achieve greater environmental benefits than an environmental release alone could produce. For example, the timing and route for delivery of consumptive water can sometimes be altered to provide environmental benefit without impacting on other water users. This can reduce the amount of environmental water that needs to be recovered to meet specific objectives.

Why is environmental water important?

River systems across Victoria provide water that is important to our consumptive water supply and modern agriculture. As a result, many of Victoria’s river systems have become highly regulated and now operate in a way that is significantly modified from natural conditions. For example, instead of water flowing uninterrupted from the top of a catchment to the sea, water is stored in and weir pools, diverted via pipelines and man-made channels, and used for towns, cities and irrigation. This regulation of water has effects on the health of Victoria’s waterways.

Many plants and animals depend on water, just as humans do. For example, rivers, wetlands and floodplains support various plant communities, from in-stream reeds through to Australia’s iconic river red gum forests and black box communities. These systems and their plant communities in turn support a range of animals such as waterbirds, , turtles and frogs.

These environmental values are what make Victoria’s waterways so important to their local communities. It is a big part of why people enjoy camping, picnicking, walking or running beside them, boating, fishing or yabbying on them, or taking part in any other countless recreational activities associated with them.

With significant amounts of water allocated for consumptive use, water also needs to be set aside for the environment. After determining the environmental values of most importance to the community, scientific studies are undertaken to identify the environmental flows required to protect these values. Water from the Water Holdings is then released to create the recommended flow patterns. Often these releases help mimic what would have happened in a river, wetland or floodplain under natural conditions. However, it is recognised that as most river systems are highly modified, they will not be returned to a pristine condition; and the focus is on protecting the important values that still remain.

6 Victorian Environmental Water Holder Introduction 1.1

Why is environmental water important? (continued)

Seasonal Watering Plan 2014–15 7 1.1 Introduction

Integrated waterway management

It is not only environmental flows that are important for healthy waterways. Equally important are complementary works and measures. Waterway managers are responsible for planning the integration of flows with works and measures. In part, this is done through regional waterway strategies (see section 1.2.1).

Complementary works and measures

8 Victorian Environmental Water Holder 1.2 Planning

A robust planning framework ensures the Water Holdings can be managed to maximise environmental benefits. This section outlines Victoria’s environmental water planning framework and the other factors considered when planning the effective management of the Water Holdings.

1.2.1 Victoria’s environmental water planning framework

Seasonal watering proposals produced by waterway managers identify the regional priorities for environmental water use in each system under a range of planning scenarios. The proposals provide a clear rationale to directly inform the Statewide priorities in the seasonal watering plan. The VEWH produces a set of guidelines on which the waterway managers base their proposals, encouraging a rigorous and consistent approach to environmental water planning across Victoria.

The seasonal watering proposals are informed by relevant regional waterway strategies, developed in consultation with the community and other partners. In addition, scientific studies into the magnitude, timing, duration and frequency of environmental flows required for each system (known as environmental flow studies), provide the scientific basis for seasonal watering proposals. These studies will also inform environmental water management plans, which outline long-term environmental objectives, desired flow regimes and management arrangements for each system, river reach and site identified for environmental watering. Regional waterway strategies and environmental water management plans will be developed or refined over the next few years.

Seasonal watering proposals submitted by waterway managers have been considered by the VEWH and incorporated into this plan.

The planning process for Victoria’s environmental watering program is summarised in Figure 1.2.

Pictured: Tarago River at Drouin West, by Sarah Gaskill,

Seasonal Watering Plan 2014–15 9 1.2 Planning

Figure 1.2 Planning for use of the Water Holdings

Key - who is responsible for what Regional waterway strategy Waterway Scientific VEWH • Identifies priority river reaches/wetlands and values managers experts in each region • Developed every eight years • Previously known as ‘regional river health strategies’

Guides priorities for

Environmental water management plan Environmental flow study • Outlines long term environmental objectives, desired • Scientific analysis of flow components required to flow regimes and management arrangements Informs support key environmental values and objectives • Will be developed progressively for each • Updated as required with new information system/site identified as a long-term priority for environmental watering • Updated as required with new information • Assumes current water recovery commitments/ targets • Previously part of ‘environmental operating strategies’

Forms basis of Seasonal watering plan • Describes Statewide priorities for environmental Seasonal watering proposal water use in the coming year under a range of climatic scenarios • Describes regional priorities for environmental water • Developed annually use in the coming year under a range of climatic scenarios • Consolidates the seasonal watering proposals Informs accepted by the VEWH • Developed annually • Can be varied at any time (with same consultative • Previously ‘environmental watering proposal’ or part requirements as initial development) of ‘annual watering plans’

Decisions communicated Required for approval of through

Delivery arrangement Seasonal watering statement • Clarifies operational requirements for, and • Communicates decisions on watering activities to responsibilities in, implementation of the seasonal be undertaken as water becomes available during watering statement season • This arrangement may be described in the • Authorises waterway managers to undertake watering seasonal watering proposals or plan, in operating • Statements can be released at any time during the arrangements required under entitlements, or in a season separate delivery plan • May be one or multiple statements for a system

Actions and outcomes reported through

Reporting • Website updates • Bi-monthly watering updates • Annual watering booklet • Annual report

10 Victorian Environmental Water Holder Planning 1.2

1.2.2 The Water Holdings The Water Holdings are the environmental water entitlements held by the VEWH. Table 1.2 details the entitlements held by the VEWH, as at 30 June 2014, including those held in trust for the Living Murray program.

Table 1.2 The Water Holdings (as at 30 June 2014)

System Entitlement Volume (ML) Reliability Latrobe Latrobe River Environmental Entitlement 2011 n/a1 n/a Blue Rock Environmental Entitlement 2013 18,7372 n/a Thomson Bulk Entitlement ( – Environment) Order 2005 10,000 High n/a Passing flows Macalister Macalister River Environmental Entitlement 2010 12,461 High 6,230 Low Yarra Yarra Environmental Entitlement 2006 17,000 High 55 Unregulated n/a Passing flows Tarago Tarago and Bunyip Rivers Environmental Entitlement 20092 3,0002 n/a Werribee Environmental Entitlement 2011 n/a2 n/a Moorabool Environmental Entitlement 20102 2,5002 n/a n/a Passing flows Barwon Environmental Entitlement 2011 n/a1 n/a Wimmera and Wimmera and Glenelg Rivers Environmental Entitlement 20103 40,560 High Glenelg 1000 n/a n/a Passing flows Goulburn Goulburn River Environmental Entitlement 2010 1,434 High 7,419 High 3,140 Low Environmental Entitlement (Goulburn System – Living Murray) 39,625 High 2007 156,980 Low Environmental Entitlement (Goulburn System - NVIRP Stage 1) n/a4 n/a 2012 Bulk Entitlement (Goulburn System – Snowy Environmental 30,252 High Reserve) Order 2004 8,156 Low Water shares – Environmental Reserve 8,321 High 17,852 Low Silver and Wallaby Creeks Environmental Entitlement 2006 n/a Passing flows Campaspe Environmental Entitlement (Campaspe River – Living Murray 126 High Initiative) 2007 5,048 Low Campaspe River Environmental Entitlement 2013 20,652 High 2,966 Low Loddon Bulk Entitlement (Loddon River – Environmental Reserve) Order 3,480 High 2005 7,490 n/a 2,024 Low Environmental Entitlement (Birch Creek – Bullarook System) 2009 100 n/a n/a Passing flows Water shares – Snowy River Environmental Reserve 470 High

Seasonal Watering Plan 2014–15 11 1.2 Planning

Table 1.2 The Water Holdings (as at 30 June 2014) (continued)

System Entitlement Volume (ML) Reliability Murray Bulk Entitlement (River Murray – Flora and Fauna) Conversion 29,783 High Order 1999 3,993 Low 40,000 Unregulated Bulk Entitlement (River Murray – Flora and Fauna) 50,000 High Conversion Order 1999 – Barmah-Millewa Forest Environmental 25,000 Low Water Allocation Bulk Entitlement (River Murray – Flora and Fauna) 9,589 High Conversion Order 1999 – Living Murray 101,850 Low 34,300 Unregulated River Murray Increased Flows 70,0005 n/a Environmental Entitlement (River Murray – NVIRP Stage 1) 2012 n/a6 n/a Bulk Entitlement (River Murray – Snowy Environmental Reserve) 29,794 High Conversion Order 2004 Water shares – Snowy Environmental Reserve 14,671 High 6,423 Low

Notes 1 Use of these entitlements is dependent upon suitable river heights, as specified in both the Latrobe and Barwon environmental entitlements. 2 This volume represents the average annual entitlement volume. The entitlements consist of passing flows and a percentage share of inflows into storage (9 percent – Blue Rock; 10.3 percent – Tarago; 10 percent – Werribee; 11.9 percent – Moorabool), with the actual volume available in any year varying depending upon inflow conditions. 3 In addition to volumetric entitlement, the entitlement also consists of above cap water. 4 The entitlement volume is equal to one-third of the total phase 4 water savings from GMW Connections Project Stage 1 achieved in the Goulburn component of the Goulburn Murray Irrigation District, as verified in the latest audit; and any mitigation water available in the Goulburn System in that year. 5 Long-term average volume. 6 The entitlement volume is equal to one-third of the total phase 4 water savings from GMW Connections Project Stage 1 achieved in the Murray component of the Goulburn Murray Irrigation District, as verified in the latest audit; and any mitigation water available in the River Murray System in that year.

Further details about the Water Holdings can be viewed online at the Victorian Water Register (www.waterregister.vic.gov.au), which is a public register of all water entitlements in Victoria, or at the VEWH website (www.vewh.vic.gov.au).

1.2.3 Prioritising watering actions

It is necessary to prioritise watering actions for many reasons including: • to address the variability in environmental water demand and supply from year to year • because some priority watering actions may be met naturally • because there is not always enough water available to meet all watering demands.

To address uncertainty, a flexible framework called the seasonally adaptive approach is used to plan for short-term climate variability and guide decision making. This robust planning framework involves developing scenarios that help identify and scope potential watering actions and determine the priority environmental objectives for all likely conditions. In dry conditions, priority watering actions are focused on protecting drought refuges and preventing critical or irreversible loss. In wetter conditions, the aim is to improve resilience and restore floodplain linkages.

As a result of natural connectivity and man-made channels, it is often possible to deliver water from a particular to a range of river or wetland systems. Northern Victoria is an example of a largely connected group of systems. This interconnectivity provides the opportunity to prioritise environmental water use across systems and waterway management regions. Determining priorities is most important when resources are constrained; for example, during drought periods or when there are limited funds for delivery charges.

12 Victorian Environmental Water Holder Planning 1.2

Through the prioritisation process the VEWH seeks to maximise environmental outcomes across the State. The VEWH identifies critical watering actions, in consultation with waterway managers and other key stakeholders, and makes decisions with this Statewide perspective. A range of criteria are considered in prioritising watering actions within and between systems.

Criteria for prioritising watering actions

In considering seasonal watering proposals, developing the seasonal watering plan and prioritising the use of the Water Holdings, the criteria used include the:

• extent and significance of the environmental benefit expected from the watering action - for example, the area watered, the size of the breeding event to be triggered, the conservation status of the species that will benefit

• level of certainty of achieving the environmental benefit from the watering action and ability to manage other threats - for example, a flow has been provided in the past with demonstrated benefits and relevant complementary measures are being undertaken at the site

• the ability to provide ongoing benefits at the site at which the watering action is to take place - for example, where the management arrangements provide for watering in the long term

• the water requirements of the site at which the watering is to take place, taking into account watering history at that site and the implications of not undertaking the proposed watering action at the site - for example, the potential for critical or irreversible loss of important environmental values

• feasibility of the watering action - for example, flexibility of timing of delivery, operational requirements and constraints, and infrastructure capacity

• overall cost effectiveness of the watering action - for example, considering the likely benefit to be achieved against the costs of the watering action (including the volume of water to be used and any costs associated with delivery and risk management).

It is recognised that environmental watering can provide a range of environmental, social and economic benefits. In the interests of providing multiple outcomes wherever possible, opportunities to provide social and economic benefits will also be considered when prioritising watering actions, where there is no detriment to the potential environmental benefits.

1.2.4 Triggers for action

A range of factors are considered in deciding to deliver a watering action during the year. It is important that there is flexibility to respond to these different factors which include:

• water availability, seasonal conditions and weather forecasts

• river and system operations, including unregulated flows, catchment inflows, storage levels, and any relevant capacity constraints

• ecological factors and triggers, such as plant and animal responses to natural flows or temperature

• risks associated with an action, such as deteriorating water quality.

Seasonal Watering Plan 2014–15 13 1.2 Planning

1.2.5 Planning for the unknown

There are many unknown factors that can influence the planning and implementation of environmental water delivery. A number of these factors are outlined below.

Other water holder entitlements: Given Victoria’s position within the Murray-Darling Basin, the VEWH plays a key role in planning for the delivery of Commonwealth environmental water and water from the Living Murray program. The seasonal watering plan specifically outlines the priority watering actions for the use of all water holders’ water for environmental outcomes in Victorian river systems. However, the VEWH also acts as the intermediary for the delivery of other water holder’s environmental water held in Victoria for downstream demands; for example, for the Lower Lakes in . As it is not currently possible to anticipate the specifics of these demands, it is not possible to include this detail in this plan. However, the VEWH will seek to facilitate and authorise the use of other water holder’s water for environmental outcomes elsewhere, provided there are no adverse impacts on Victoria’s waterways and any other risks are appropriately managed.

Donations/contributions: The VEWH may also receive water donations from individuals, community groups and other organisations, which can contribute to the priority watering actions identified in this plan. This may include: using the allocation in the system to which it is donated; selling the allocation to buy at a later time or in a different system; or carrying it over for a priority watering action in a future year. Some donors may wish their water to be used for a specific purpose not listed in this plan, such as a local priority watering action of importance to the donor. The benefits and cost of this would need to be considered by the VEWH. These types of actions may be authorised if considered beneficial.

Research proposals: Research proposals requiring a small volume of environmental water may be received by the VEWH throughout the year. Water may be allocated from the Water Holdings for research and development purposes where it is likely to enhance knowledge and ultimately lead to better management of the Water Holdings. Research proposals will be considered on a case-by-case basis, and water use authorised where it is considered they maximise environmental outcomes in the long term. The primary focus of the research proposal must be for environmental benefit, consistent with the VEWH’s statutory objectives.

Emergency circumstances: In some cases, environmental water may be needed for an emergency management situation or to mitigate the impacts of a natural event, including reducing the impact of natural blackwater events, preventing fish deaths or mitigating the effects of blue-green algae. It could also include smoothing the transition to or from a high natural flow event; for example, supplementing natural flows to provide a more gradual rate of ‘rise and fall’ to minimise the threat of river bank slumping. It is not possible to specifically plan for these events at the start of the year, and swift action is often necessary when they occur. The VEWH will liaise closely with waterway managers and storage managers who share responsibility in such situations, and may decide, while considering current water availability and priority watering actions, to use a portion of the Water Holdings to mitigate adverse environmental impacts during these emergency situations.

Changing operational conditions and risk management: Due to the changing nature of each system, including evolving demands on systems and new water saving projects coming online, delivery constraints in a particular system may change during the water year. Likewise, it may be necessary for waterway managers or storage managers to undertake construction, scoping, maintenance or other works during the year. Changing conditions may also result in emerging or evolving risks which need to be managed. These will be taken into account as the season unfolds and delivery of environmental water adjusted as appropriate. This could include adjustment to the identified magnitude, timing or duration of watering actions.

Priority watering actions listed in sections 2 to 5 detail the targeted flow rates, timing and durations which environmental water releases aim to achieve. However, actual releases may be slightly amended if required, in response to system conditions or emerging risks, but will still aim to maximise the environmental outcomes achieved.

14 Victorian Environmental Water Holder Planning 1.2

1.2.6 Variations to the seasonal watering plan

In line with the Water Act 1989, the VEWH can only authorise a priority watering action where it is consistent with a seasonal watering plan. The VEWH is able to vary any section of the seasonal watering plan at any point during the water year. Variations may be required throughout the year to include new or amended entitlements, or to address any circumstances not identified at the start of the water year. Section 1.2.5 highlights some of the circumstances where it will not be necessary to vary the plan in order to authorise a priority watering action. Section 1.3.2 also highlights where a variation is not required if the delivery of priority watering actions needs to be adjusted in order to manage associated risks.

All variations will be made publicly available as separate attachments to the original plan. These will be available on the VEWH website and printed copies will be available on request from the VEWH office.

While this plan outlines the priority watering actions for 2014-15, environmental water planning is carried out over a rolling 18-24 month period. As a result, a number of priority watering actions in this plan begin before, or continue beyond 2014-15. This plan, and any variations, will remain valid for the 2014-15 water year, and until the subsequent seasonal watering plan is released. This ensures priority watering actions that continue beyond the 2014-15 water year can continue if there are any unforeseen delays in the release of the 2015-16 plan.

Pictured: Little Rushy Swamp at Barmah Forest, by Keith Ward, Goulburn Broken CMA Seasonal Watering Plan 2014–15 15 1.3 Managing

The effective and efficient management of the Water Holdings involves a number of processes and management tools. This section discusses the arrangements that must be in place before a priority watering action can be implemented, and how carryover and trade can be used to make the most effective use of the Water Holdings.

1.3.1 Delivering priority watering actions

The physical storage and delivery of environmental water to sites in Victoria is guided by, and subject to, a number of conditions, rules, and where applicable fees and charges. The VEWH releases seasonal watering statements to communicate decisions and authorise the relevant waterway manager to order and deliver water on behalf of the VEWH. The statements can be made at any time throughout the year and depending on the nature of the system and the entitlement being used, there may be one or multiple statements made for a particular system.

Before issuing a seasonal watering statement the VEWH must be sure that delivery arrangements are in place and that any costs to be met by the VEWH are acceptable. In some instances, particularly for wetland watering, a delivery plan is prepared to outline the water source, delivery route, strategies to overcome delivery constraints, local site governance, mechanism, timing and triggers for watering, water ordering process, costs and funding sources, and reporting and monitoring requirements.

Priority watering actions will be undertaken by waterway managers in accordance with the seasonal watering plan, seasonal watering statements, and in consultation with the appropriate storage manager and, where relevant, land manager.

Operating arrangements between the VEWH, storage manager, waterway manager and land manager (and other entitlement holders where appropriate) are in the process of being agreed for all entitlements held by the VEWH. These operating arrangements describe the collaborative approach between key delivery partners for the effective management and delivery of the Water Holdings. This includes roles and responsibilities, procedures for planning, ordering and delivery of environmental water, monitoring, accounting, reporting, communications, risk management and adaptive management.

Once delivery arrangements have been confirmed, environmental watering can commence. This may be via a release from an upstream storage or by diverting directly from a river or channel.

A seasonal watering statement issued in a watering year may have commenced in the previous watering year or extend to water delivery in the future. Multiple-year statements and the watering actions they authorise must align with priorities in all the watering years that they span.

16 Victorian Environmental Water Holder Managing 1.3

1.3.2 Risk management

Environmental watering requires coordination and collaboration between multiple entities and agencies. It is not conducted within the boundaries of any single organisation, necessitating a shared approach for effective management of risks.

The VEWH is working to formalise a partnership with all delivery partners, to be known as the Victorian Environmental Watering Partnership (‘the Partnership’). As part of the Partnership, a risk management framework is being developed to provide a robust mechanism to manage inter-organisational risk. The framework will outline the governance, roles and responsibilities and a standard risk assessment approach for environmental watering throughout Victoria. It is intended that the framework will be agreed to in 2014-15, including identification and development of a range of tools for risk management.

Standardised principles and processes have been applied to the risk identification and categorisation process of each seasonal watering proposal, and then incorporated into the seasonal watering plan. This process assesses and rates risks relating to the implementation of priority watering actions. These risks include impacts of watering actions on third parties, unintended adverse environmental impacts of watering, and non-achievement of the environmental objectives associated with watering actions. Sections 2 to 5 outline the risks identified by waterway managers, and list the intended mitigating strategies for each. Watering actions will not be implemented where there are unacceptable associated risks.

The risks of personal injury and flooding of private land and/or public infrastructure are of particular note and have been assessed, with associated mitigating strategies identified. The VEWH and waterway managers will not flood private land without prior consent from affected land owners. Risk management strategies will be implemented as necessary to address the risk of accidental or exacerbated flooding. If rainfall events are significant enough to create a flood threat (for example, a flood watch or flood warning being issued by the Bureau of Meteorology), environmental flows will be reduced or ceased, resuming again, if required, once the flood risk has passed.

Watering actions will not proceed if the risks cannot be adequately controlled. In some cases, the priority watering actions detailed in this plan may need to be delivered in a slightly different way; the target flow magnitude, duration, frequency, timing or even location will be adjusted as necessary in order to achieve planned environmental outcomes with minimal risk.

1.3.3 Carryover and trade

In certain circumstances, the VEWH can carry over allocation into the following water year or trade its water entitlements or allocations, consistent with the VEWH objectives – that is, the carryover or trade must benefit the environment. The mix of management tools including water use, carryover and trade will be used to optimise environmental benefits.

Carryover provides opportunities for more flexibility and efficiency in environmental water planning and delivery by allowing water holders to use environmental water when it is of greatest value to the environment. Water allocation left over at the end of the water year can be carried over and kept in storage for use in the following water year, subject to certain conditions.

Water trading also provides some opportunities to maximise environmental outcomes. For example, revenue raised through allocation trade may be used to purchase allocation at a different time or in a different system, to invest in technical work to address key knowledge gaps or even to fund small priority structural works to improve water use efficiency. While the VEWH also has the power to trade its water entitlements (that is, permanent trade), subject to approval by the Minister for Environment and Climate Change, it is not anticipated that this function would be used very often.

The VEWH has developed a decision (outlined in Figure 1.3) to outline some of the key considerations to guide carryover and allocation trading decisions. This involves assessing the amount of water available to meet environmental demand and then considering factors such as environmental risk, storage levels and allocation price.

Seasonal Watering Plan 2014–15 17 1.3 Managing If environmental demand is If environmental funds low risk or insufficient available N/A Eg1 Unaffordable Forego demand Forego Eg1 Low risk • No High risk If environmental demand If environmental is deemed a high risk and funds available sufficient N/A Eg1 Affordable Trade (buy) Trade • Eg1

No, but potential for optimised outcomes risk in selling system; systems are unconnected hydrologically risk not best met by carryover year; future watering Risk elsewhere is greater than environmental is greater Risk elsewhere than risk in current is greater Risk in future than risk of notBenefit of works is greater water will be required) Currently profitable Currently years (when in future Likely to be affordable To use revenue to buy water allocation use revenue To or invest in year, or in a future elsewhere complementary works/measures Trade (sell) Trade N/A • Eg1 Eg2 Eg3 Eg1 Eg2 Sufficient water and funding to meet environmental demand? in future years in future future years (when water willfuture be required) High risk in buying system or High levels Where carryover chargeWhere exceeds budget for carryover not required Where critical or early season needs larger watering actions in future dry years to buy use revenue To water allocation elsewhere or invest year, or in a future in complementary works/ measures Trade (sell) Trade Eg1 Low risk in selling system Eg2 profitable Eg1 Currently in Eg2 Likely to be affordable • • • Eg1 Yes in future years whenin future water will be needed Currently not profitable Currently Likely to be unaffordable ability to access carryover water early allocation price not profitable Low levels following year larger flow component likely in a dry year to be required High risk in early part of the High risk associated with a Meet critical or early season needs in following water year Accumulate water for larger years watering actions in future May include purchasing additional allocation for carryover Carryover

Eg1 Eg2 Eg1 Eg.2 Med-high levels but have Eg3 Med-high levels but

• • • Eg1 Eg2

Figure 1.3 Key considerations in allocation trade and carryover decisions risk levels price

Rationale Environmental Environmental Storage Storage Allocation Considerations and examples and Considerations

18 Victorian Environmental Water Holder Managing 1.3

All carryover and trade must be:

• in line with the general rules set by the Minister for Water (that apply to all entitlement holders)

• in line with any specific conditions in the entitlements, and any rules set by the Minister for Environment and Climate Change

• undertaken only to maximise environmental outcomes.

The VEWH has also developed a business rule to guide the internal decision-making processes for allocation trading. This includes assessing potential third party impacts and mitigating these where possible.

In some instances, it may be appropriate for the VEWH to carry over allocation into 2015-16 or to sell some water allocation, rather than using it in the current water year. Likewise, it may be necessary to buy additional water allocation in order to complete a priority watering action in a particular system. This could include water purchases in systems where no Water Holdings are currently held. Carryover and trade opportunities will be assessed throughout the season and undertaken only where they maximise environmental outcomes. If purchases occur in systems where no Water Holdings are currently held, this water will be released in line with best available scientific flow recommendations.

The VEWH must report annually on the management and use of the Water Holdings, including carryover and trade, to ensure transparency and accountability.

Pictured: Bull Swamp, Wimmera-Mallee wetlands, by Wimmera CMA Seasonal Watering Plan 2014–15 19 1.4 Reporting

It is important to demonstrate that environmental water has been delivered, and that this water is resulting in environmental outcomes. This section outlines the water accounting, ecological monitoring and reporting undertaken by the VEWH.

The VEWH is required to report on when, where, how and why environmental water is used. The environmental objectives of environmental watering are summarised in sections 2 to 5.

1.4.1 Water accounting

Environmental water accounting provides information on the volume of water allocated, and then released for and used at each of the environmental watering sites. This is in addition to any water carried over or traded throughout the water year.

As priority watering actions are implemented, the VEWH maintains internal water accounting records to track water use and the volumes remaining in the Water Holdings.

Allocation bank accounts are held for most of the entitlements held by the VEWH. As water is allocated to or delivered from each entitlement, these amounts are recorded in the Victorian Water Register (www. waterregister.vic.gov.au). All carryover and trading activity conducted by the VEWH will also be recorded on the Victorian Water Register and published in the VEWH annual report.

1.4.2 Metering

The VEWH is in the process of documenting its metering programs to outline the sites at which information such as volume or depth is collected. The information in the metering programs demonstrates compliance with the requirements of the environmental entitlements and identifies areas for improvement. This information will be used to improve the long-term management of environmental water.

1.4.3 Ecological monitoring

Scientific environmental flow studies demonstrate the links between particular watering actions (such as freshes or overbank flows) and specific environmental outcomes (such as triggering breeding of a priority fish species).

In addition to these flow studies, the Victorian Government has developed and is undertaking the Victorian Environmental Flow Monitoring and Assessment Program (VEFMAP). This program will provide additional certainty and an even more robust scientific basis for the link between particular watering actions and ecological responses.

In addition to VEFMAP, the VEWH and waterway managers may also conduct targeted ecological monitoring to improve future management decisions. Key results from this monitoring are reported in the VEWH’s bi-monthly watering update and annual watering booklet “Reflections” (available at www.vewh.vic.gov.au). They are also used to improve future management of the Water Holdings.

20 Victorian Environmental Water Holder Reporting 1.4

1.4.4 Reporting

The VEWH will report on the management of the Water Holdings at the end of each water year in its annual report. The VEWH also contributes environmental water information to the Victorian Water Register.

In reporting on the priority watering actions that are implemented, the VEWH largely relies on information provided by waterway managers. Throughout the season, waterway managers will communicate watering actions to stakeholders through media releases and stakeholder updates. Stakeholders include storage managers, river and wetland users, local landholders and the broader community.

This information is collated and made available on the VEWH website and in the bi-monthly watering update which reports on all use of the Water Holdings across Victoria. The environmental outcomes observed from priority watering actions are summarised in an annual watering booklet ‘Reflections – environmental watering in Victoria’. The VEWH will also report on environmental watering outcomes through its website, media releases and other publications as required.

The VEWH’s reporting framework is outlined in Figure 1.4.

Figure 1.4 Reporting on the use of Water Holdings

Media releases Weekly report and public notices • Outlines watering actions currently • Often issued by waterway occurring across Victoria managers to notify the community • Intended to be available on the prior to watering actions VEWH website from 1 July 2014 commencing • Available on waterway manager websites

Bi-monthly update • Summarises the environmental watering objectives and actions undertaken over the previous two months • Emailed to key stakeholders and interested parties, and available on the VEWH website

Annual report Annual watering booklet • Outlines the governance and • Summarises the environmental financial statements for the outcomes and watering actions previous year undertaken in the previous year • Tabled in Parliament and available • Emailed to key stakeholders and on the VEWH website interested parties, and available on the VEWH website

Information about broader environmental water management (that is, beyond the Water Holdings) can also be obtained through the Monthly Water Report (produced by the Department of Environment and Primary Industries). The Monthly Water Report provides a summary of the status of Victoria’s water resources and water supplies at the end of the reporting month (http://www.depi.vic.gov.au/water/water-resource-reporting/monthly-water-report).

This information is also collated in the Department of Environment and Primary Industries’ annual Victorian Water Accounts.

Seasonal Watering Plan 2014–15 21 1.5 Governance

Good governance arrangements and practices ensure that the VEWH is independent, transparent and accountable. This section describes the roles and responsibilities of the VEWH in relation to its mission and the Water Act 1989.

1.5.1 The role of the Victorian Environmental Water Holder

The VEWH’s vision provides insight and guidance to drive the VEWH’s operations in the long term. The vision is:

Environmental watering for healthy waterways: Healthy and resilient waterways with restored watering patterns that sustain a more natural level of biodiversity. Collaborative partnerships that build widespread support for environmental watering and the multiple values and services provided by waterways. Best-practice environmental water management to achieve the most effective and efficient use of Victoria’s Water Holdings.

The achievement of the VEWH vision is supported by a mission statement to:

Improve the environmental health of rivers, wetlands and floodplains by managing Victoria’s environmental Water Holdings and cooperating with partners.

In undertaking its mission, the VEWH:

• makes decisions on the most effective use of the Water Holdings, including use, carryover and trade

• liaises with other water holders to ensure coordinated use of all sources of environmental water

• authorises waterway managers to implement watering decisions

• works with storage managers to coordinate and maximise environmental outcomes from the delivery of all water

• commissions targeted projects to demonstrate ecological outcomes of environmental watering at key sites or to improve environmental water management

• publicly communicates environmental watering decisions and outcomes.

The VEWH consists of three part-time Commissioners, supported by a small operations team. Denis Flett (Chairperson), Geoff Hocking (Deputy Chairperson), and Chris Chesterfield (Commissioner) act as a board of governance and were appointed by the Governor in Council on the recommendation of the Minister for Environment and Climate Change.

The objectives and functions of the VEWH are set out in sections 33DA-33DZA of the Water Act 1989. The VEWH also acts in accordance with Victorian Government policy including:

• any rules issued by the Minister for Environment and Climate Change under section 33DZA of the Water Act

• regional sustainable water strategies

• the Victorian Waterway Management Strategy.

The VEWH reports to the Minister for Environment and Climate Change. The Department of Environment and Primary Industries has a role in advising the Minister of the VEWH’s performance.

22 Victorian Environmental Water Holder 1.6 Relationships

Environmental watering occurs through the collaboration of a range of agencies and individuals, ensuring it is coordinated and effective, with optimal outcomes for Victoria’s waterways. This section outlines how the VEWH engages its key environmental watering program partners (those with a role in planning and implementing watering actions) and key stakeholders (those with an interest in contributing to environmental watering outcomes).

1.6.1 Environmental watering program partners

Collaboration with the VEWH’s key delivery partners is critical for effective delivery of environmental water to achieve desired outcomes. Environmental watering program partners, including waterway managers, storage managers and land managers, work with the VEWH to implement priority watering actions.

Figure 1.5 outlines the VEWH’s key environmental watering partners.

Figure 1.5 Key environmental watering partners in Victoria

Commonwealth Victorian Murray-Darling Environmental Water Environmental Water Basin Authority Office (CEWO) Holder (VEWH) (MDBA) • Holds and manages • Holds and manages • Facilitates the Living CEW Holdings in line with Victoria’s Water Holdings Murray Environmental the Basin Plan • Coordinates with other Watering Group (EWG) • Coordinates with partners States, CEWO and • Coordinates with CEWO in the Living Murray partners in the Living and States program and States Murray program

Land managers Waterway managers Storage managers • Endorse watering • Engage communities to • Endorse watering proposals prepared by identify regional priorities proposals prepared by waterway managers and develops watering waterway managers (if where they propose proposals for VEWH required for delivery) to inundate public or consideration • Provide the environmental private land • Order and manage the water delivery service delivery of environmental including from storages water in line with VEWH decisions • Integrate watering with structural works and complementary measures

Seasonal Watering Plan 2014–15 23 1.6 Relationships

The VEWH engages directly with waterway managers through the development and implementation of the seasonal watering plan. Waterway managers are the key partners of the VEWH, undertaking the local planning for and implementation of watering actions. In developing their seasonal watering proposals, waterway managers seek the endorsement of land managers and storage managers to ensure that the proposed watering actions align with land management objectives and that it is feasible to deliver them within planned system operations. Waterway managers also consult with local communities on their proposed watering actions.

Water corporations are appointed by the Minister for Water to act as storage managers for the publicly- owned water storages across Victoria. Storage managers operate and manage the reservoirs and associated infrastructure to meet set objectives, including reliable supply to entitlement holders.

A resource manager may be appointed by the Minister for Water under section 43A of the Water Act to prepare water accounts, monitor compliance with entitlements, investigate and mediate disputes between entitlement holders, investigate and deal with significant authorised users of water, and supervise the qualification of any rights to water made by the Minister during periods of declared water shortage.

The other key parties involved in environmental watering actions are the land managers responsible for managing the land which may be the target of some watering actions. This includes organisations such as Parks Victoria and the Department of Environment and Primary Industries. Land managers must be consulted and agree to the inundation of relevant land, and may also have a role in relation to the operation of regulating structures.

The seasonal watering proposals and seasonal watering plan are also provided to other water holders to ensure planning is aligned and coordinated. The VEWH works closely with other water holders, such as the Commonwealth Environmental Water Holder (through the Commonwealth Environmental Water Office), the Murray-Darling Basin Authority and other partners in the Living Murray program, to negotiate use of their water in Victorian rivers, wetlands and floodplains.

VEWH consultation and engagement activities include:

• Planning sessions: Held with waterway managers to modify the seasonal watering proposal guidelines to facilitate improved and more consistent planning across Victoria.

• Seasonal watering proposal conference: Held with waterway managers, the Commonwealth Environmental Water Office, the Murray-Darling Basin Authority and some storage managers to share knowledge, developments and annual planning for systems across Victoria. This includes ongoing liaison with waterway managers during the development of seasonal watering proposals.

• Attendance at key waterway manager group meetings: Regular attendance at specific meetings of the Environmental Water Reserve Officer Working Group; Victorian Waterway Manager Forum meetings; and local community advisory groups.

• Ongoing involvement in the Murray-Darling Basin Authority’s Environmental Watering Group: This group is responsible for planning the delivery of water from the Living Murray program.

• Other water holders: Fortnightly teleconferences and regular meetings with both the Commonwealth Environmental Water Office and the Murray-Darling Basin Authority.

• Seasonal watering statements: Ongoing communication with waterway managers on the implementation and outcomes of seasonal watering statements.

24 Victorian Environmental Water Holder Relationships 1.6

VEWH consultation and engagement activities include: (continued)

• Commission site visits: Commission meetings are held in regional locations once a year, combined with environmental watering site visits, to provide an opportunity to discuss existing or emerging issues and opportunities.

• Other government bodies/organisations: Engagement as appropriate with other environment and water organisations, including: New South Wales Office of Water; Victorian Catchment Management Council; land managers such as Parks Victoria; storage managers such as Goulburn-Murray Water; and research agencies such as the Arthur Rylah Institute.

• Minister for Environment and Climate Change and Minister for Water: Meetings as required with both Ministers and their advisers to discuss significant matters relating to Statewide environmental watering.

• Department of Environment and Primary Industries (Victoria): Meetings (as appropriate) with Deputy Secretary and Executive Directors in the Water and Catchments Group to provide input to relevant policy development and implementation.

• Stakeholder events: Coordinated as required to publicise environmental watering outcomes (for example, the launch of the annual watering booklet and Stakeholder Forum) and bring together key groups to enable discussion and build knowledge about environmental watering.

1.6.2 Stakeholder consultation in environmental watering

There are a number of stakeholders with an interest in environmental watering including:

• landholders and local communities

• local government

• other water entitlement holders

• environmental groups

Waterway managers are the key link between water holders and these important stakeholders. They undertake a range of consultation activities to ensure the views of stakeholders and potential issues are captured in identifying high-value waterways, setting priority environmental objectives and understanding the associated priority watering actions.

Community consultation in each system varies according to the level of involvement desired and availability of particular interest groups and individuals. In some systems, formal community advisory groups are established to contribute to the consultation process. This provides community members with the opportunity to liaise directly with waterway managers on key matters concerning environmental watering.

The specific consultation and engagement activities undertaken by waterway managers during the development of the seasonal watering proposals and implementation of priority watering actions are detailed in sections 2 to 5 of this plan.

Consultation with stakeholders is a key component in the development of regional waterway strategies, which identify priority sites and values; and environmental water management plans, which identify long-term objectives and environmental flow requirements.

Seasonal Watering Plan 2014–15 25 1.6 Relationships

In addition, the VEWH seeks to engage Statewide and national stakeholders to encourage education about awareness of environmental watering. A key mechanism for this is the Stakeholder Forum. It is intended the Forum will be held at least once a year to review past watering actions, inform stakeholders about planned watering actions, and discuss new knowledge in environmental water management. It also provides an opportunity for these stakeholders to inform the VEWH and others of work they are undertaking which is relevant to environmental water management.

It is important to note that the VEWH’s consultation with key stakeholders does not replace the important consultation undertaken by waterway managers on local environmental watering issues or opportunities.

Any community members interested in sharing their views on local environmental watering actions are encouraged to contact their local waterway managers (see section 6.1 for contact details). The VEWH’s consultation with its stakeholders is intended to complement the waterway manager’s existing consultation, with a focus on Statewide issues and opportunities. Any Statewide or national stakeholder groups interested in being involved in the VEWH’s Stakeholder Forum are encouraged to email [email protected].

A partnership approach – working collaboratively for maximum benefit

To get the best results for Victorian rivers, the VEWH works collaboratively to develop its priorities and to promote communication and coordination between environmental water holders. The Murray-Darling Basin Authority, through the Living Murray, and the Commonwealth Environmental Water Holder both hold considerable environmental water entitlements for use within Victoria. The VEWH works closely with these bodies to plan for the delivery of environmental water in Victoria.

The Basin Plan sets sustainable diversion limits (SDLs) for groundwater and surface water catchments across the Murray-Darling Basin. These SDLs have been developed to reflect an environmentally sustainable level of water use. In some areas the SDLs mean that more water will be available for the environment. The Basin Plan also provides for the adjustment of the SDLs via supply and efficiency measures and improved constraints management, including the construction of environmental regulators, levees and channels to achieve important environmental outcomes with less water.

An environmental watering plan has been prepared to guide how the water recovered under the Basin Plan will be managed. It provides a framework for planning and coordinating environmental water, but does not stipulate when and where specific sites should be watered – this is left to the local environmental water managers. Each year the Murray-Darling Basin Authority must identify important environmental watering activities that will influence Basin-scale outcomes. These priorities complement and exist in parallel with other watering activities happening at local and regional levels.

The VEWH will continue to work closely with the Commonwealth Environmental Water Holder and the Murray-Darling Basin Authority to optimise environmental watering outcomes. This will involve continuing the current collaborative arrangement of managing risks and ensuring a flexible approach to deal with uncertainty over future conditions and changing circumstances.

26 Victorian Environmental Water Holder 1.7 Learning

A major focus of the VEWH is to take a leading role in improving the field of environmental water management. This section describes what the VEWH and its partners are doing to learn more about environmental water management to achieve greater environmental outcomes for Victoria’s rivers, wetlands and floodplains.

1.7.1 Addressing knowledge gaps and constraints

Environmental water management is an evolving practice. There are many areas where additional knowledge and research is required to enable better decision making and ultimately, better environmental outcomes. The VEWH supports a range of monitoring and technical work where it:

• advances knowledge of ecological or other benefits or risks relating to watering events (and/or a particular targeted water regime) as identified in the seasonal watering plan

• addresses key gaps in knowledge

• demonstrates outcomes from watering actions

• improves decision making and efficient use of the Water Holdings, including its delivery.

The VEWH works with waterway managers and other partners to identify and address these priority knowledge gaps. The VEWH has developed a business rule to guide investment in technical work and will continue to seek new opportunities to improve the transfer of knowledge to practice. In addition, collaborative work with research organisations in the area of environmental flows monitoring and evaluation, helps to make research more useful to environmental water management decisions and facilitate the adoption of new knowledge and tools.

1.7.2 Adaptive management

Adaptive management allows environmental water managers to reduce uncertainty in decision making. With better data and evaluation to inform decisions, we are more likely to achieve the targeted environmental outcomes. This is particularly important for recurrent decisions with high-value outcomes. New learnings obtained from research and experience of environmental water management are then used to inform future practice.

The VEWH is in a unique position, as a Statewide body, to facilitate shared learning between all delivery partners and stakeholders. In this way, environmental water management will continue to improve, ultimately leading to healthier waterways in Victoria.

Seasonal Watering Plan 2014–15 27 Section 2 Gippsland Region

1 Snowy system 2 Thomson, Macalister and Latrobe systems

1

2

28 Victorian Environmental Water Holder 2.0 Gippsland Region overview

There are five systems in the Gippsland Region that can receive water from the Water Holdings (see sections 2.1-2.4). These include the Snowy, Latrobe, Thomson and Macalister rivers, and the lower Latrobe wetlands.

The Snowy River originates in New South Wales and is connected to the River Murray in northern Victoria via a series of tunnels, pipelines and aqueducts. Water Holdings held in the Goulburn, Loddon and Murray systems are used to increase environmental flows in the Snowy River via substitution.

Water Holdings available for use in the Latrobe, Thomson and Macalister rivers are held in Blue Rock Reservoir, Thomson Reservoir and Glenmaggie respectively. The systems become linked near Sale, where the Macalister and Thomson rivers join the Latrobe River. From here, the Latrobe River flows past the lower Latrobe wetlands (Sale Common, Heart Morass and Dowd Morass) before entering Lake Wellington.

Water Holdings available for use in the Gippsland Region are shown in Table 2.0.1.

Pictured: Horseshoe Bend at Thomson River, by CMA Seasonal Watering Plan 2014–15 29 2.0 Gippsland Region Overview

Water Holdings in the Gippsland Region

Table 2.0.1 Water Holdings available for use in the Gippsland Region

Entitlement Description

Snowy system

Bulk Entitlement (Goulburn System – Snowy 30,252 ML high-reliability entitlement Environmental Reserve) Order 2004 8,156 ML low-reliability entitlement

Bulk Entitlement (River Murray – Snowy Environmental 29,794 ML high-reliability entitlement Reserve) Order 2004

Water shares 8,036 ML Goulburn high-reliability water share 17,852 ML Goulburn low-reliability water share 14,671 ML Murray high-reliability water share 6,423 ML Murray low-reliability water share 470 ML Loddon high-reliability water share

Latrobe system

Latrobe River Environmental Entitlement 2010 Access to water from the Latrobe River to inundate the lower Latrobe wetlands when river height is above -0.7m AHD at Swing Bridge gauging station

Blue Rock Environmental Entitlement 2013 9% share of storage inflows and reservoir storage

Thomson system

Bulk Entitlement (Thomson River – Environment) Order 10,000 ML per year and reservoir storage space 1 2005 Minimum passing flows at various weirs and gauges throughout the Thomson system

Macalister system

Macalister River Environmental Entitlement 2010 12,461 ML high-reliability entitlement 6,320 ML low-reliability entitlement

Other entitlements

New South Wales entitlements (available for use in the 278,237 ML (at 1 March 2013) Snowy system)

1 Entitlement amendment expected to provide an additional 8,000 ML allocated throughout the year based on percentage of inflows. Currently awaiting funding to implement.

30 Victorian Environmental Water Holder 2.1 Snowy system

Waterway manager – New South Wales Office of Water and Catchment Management Authority Storage manager – Snowy Hydro Limited

The heritage-listed Snowy River originates on the slopes of Mount Kosciuszko, draining the eastern slopes of the Snowy Mountains in New South Wales, before flowing through the Snowy River National Park in Victoria and emptying into . Much of the Snowy valley contains intact, remnant vegetation. The lower reaches of the Snowy River in Victoria, including floodplain wetlands and the river , provide a diverse range of habitats for endangered flora and fauna as well as feeding and breeding areas for migratory . The highly modified flow regime of the Snowy River is the biggest threat to the substantial values it supports.

System overview

The Snowy Mountains Hydro-electric Scheme (the Scheme) was constructed in the Snowy Mountains in New South Wales between 1949 and 1974. The Scheme resulted in the construction of four major dams (Guthega, Island Bend, Eucumbene and Jindabyne) and multiple diversion weirs in the Snowy River catchment. The Scheme diverts water to the Murrumbidgee and River Murray valleys and resulted in the diversion of 99 percent of the Snowy River’s mean annual natural flow at Jindabyne until 2002. The Scheme can store up to 5,300,000 ML, which is primarily released to generate hydro-electricity.

While playing a critical role in electricity generation and irrigation supply, flow diversion and other activities have impacted on all aspects of the river’s hydrology and resulted in a significant deterioration in the health of the river.

Pictured: Snowy River at Tulloch Ard Gorge, by East Gippsland CMA Seasonal Watering Plan 2014–15 31 2.1 Snowy system

In 2002, the New South Wales, Victorian and Commonwealth governments committed $425 million to recover water for three environmental water release programs:

• Snowy River Increased Flows – up to 212,000 ML per year

• Snowy Montane River Increased Flows – 150 gigawatt hours of foregone electricity generation which is equivalent of up to 117,800 ML per year

• River Murray Increased Flows – 70,000 ML per year.

In 2003, the joint government enterprise ‘Water for Rivers’ was established to undertake water recovery in the Murray and Murrumbidgee systems through irrigation modernisation and a small volume of purchased entitlement. Additionally, Snowy Hydro committed over $125 million to undertake infrastructure upgrades at Jindabyne Dam to allow annual flushing flows and a highly variable flow regime to be released to the Snowy River.

The Water for Rivers water recovery program is now complete and the subsequent environmental water entitlements created. The Victorian entitlements are held by the VEWH in trust for the Snowy River Increased Flows program.

A substitution arrangement is in place for VEWH Water Holdings in the Murray, Loddon and Goulburn systems to increase environmental flows in the Snowy system. Water savings in the Murray, Loddon and Goulburn systems provide additional water that can be supplied for consumptive use in northern Victoria. Similar arrangements apply on the New South Wales Murray and Murrumbidgee systems. This reduces the volume of water that must be supplied from the Snowy system to the Murray and Murrumbidgee rivers, thereby freeing up water for environmental flows in the Snowy.

Daily flow targets are set on an annual basis for the period from May to April each water year. These daily flow targets are designed to maximise the environmental outcomes to the Snowy River using the available water for the year. Currently, the New South Wales Office of Water develops these daily flow targets and consults with the Victorian and Australian governments and stakeholder groups regarding environmental water released to the Snowy River.

The Snowy River system is shown in Figure 2.1.1.

Current situation

During 2013-14, the New South Wales, Victorian and Commonwealth governments committed 190,600 ML to be released to the Snowy River below Jindabyne Dam.

Priority watering actions and environmental objectives

Environmental flow releases aim to facilitate the rehabilitation of the Snowy River, below Jindabyne Dam, into a smaller but healthy river, recognising that it is not possible to restore or maintain the Snowy River to its former size with one fifth of its former flow volume.

Environmental water releases during May 2014 to April 2015 aim to mimic the typical flow pattern of a mixed snowmelt/rainfall river system, characteristic of the Snowy Mountains. A major component is a large flushing flow in spring that is timed to mimic natural snow melt. Other flows planned for the Snowy River primarily aim to improve the physical attributes of the river through scouring sediment and limiting the growth of riparian plants, which can block the river channel.

Over time, this will improve habitat for fish such as river blackfish and support stable and diverse ecological communities in the long term. Variable flows will also flush leaf litter and other material into the river to increase productivity and stimulate the food chain.

The 2014-15 flow regime will also consist of a sustained period of high flows from September to December. This will assist with maintenance of the Snowy River mouth to the sea and provide continuous freshwater mixing in the estuary for the benefit of fish, such as Australian bass.

32 Victorian Environmental Water Holder Snowy system 2.1

Figure 2.1.1 The Snowy River system

Eucumbene River

Lake Eucumbene

Lake River Jindabyne

 Jindabyne Mt Kosciuszko Snowy Thredbo River River

Mowamba River River

Snowy MacLaughlin NEW SOUTH WALES/ VICTORIA BORDER

River River

River Delegate

River

Buchan

Snowy

Buchan 

Orbost Brodribb 

Snowy Estuary

Seasonal Watering Plan 2014–15 33 2.2 Latrobe system

Waterway manager – West Gippsland Catchment Management Authority Storage manager – Southern Rural Water

Considered one of the most significantly modified rivers in Victoria, the Latrobe River system, which includes the Latrobe River and Latrobe wetlands, supports a range of plant and animal species of high conservation significance, including a number of threatened vegetation types, waterbirds and fish and frog species. The Latrobe River also provides an essential source of fresh water to the Ramsar-listed system, of which the lower Latrobe wetlands are an important component.

System overview

The Latrobe River rises near Powell Town in West Gippsland and eventually flows into Lake Wellington, the western-most point of the Gippsland Lakes. The upper Latrobe River is ecologically healthy with endangered and vulnerable riparian vegetation communities present in all but the most modified river reach that flows through the . The tributaries along the length of the Latrobe River include the , Narracan Creek, , , Traralgon Creek and Thomson River. Environmental Water Holdings are stored in Blue Rock Reservoir.

Due to its good stands of endangered riparian vegetation, the Latrobe River from Rosedale to the Thomson River (reach 5) is the priority reach for active environmental watering (see Figure 2.2.1). This reach has the highest potential to improve its environmental condition through the use of managed environmental water. The measurement point for environmental flows delivered to reach 5 is the Latrobe River at Kilmany South streamflow gauge.

The Latrobe wetlands are situated along the Latrobe River between its confluence with the Thomson River and Lake Wellington. River regulation and water extraction from the Latrobe, Thomson and Macalister rivers has reduced the frequency of small to medium sized floods that would naturally inundate the Latrobe wetlands. Construction of levees, drains and filling in of natural depressions has also substantially altered wetland water movement.

Pictured: Eastern Heart Morass, Lower Latrobe wetlands, by Eleisha Keogh, West Gippsland CMA 34 Victorian Environmental Water Holder Latrobe system 2.2

The Latrobe wetlands that can be actively managed with environmental water are Sale Common and Heart Morass on the northern floodplain and Dowd Morass on the southern floodplain.

Figure 2.2.1 The Latrobe River and lower wetlands system

Eaglehawk Reach 1 UpstreamRainbow of Willow Grove Thomson Creek Wetlands Reach 2 Willow Grove to Thomson Reach 3 Lake Narracan to Scarnes Bridge Sale Heart

Reach 4 Scarnes Bridge to Rosedale Sale Common Morass Creek Lake Wellington Reach 5 Rosedale to Thomson River confluence River • Reach 6 Downstream of Thomson confluenceLatrobe Reach 7 Lake Wellington4 • River

Rosedale Latrobe Waterhole Waterhole Reach 8 Tanjil River 11 Water infrastructure Dowd Morass • Traralgon Measurement point • Town

Creek

Creek

Creek

Flynns Barkly Barkly

Macalister

Traralgon

River

Valencia

Freestone

Jordan

River

Ben Aberfeldy Thomson Cruachan

River Creek

Glenmaggie Creek Loch Thomson

Tanjil Tanjil Dam Creek

Avon River

River

Creek 1 Macalister River Toms Latrobe • Noojee River Tyers Creek River Fiddlers Thomson Lake Neerim Latrobe Erica Blackall • Glenmaggie Boggy Creek River • Creek Creek • Shady River

River River River Eaglehawk Blue Rock Perry Rainbow Creek Thomson Reservoir Moondarra River Yallourn Reservoir Heart Weir Sale Morass Lake Creek 2 Creek • Wellington 8 6 7 Warragul Latrobe River • 4

River 5 Waterhole Waterhole • Moe • Rosedale Moe 3 Traralgon • Sale Common Lake • Dowd Morass CreekNarracan Morwell Creek

Creek Narracan Middle Creek

Flynns

River Creek

Traralgon Morwell Morwell

Seasonal Watering Plan 2014–15 35 2.2 Latrobe system 2.2.1 Latrobe River

Current situation

During the last two to three years, there has been increased rainfall throughout the Latrobe River catchment compared to the preceding decade of mostly below average rainfall and drought. Rainfall in winter 2013 was above average and this was followed by an average to dry spring and summer. Flows in the Latrobe River through 2013-14 were responsive to rainfall patterns, with high flows in winter/spring and low flows in summer/autumn.

Riparian and aquatic vegetation such as swamp paperbark, common reed and silver wattle began to establish on the lower river bank and the river bed during the drought. Recent high flows have encouraged growth of these plants, which in many places now trap sediment to provide more opportunity for vegetation to establish. In the long term, this will improve the stability of the river by preventing bank erosion and will help to protect downstream assets, such as the Gippsland Lakes, by reducing sediment and nutrient loads.

Despite a relatively dry summer, the predicted outlook for the availability of the environmental Water Holdings held in Blue Rock Reservoir in 2014-15 is positive. However, adequate rainfall and natural flows throughout the year will also be required.

Priority watering actions and environmental objectives

Priority watering actions along with their associated environmental objectives are provided in Table 2.2.1 and illustrated in Figure 2.2.2.

The Latrobe River from Rosedale to the Thomson River confluence (reach 5) is the priority reach for active environmental watering in 2014-15. Rehabilitation of in-stream habitat by encouraging vegetation growth low in the river channel is the crucial first step to stabilise the river and improve habitat.

Table 2.2.1. Priority watering actions and environmental objectives for the Latrobe River

Priority watering action Environmental objectives Spring/summer freshes (up to eight events of up to Encourage vegetation diversity along lower banks and 1,300 ML per day for at least two to four days during recruitment/maintenance of in-stream vegetation September to February) Flush pools to improve water quality and introduce carbon and nutrients (re-oxygenation of water is especially important in summer and autumn) Disturb river bed to flush accumulated fine sediment and Autumn/winter freshes (up to eight events of up to organic matter to maintain channel form 1,300 ML per day for at least two to four days during March to August) Redistribute organic matter for incorporation into aquatic food webs Allow for fish movement between habitats Prevent excessive in-channel encroachment by terrestrial vegetation Winter/spring baseflows (690-1,500 ML per day during Facilitate the formation of in-stream bars (elevated June to November) deposits of sediment and gravel in the river channel) Allow for fish movement between reaches Prevent excessive in-channel encroachment by terrestrial vegetation Summer/autumn baseflows (up to 690 ML per day for up Provide in-stream habitat, especially for to six months during December to May) macroinvertebrates, fish and vegetation Allow for local fish movement between habitats Inundate coarse woody debris to encourage colonisation by microorganisms

36 Victorian Environmental Water Holder Latrobe system 2.2

Figure 2.2.2 Priority watering actions in the Latrobe River system1

2,000

1,600 Year-round freshes

Winter/spring 1,200 Winter/ baseflows spring baseflows

800 Flow (ML) per day

Summer/autumn 400 baseflows

July 2014 Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Jan 2015 Feb Mar Apr May Jun Month

1 This figure is for illustrative purposes only. Scheduling and delivery of particular watering actions within the stated timeframes will vary.

Scenario planning

Table 2.2.2 outlines the priority watering actions and expected water usage under a range of planning scenarios.

General triggers for undertaking watering actions have been included in the Planning section (refer to section 1.2.4).

Winter/spring baseflows that reach or exceed 1,300 ML per day for the two to four day duration required for a winter/spring fresh will be assumed to have also achieved the objectives of a winter/spring fresh.

Table 2.2.2 Priority watering actions for the Latrobe River under a range of planning scenarios

Planning scenario

DROUGHT DRY AVERAGE WET

Expected availability of Water 12,300 ML 14,300 ML 19,300 ML 27,300 ML Holdings

Priority watering One spring/summer Up to three spring/ Up to three spring/ Up to four spring/ actions fresh summer freshes summer freshes summer freshes One autumn/winter Up to two autumn/ Up to three autumn/ Up to four autumn/ fresh winter freshes winter freshes winter freshes Winter/spring Winter/spring Winter/spring Winter/spring baseflows baseflows baseflows baseflows Summer/autumn Summer/autumn Summer/autumn baseflows baseflows baseflows

Possible volume required from the 12,300 ML 11,200 ML 10,800 ML 0-11,000 ML Water Holdings

Possible carryover 0 ML 3,100 ML 8,500 ML 16,300 ML into 2015-16

Seasonal Watering Plan 2014–15 37 2.2 Latrobe system

Risk management

In preparation of its seasonal watering proposal, the West Gippsland Catchment Management Authority considered and assessed risks, and identified mitigating strategies, relating to the implementation of priority watering actions (refer to Table 2.2.3). Risks and mitigating actions are continually reassessed by environmental watering program partners throughout the water year.

Table 2.2.3 Risk management in the Latrobe River

Risk type Mitigating strategies

Current recommendations on environmental flow Continue to apply best available scientific knowledge to inaccurate environmental water management

Improved conditions for non-native species (eg. carp) No practical controls currently available for carp Environmental benefit exceeds risk posed by European carp

Environmental water release causes personal injury to Early notifications sent to all registered persons/ river user organisations and installation of public signage An alarm sounds at the dam when releases are underway to warn people

Unable to provide evidence in meeting ecological Some basic monitoring will be undertaken objective Document basis of decisions made throughout the year

Key stakeholders not supportive of environmental water Engage community stakeholders release Inform key stakeholders about the seasonal watering plan Notify relevant stakeholders and explain purpose prior to undertaking environmental watering using appropriate mechanisms Engage key stakeholders in the development of seasonal watering proposals

Consultation

West Gippsland Catchment Management Authority has engaged key stakeholders and relevant individuals in preparation of the seasonal watering proposal for the Latrobe River. These stakeholders are shown in Table 2.2.4.

Table 2.2.4 Key stakeholders involved in the preparation of the seasonal watering proposal for the Latrobe River

Stakeholder Consultation

Southern Rural Water West Gippsland Catchment Management Authority Board, management and staff Victorian Environmental Water Holder

38 Victorian Environmental Water Holder Latrobe system 2.2 2.2.2 Lower Latrobe wetlands

Current situation

Some partial wetting flows were actively delivered to Dowd Morass in March 2013 and Sale Common in May and June 2013, prior to moderate flooding in the lower Latrobe and Thomson rivers, which filled all wetlands in the system in June. Additional water continued to be contributed to the wetlands through winter and spring 2013 due to sustained high baseflows and flooding in the Latrobe, Thomson and Macalister rivers.

The summer of 2013-14 was hot and dry and led to substantial, but not complete, drawdown of all of the Latrobe wetlands. The drawdown has provided opportunities for wetland plants to germinate and grow, and has opened up new shallow feeding habitat for a wide variety of waterbirds including great egrets, royal spoonbills, swamp hens, Eurasian coots, numerous duck species, and migratory waders.

Overall the lower Latrobe wetlands are showing signs indicative of the mostly continuous inundation they have experienced over the last few years. While long periods of inundation have provided excellent opportunity for colonial waterbirds, there has also been a decline in the diversity of aquatic plants and an increase in the number and size of European carp. A wetland drawdown of similar extent to that which occurred in summer 2013-14 is now preferred to increase the habitat values of the site provided by a diverse array of vegetation types.

Priority watering actions and environmental objectives

Priority watering actions along with their associated environmental objectives are provided in Table 2.2.5.

The aim in 2014-15 will be to consolidate, and if possible build on the benefits arising from the good inflow conditions experienced in recent years, and the partial drawdowns in summer/autumn 2013-14. Drawdown of the wetlands are a priority to increase overall habitat diversity which, in turn, will improve conditions for waterbirds that return to the wetlands during wet periods. This management approach will also increase aesthetic appeal and recreation opportunities for the community.

Table 2.2.5 Priority watering actions and environmental objectives for the lower Latrobe wetlands

Priority watering action Environmental objectives

Sale Common

Complete drawdown (primarily August to March) Promote oxygenation of surface soils, breakdown of accumulated organic matter and nutrient recycling Encourage the growth and reproduction of wetland plants across the wetland bed Reduce the number and size of European carp

Wetting flow (February to May) Provide feeding and sheltering habitat for wetland fauna, particularly waterbirds and frogs Discourage the spread of giant rush

Partial wetting flow (August to November) Encourage the growth and reproduction of wetland plants, particularly tall marsh, aquatic herbland and aquatic sedgeland Provide feeding and breeding habitat for wetland fauna, particularly waterbirds and frogs

Wetting flow (anytime) Mimic the natural inundation regime

Seasonal Watering Plan 2014–15 39 2.2 Latrobe system

Table 2.2.5 Priority watering actions and environmental objectives for the lower Latrobe wetlands (continued)

Priority watering action Environmental objectives Dowd Morass Substantial drawdown (primarily August to March) Promote oxygenation of surface soils, breakdown of accumulated organic matter and nutrient recycling Encourage the growth and reproduction of wetland plants, particularly swamp shrub, tall marsh, aquatic herbland and brackish herbland Reduce the number and size of European carp Wetting flow (February to May) Provide feeding habitat for wetland fauna, particularly waterbirds Wetting flow (anytime) Avoid/mitigate risks to wetland plants and waterbird habitat from adverse salinity and exposure of acid sulphate sediment Mimic the natural inundation regime Partial wetting flow (August to November) Encourage colonial waterbird breeding Reduce salinity Encourage the growth and reproduction of wetland plants, particularly swamp scrub, tall marsh, aquatic herbland and brackish herbland Provide feeding and breeding habitat for wetland fauna, particularly waterbirds and frogs Heart Morass Substantial drawdown (primarily August to March) Promote oxygenation of surface soils, breakdown of accumulated organic matter and nutrient recycling Encourage the growth and reproduction of wetland plants, particularly swamp scrub, tall marsh, aquatic herbland and brackish herbland Reduce the number and size of European carp Wetting flow (February to May) Provide feeding habitat for wetland fauna, particularly waterbirds Wetting flow (anytime) Avoid/mitigate risks to wetland plants and waterbird habitat from adverse salinity and exposure of acid sulphate sediment Mimic the natural inundation regime Partial wetting flow (August to November) Avoid/mitigate risks to wetland plants and waterbird habitat from adverse salinity and exposure of acid sulphate sediment Encourage the growth and reproduction of wetland plants, particularly swamp scrub, tall marsh, aquatic herbland, and brackish herbland Provide feeding and breeding habitat for wetland fauna, particularly waterbirds and frogs

Scenario planning Table 2.2.6 outlines the priority watering actions and expected water usage under a range of planning scenarios.

General triggers for undertaking watering actions have been included in the Planning section (refer to section 1.2.4).

Complete drawdown is a high priority in 2014-15 for Sale Common, and substantial drawdown is a high priority for Heart Morass and Dowd Morass. Several years have passed since an extensive drawdown has occurred across the wetlands. Drawdown is required to promote diversity of wetland plants and reduce the abundance of carp. Wetting flows in all wetlands are also important to provide sheltering, feeding and breeding habitat for waterbirds and frogs, and to reduce the risk from acid-sulphate soils. Complete and sustained inundation is not preferred due to the extent of flooding in recent years, however uncontrolled river flows may inundate some or all of the wetlands anytime.

40 Victorian Environmental Water Holder Latrobe system 2.2

The overall approach to achieve these objectives will be to allow water levels to fluctuate in accordance with seasonal conditions, and selectively undertake active watering and drawdown to augment this if required and when feasible.

Table 2.2.6 Priority watering actions for the Latrobe wetland system under a range of planning scenarios

Planning scenario

DROUGHT DRY AVERAGE WET

Expected availability No volumetric No volumetric No volumetric No volumetric of Water Holdings limitation, dependent limitation, dependent limitation, dependent limitation, dependent on river levels on river levels on river levels on river levels

Sale Common

Priority watering Complete drawdown Complete drawdown Complete drawdown Flushing/wetting flow actions (July-June) (August-April) (August-March) (August-November) Wetting flow Wetting flow Wetting flow Partial drawdown (anytime) (February-May) (February-May) (December-March) Wetting flow Wetting flow Wetting flow (anytime) (August-November) (February-May) Wetting flow Wetting flow (anytime) (anytime)

Possible volume required from the 0-1,300 ML 0-1,300 ML 1,300 ML 0 ML Water Holdings

Dowd Morass

Priority watering Complete drawdown Substantial Substantial Flushing/wetting flow actions (July-June) drawdown drawdown (August-November) (August-April) (August-March) Wetting flow Partial drawdown (anytime) Wetting flow Feb- Wetting flow (December-March) May) (February-May) Wetting flow Wetting flow Wetting flow (February-May) (anytime) (August-November) Wetting flow Wetting flow (anytime) (anytime)

Possible volume required from the 0-5,800 ML 0-5,800 ML 5,800 ML 0 ML Water Holdings

Heart Morass

Priority watering Complete drawdown Substantial Substantial Flushing/wetting flow actions (July-June) drawdown drawdown (August-November) (August-April) (August-March) Wetting flow Partial drawdown (anytime) Wetting flow Wetting flow (December-March) (February-May) (February-May) Wetting flow Wetting flow Wetting flow (February-May) (anytime) (August-November) Wetting flow Wetting flow (anytime) (anytime)

Possible volume required from the 0-7,100 ML 0-7,100 ML 7,100 ML 0 ML Water Holdings

Seasonal Watering Plan 2014–15 41 2.2 Latrobe system

Risk management

In preparation of its seasonal watering proposal, the West Gippsland Catchment Management Authority considered and assessed risks, and identified mitigating strategies relating to the implementation of priority watering actions (refer to Table 2.2.7). Risks and mitigating actions are continually reassessed by environmental watering program partners throughout the water year.

Table 2.2.7 Risk management in the lower Latrobe wetlands

Risk type Mitigating strategies

Unable to undertake environmental watering efficiently Develop and implement operational monitoring program and effectively Design and upgrade/construct water control regulators and complementary earthworks at Dowd Morass and Heart Morass

Improved conditions for non-native species (eg. carp) Proposed drying should significantly reduce carp numbers Carp screens have been installed in Sale Common and Dowd Morass

Environmental watering causes unplanned flooding of At Heart Morass (the only wetland in which private land private land is within the boundary of targeted watering), establish formal landholder agreements prior to undertaking watering

Unable to provide evidence in meeting ecological Undertake environmental monitoring/research to objective assist in reporting on the effects of environmental water management and in refining understanding and management over time Document basis of decisions made throughout the year

Key stakeholders not supportive of environmental Inform key stakeholders about the seasonal watering plan watering action Notify relevant stakeholders and explain purpose prior to undertaking environmental watering using appropriate mechanisms Engage key stakeholders in the development of seasonal watering proposals Ensure landholder support for environmental watering prior to proceeding with active inundation of private land

Consultation

West Gippsland Catchment Management Authority has engaged key stakeholders and relevant individuals in preparation of the seasonal watering proposal for the Lower Latrobe wetlands. These stakeholders are shown in Table 2.2.8.

Table 2.2.8 Key stakeholders involved in the preparation of the seasonal watering proposal for the Latrobe wetlands

Stakeholder consultation

Parks Victoria Wetlands Environmental Taskforce West Gippsland Catchment Management Authority Board, management and staff Victorian Environmental Water Holder

42 Victorian Environmental Water Holder 2.3 Thomson system

Waterway manager – West Gippsland Catchment Management Authority Storage managers – Melbourne Water (Thomson Reservoir); Southern Rural Water (Cowwarr Weir)

The Thomson River is home to some of the most abundant and diverse native fish populations in the Gippsland Region, with seven species of migratory fish inhabiting the river, including the protected Australian grayling. Two sections of the Thomson River, which are upstream of Cowwarr Weir, along with the Aberfeldy River within the are listed as ‘heritage rivers’ for their significant environmental, recreational and cultural values. The river provides many recreational opportunities including camping, hiking and rafting. The Thomson Reservoir is the major storage in the system and is integral to Melbourne’s water supply, contributing approximately 60 percent of Melbourne’s reservoir storage.

System overview The Thomson River flows 213 kilometres in a south-easterly direction from the slopes of Mt Whitelaw on the Baw Baw Plateau to join the Latrobe River south of Sale. The major tributaries of the Thomson River are the Aberfeldy, Jordan and Macalister rivers, with most of its unregulated flows originating from the Aberfeldy River. There are two major structures on the Thomson River, the Thomson Reservoir and Cowwarr Weir, constructed at the top end of the floodplain reach.

The priority river reach for environmental watering in the Thomson system is from Aberfeldy to Cowwarr Weir (reach 3) due to its heritage river status, native riparian vegetation communities and fish populations (see Figure 2.3.1). Other reaches benefit from flows delivered in reach 3. The main measurement point for flows is at the Coopers Creek streamflow gauge.

The environmental entitlement for the Thomson system is held in Thomson Reservoir. At Cowwarr Weir the Thomson River splits into two, and water can move down the old Thomson course (reach 4a), and Rainbow Creek (reach 4b). The preference is to pass environmental water down the old Thomson course to enable fish migration, as Cowwarr Weir prevents migration through the Rainbow Creek course. The lower reaches of the Thomson River have important environmental values, such as a diverse range of native fish, and can also be influenced by environmental flow releases.

Pictured: Thomson River, by West Gippsland CMA Seasonal Watering Plan 2014–15 43 2.3 Thomson system

Figure 2.3.1 The Thomson system

Reach 2 Thomson River: to Aberfeldy River Reach 3 Thomson River: Aberfeldy River to Cowwarr Weir Reach 4a Old Thomson River: Cowwarr Weir to Rainbow Creek Reach 4b Rainbow Creek: Cowwarr Weir to Thomson River Reach 5 Thomson River: Rainbow Creek/Old Thomson Confluence to Macalister River Reach 6 Thomson River: Macalister River to Latrobe River Water infrastructure Measurement point

• Town Barkly Barkly

Macalister

River

Valencia

Freestone

Jordan

River

Ben Aberfeldy Aberfeldy River Thomson Cruachan

Thomson River Creek

Glenmaggie Dam Creek Loch Mount

Tanjil Tanjil Whitelaw Creek

Avon

River

Lake River

Glenmaggie Creek 2 River Toms • Noojee Macalister River Tyers Creek River Cowwarr Weir Fiddlers Latrobe Erica Blackall • Boggy Maffra Creek Neerim River • Creek 3 Creek • Shady 4a River

5 River River Eaglehawk Rainbow Perry Blue Rock Creek Thomson Moondarra River Reservoir Reservoir 4b Heart Morass River 6 Sale

Creek Creek Lake Lake • Wellington Warragul Narracan Latrobe River •

River Moe Waterhole • • Latrobe Rosedale Moe Traralgon • Sale Common Dowd Morass • Creek Morwell

Creek Creek Narracan Middle Creek

Flynns

River Creek

Traralgon Morwell Morwell

44 Victorian Environmental Water Holder Thomson system 2.3

Current situation

Winter/spring 2013 delivered above average rainfall to the Thomson catchment and there was good flow variability with a number of freshes and a bankfull flow occurring naturally. Conditions turned dry in summer, which resulted in higher than preferred flows during the summer/autumn irrigation season and low flow variability through most Thomson River reaches. Good storage levels in the Thomson Reservoir were maintained overall through 2013-14, thereby reasonable availability of the Thomson environmental Water Holdings is expected at the commencement of 2014-15.

Environmental watering activities for 2013-14 included spring and autumn baseflows and an autumn fresh which was delivered in May 2014 to promote the migration and spawning of Australian grayling. Monitoring of Australian grayling has identified Australian grayling eggs and larvae present during autumn freshes in previous years, which demonstrates the success of flows targeted to improve conditions for grayling. A summer fresh was provided in March 2014 to allow for movement of fish between habitats.

Priority watering actions and environmental objectives

Priority watering actions along with their associated environmental objectives are provided in Table 2.3.1 and illustrated in Figure 2.3.2.

Priority watering actions focus on the ecological condition and the presence of the vulnerable Australian grayling.

In addition to the environmental objectives, these watering actions will also provide improved recreational conditions for activities including rafting and fishing.

Table 2.3.1 Priority watering actions and environmental objectives for the Thomson system

Priority watering action Environmental objectives

Autumn freshes (one to two events of 800 ML per day Maintain/enhance native fish community structure by for four days each during April to May) providing a migration and spawning cue for Australia grayling and other aquatic species Regeneration and inundation of riparian vegetation Sediment scour exposing fresh habitat areas

Spring baseflows (230 ML per day from October to Maintain/enhance native fish community structure November) by providing habitat availability, large woody debris inundation, and fish migration cues for Australian grayling Provide opportunities for exotic fish management (particularly carp egg drying) by exposing bed and banks

Autumn/winter baseflows (230 ML per day from May to Maintain/enhance native fish community structure by June) providing a migration trigger for Australia grayling and other aquatic species

Spring freshes (one to two events of 800 ML per day for Maintain/enhance native fish community structure by four days each during September to October) providing habitat availability and large woody debris inundation Provide opportunities for exotic fish management (carp Summer/autumn freshes (seven events of 230 ML per egg drying) by exposing bed and banks day for four days during December to April) Regenerate and inundate riparian vegetation Sediment scour exposing fresh habitat areas

Autumn/winter/spring freshes (four events of 800 ML per Maintain/enhance native fish community structure by day for four days during May to November) providing opportunities for localised fish movement between habitats

Seasonal Watering Plan 2014–15 45 2.3 Thomson system

Figure 2.3.2 Priority watering actions in the Thomson system1

1,000 Autumn/winter/ Autumn/winter/spring freshes spring freshes

800

600

400 Summer/ autumn freshes Flow (ML) per day

200 Autumn/ Spring baseflows winter baseflows

July 2014 Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Jan 2015 Feb Mar Apr May Jun Month

1 This figure is for illustrative purposes only. Scheduling and delivery of particular watering actions within the stated timeframes will vary.

Bankfull flows maintain and enhance native fish communities by enabling movement between habitats. This also creates disturbance and scour within the river channel, which maintains habitat conditions for aquatic life. Bankfull flows may occur naturally during 2014-15 and will not be actively managed due to the volume of water required and potential flooding risk involved.

Scenario planning

Table 2.3.2 outlines the priority watering actions and expected water usage under a range of planning scenarios.

Research on Australian grayling indicates the optimal spawning period is between April and May. Due to the species’ short lifespan (two to three years), regular spawning and survival of offspring is critical to ensure a viable population. The flows needed for spawning and recruitment success have been achieved regularly in the last five years. This means, under a drought scenario, there is less urgency to provide a spawning flow release for Australian grayling.

Delivery of spring and summer freshes is important for providing variable feeding habitat for a range of fish species. If water availability permits the delivery of these flows in 2014-15, the West Gippsland Catchment Management Authority will work closely with the storage manager on the timing of releases to maximise the effectiveness of concurrent irrigation releases.

46 Victorian Environmental Water Holder Thomson system 2.3

Table 2.3.2 Priority watering actions for the Thomson system under a range of planning scenarios

Planning scenario DROUGHT DRY AVERAGE WET Expected availability of Water 10,000-12,000 ML 10,000-14,000 ML 10,000-18,000 ML 10,000-20,000 ML Holdings1 Priority watering Spring and autumn One autumn fresh One to two autumn Two autumn freshes actions baseflows Spring and autumn freshes Spring and autumn baseflows Spring and autumn baseflows baseflows Two to three winter/ One to two winter/ spring freshes spring freshes Summer freshes Possible volume required from the 5,000 ML 10,000 ML 18,000 ML 25,000 ML Water Holdings Possible carryover 5,000-7,000 ML 0-4,000 ML 0 ML 0 ML2 into 2015-16 1 First 10,000 ML of storage inflows allocated to environment at the beginning of the water year and 8,000 ML allocated throughout the year based on percentage of inflows. The entitlement amendment to provide the additional 8,000 ML is not finalised and the expected completion date is uncertain. 2 In a wet scenario there will be limited opportunity to utilise the Water Holdings as watering actions will be met naturally. It is expected that carryover into 2015-16 will be likely.

Pictured: Environmental flow release from Thomson Dam, by West Gippsland CMA

Seasonal Watering Plan 2014–15 47 2.3 Thomson system

Risk management

In preparation of its seasonal watering proposal, the West Gippsland Catchment Management Authority has considered and assessed risks, and identified mitigating strategies, relating to the implementation of priority watering actions (refer to Table 2.3.3). Risks and mitigating actions are continually reassessed by environmental watering program partners throughout the water year.

Table 2.3.3 Risk management in the Thomson system

Risk type Mitigating strategies Environmental release causes personal injury to river user Adequate communication of planned flow releases Environmental water account is overdrawn Storage manager to maintain daily accounts and provide provisional weekly accounts during releases Due to the potential for reduced passing flows to impact on other users downstream harvest rights, any water accumulated will be held in storage and not used as part of discretionary releases as it may be required to compensate for any impact on this harvest right West Gippsland Catchment Management Authority to work with storage manager on spill and pre-release rules Release volume is insufficient or exceeds flow at target Storage manager aims to meet required flow at target point point as a minimum Flows are typically slightly higher than required Delivery constraints due to storage management/ Ongoing dialogue with storage manager to schedule maintenance and/or irrigation releases maintenance works Unable to provide evidence in meeting ecological Continue with Victorian Environmental Flows Monitoring objective and Assessment Program reporting Environmental water release causes flooding of private Adequate planning, including rainfall outlooks land Adequate communication of, and during planned flow releases

Consultation

West Gippsland Catchment Management Authority has engaged key stakeholders and relevant individuals in preparation of the seasonal watering proposal for the Thomson system. These stakeholders are shown in Table 2.3.4.

Table 2.3.4 Key stakeholders involved in the preparation of the seasonal watering proposal for the Thomson system

Stakeholder consultation

Melbourne Water Southern Rural Water West Gippsland Catchment Management Authority Board, management and staff Victorian Environmental Water Holder

48 Victorian Environmental Water Holder 2.4 Macalister system

Waterway manager – West Gippsland Catchment Management Authority Storage manager – Southern Rural Water

The Macalister River is pivotal to the Gippsland Region, in part due to its supply of water to the Macalister Irrigation District – the largest irrigation area south of the . The Macalister River also provides freshwater flows to the lower Latrobe River and the Gippsland Lakes. It is home to important aquatic plant and animal species, including the protected Australian grayling. The system has high social values, supporting recreational activities including rafting and fishing.

System overview

The Macalister River extends from Mt Howitt in the to join the Thomson River south of Maffra. The major storage on the Macalister River is Lake Glenmaggie, which supplies water to the Macalister Irrigation District. It also stores water for the Macalister environmental entitlement, therefore, environmental water can only be actively managed downstream of this storage.

Below Lake Glenmaggie, the Macalister River meanders through an extensively cleared floodplain to the confluence with the Thomson River. The primary land use in this section is dairy farming on irrigated pastures.

The Maffra Weir is a significant barrier to fish movement on the river. As a result, the priority reach for environmental water management is between Maffra Weir and the confluence with the Thomson River (reach 2 – see Figure 2.4.1). A diverse fish community that uses the lower Thomson River and Macalister River includes the river blackfish and the protected Australian grayling. The key measuring points for environmental flow releases are immediately downstream of Lake Glenmaggie and Maffra Weir.

Pictured: Macalister River, by West Gippsland CMA

Seasonal Watering Plan 2014–15 49 2.4 Macalister system

Figure 2.4.1 The Macalister system

Mount Howitt

Reach 1 Lake Glenmaggie to Maffra Weir Reach 2 Maffra Weir to Thomson River

Water infrastructure Barkly Reach 1 Lake Glenmaggie to Maffra Weir Measurement point Macalister Reach 2 Maffra• Town Weir to Thomson River

Water infrastructure Barkly

River

Measurement point Macalister • Town Valencia Freestone

Jordan River River River Ben

Valencia Aberfeldy Aberfeldy Freestone River Thomson Cruachan Jordan

River Creek River Ben

Glenmaggie Creek

Loch Thomson Aberfeldy

Tanjil Tanjil River Dam Creek Thomson Cruachan Avon River

Creek

Glenmaggie

Creek River

Creek Loch • Noojee Thomson River Toms Creek River Tanjil DamTyers Creek Maffra River Fiddlers Thomson Lake WeirAvon Latrobe Erica 1 Blackall NeerimRiver• Glenmaggie Boggy Creek River • Creek

River Creek • Shady Creek Maffra River River Toms Noojee • River Eaglehawk River Tyers CreekRainbow ThomsonMaffra Blue Rock Creek 2 Fiddlers River Thomson Moondarra Lake 1 Weir River Latrobe ReservoirErica Reservoir Blackall Heart Morass Neerim • Glenmaggie Boggy Creek River • Creek

Creek Sale Creek • Shady Creek Maffra River Lake Lake • River Eaglehawk Wellington Narracan River Perry Warragul Rainbow Creek LatrobeThomson 2 • River Blue Rock Moondarra

ReservoirRiver River Moe Reservoir Waterhole • Rosedale Heart Morass Moe • Latrobe Traralgon Sale

Creek Creek • Sale Common DowdLake Morass Lake • Wellington • River Warragul CreekNarracan Morwell Latrobe

• Creek

River Creek Waterhole Waterhole • Moe Narracan Rosedale • LatrobeMiddle Moe TraralgonCreek • Sale Common Dowd Morass • Creek Morwell Flynns

River Creek Creek Narracan Creek Middle TraralgonCreek

Flynns

River

Morwell Morwell Creek

Traralgon Morwell Morwell

50 Victorian Environmental Water Holder Macalister system 2.4

Current situation

In 2013-14, wetter conditions prevailed during winter, however, spring and summer saw a return to average and dry conditions respectively. Prior to the onset of dry conditions, Lake Glenmaggie was quite full, necessitating some releases of water, which provided good winter and spring flows with some natural variability. Flows in summer and autumn were mostly provided by irrigation releases.

Environmental watering in 2013-14 provided autumn freshes to enhance Australian grayling populations. Environmental flow releases combined with the wetter conditions in recent years have seen a return in Australian grayling numbers, which were declining during the extended drought. In 2013-14 all priority watering actions identified for the year were fully or partially provided, with the exception of bankfull flows. Lake Glenmaggie is a small storage and water allocations are currently high. Good availability of environmental Water Holdings is expected in 2014-15, and possibly spills and releases that will provide flow variability.

Priority watering actions and environmental objectives

Priority watering actions along with their associated environmental objectives are provided in Table 2.4.1 and illustrated in Figure 2.4.2.

The primary environmental objective is to improve spawning and migration opportunities for the vulnerable Australian grayling. The flows will also help to sustain communities of other native fish, such as , tupong, smelt and short-finned eels.

In addition to the environmental objectives, these watering actions will also provide improved recreational conditions for activities including rafting and angling.

Table 2.4.1 Priority watering actions and environmental objectives for the Macalister system

Priority watering action Environmental objectives

Autumn freshes (one to three events of 350 ML per day Maintain self-sustaining populations of flathead for seven days each during April to May) gudgeon, southern pygmy perch, Australian smelt, short-finned eel, and tupong by providing flows that target recruitment and allow fish to move between different habitats Restore self-sustaining populations of long-finned eel, Australian grayling and river blackfish by providing flows that target recruitment and allow fish to move between different habitats

Autumn/winter baseflows (140 ML per day during May Maintain self-sustaining populations of flathead to July) gudgeon, southern pygmy perch, Australian smelt, short-finned eel, and tupong by providing flows to maintain habitat availability Spring baseflows (140 ML per day during October to Restore self-sustaining populations of long-finned eel, November) Australian grayling and river blackfish by providing flows to maintain habitat availability

Summer/autumn freshes (three events of 350 ML per Maintain self-sustaining populations of flathead day for seven days each during December to April) gudgeon, southern pygmy perch, Australian smelt, short-finned eel, and tupong by providing flows that target recruitment and allow fish to move between different habitats Restore self-sustaining populations of long-finned eel, Australian grayling and river blackfish by providing flows that target recruitment and allow fish to move between different habitats

Autumn/winter/spring freshes (two events of 1,477 ML Maintain self-sustaining populations of flathead per day for nine days each during May to November) gudgeon, southern pygmy perch, Australian smelt, short-finned eel, and tupong by providing flows that target recruitment Restore self-sustaining populations of long-finned eel, Australian grayling and river blackfish by providing flows that target recruitment

Seasonal Watering Plan 2014–15 51 2.4 Macalister system

Bankfull flows maintain and enhance native fish communities by enabling movement between habitats. This also creates disturbance and scour within the river channel, which maintains habitat conditions for aquatic life. Bankfull flows may occur naturally during 2014-15 and will not be actively managed due to the volume of water required and potential flooding risk involved.

Figure 2.4.2 Priority watering actions in the Macalister system1

1,750 Autumn/winter/spring Autumn/winter/spring freshes freshes

1,400

1,050

Autumn/winter baseflows

700 Summer/autumn Autumn freshes freshes Flow (ML) per day

350 Autumn/winter Spring baseflows baseflows

July 2014 Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Jan 2015 Feb Mar Apr May Jun Month

1 This figure is for illustrative purposes only. Scheduling and delivery of particular watering actions within the stated timeframes will vary.

Scenario planning

Table 2.4.2 outlines the priority watering actions and expected water usage under a range of planning scenarios.

General triggers for undertaking watering actions have been included in the Planning section (refer to section 1.2.4).

Research on Australian grayling indicates the optimal spawning period is between April and May. Due to the species’ short lifespan (two to three years), regular spawning and survival of offspring is critical to ensure a viable population. The flow needed for spawning and recruitment success have been delivered regularly in the last five years. This means, under a drought scenario, there is less urgency to provide a spawning flow release for Australian grayling however this may become a priority in a future drought scenario.

When possible, autumn freshes in the Macalister River will be timed with releases in the Thomson River improve spawning conditions in the lower Thomson and a flush of freshwater for the Latrobe River estuary.

Lake Glenmaggie typically fills and spills each year. Any water carried over to the following year is lost in the spill. To best utilise the available water, priority watering actions exhaust the environmental water allocation for that year. Allocations are announced throughout the irrigation season with final allocations made in April prior to delivery of the highest priority watering actions.

52 Victorian Environmental Water Holder Macalister system 2.4

Table 2.4.2 Priority watering actions for the Macalister system under a range of planning scenarios

Planning scenario

DROUGHT DRY AVERAGE WET

Expected availability 8,000 ML 12,000 ML 14,000 ML 18,500 ML of Water Holdings

Priority watering Autumn baseflows Two autumn freshes Two autumn freshes Three autumn actions Autumn/winter Autumn/winter freshes baseflows baseflows Autumn/winter baseflows

Possible volume required from the 8,000 ML 12,000 ML 14,000 ML 18,500 ML Water Holdings

Possible carryover 0 ML 0 ML 0 ML 0 ML into 2015-16

Risk management

In preparation of its seasonal watering proposal, the West Gippsland Catchment Management Authority considered and assessed risks, and identified mitigating strategies, relating to the implementation of priority watering actions (refer to Table 2.4.3). Risks and mitigating actions are continually reassessed by environmental watering program partners throughout the water year.

Table 2.4.3 Risk management in the Macalister system

Risk type Mitigating strategies

Environmental release causes personal injury to river user Adequate communication of planned flow releases

Environmental water account is overdrawn Storage manager to maintain daily accounts and provide provisional weekly accounts during releases West Gippsland Catchment Management Authority to work with storage manager on spill and pre-release rules

Release volume is insufficient or exceeds flow at target Storage manager aims to meet required flow at target point point as a minimum Flows are typically slightly higher than required

Delivery constraints due to storage management/ Ongoing dialogue with storage managers to schedule maintenance and/or irrigation releases maintenance works

Unable to provide evidence in meeting ecological Basic ecological monitoring will be undertaken objective

Environmental water release causes flooding of private Adequate communication of planned flow releases. land

Unable to provide environmental flows due to loss of Ongoing dialogue with storage managers to understand carryover and passing flow savings to spills storage conditions and establish sophisticated release rules and planning A review of environmental flow recommendations and an environmental water management plan will be initiated in 2014-15 to develop a prioritised release schedule based on water availability and objectives

Current recommendations on environmental flow A review of environmental flow recommendations and an requirements inaccurate environmental water management plan will be initiated in 2014-15 to develop a prioritised release schedule based on water availability and objectives

Seasonal Watering Plan 2014–15 53 2.4 Macalister system

Consultation

West Gippsland Catchment Management Authority has engaged key stakeholders and relevant individuals in preparation of the seasonal watering proposal for the Macalister system. These stakeholders are shown in Table 2.4.4.

Table 2.4.4 Key stakeholders involved in the preparation of the seasonal watering proposal for the Macalister System

Stakeholder consultation

Melbourne Water Southern Rural Water West Gippsland Catchment Management Authority Board, management and staff Victorian Environmental Water Holder

Pictured: Macalister River, by West Gippsland CMA

54 Victorian Environmental Water Holder Section 3 Central Region

1 Yarra system 2 Tarago system 3 Werribee system 4 Moorabool system 5 Lower Barwon wetlands

3 1 4 5 2

SeasonalSeasonal WateringWatering Plan 2014–15 55 3.0 Central Region overview

There are five systems that can receive water from the Water Holdings in the Central Region of Victoria – the Yarra and Tarago systems in the east; and the Werribee, Moorabool and Barwon (lower Barwon wetlands) systems in the west.

The upper reaches of the Yarra and Tarago system are important water supply catchments for Greater Melbourne with the Yarra alone providing up to 70 percent of Melbourne’s drinking water. Drinking water for Greater Geelong is predominantly sourced from the upper reaches of the Barwon River and also the Moorabool. The river systems also contribute to rural urban water supplies to towns and support agriculture in important irrigation districts, such as Bacchus Marsh and Werribee in the west and Neerim in the east.

Pictured: Upper Coimadai Creek, by Bill Moulden, Melbourne Water 56 Victorian Environmental Water Holder Central Region overview 3.0

Water Holdings in the Central Region

Table 3.0.1 Water Holdings available for use in the Central Region

Entitlement Description

Tarago system

Tarago and Environmental Entitlement 2009 10.3% of inflows, after passing flows have been provided Passing flows up to 12 ML per day at Drouin West gauging station

Yarra system

Yarra Environmental Entitlement 2006 First 17,000 ML per year and reservoir storage space Minimum passing flows at various weirs and gauges throughout the system 55 ML per year in the Yarra River downstream of the confluence with

Werribee system

Werribee River Environmental Entitlement 2011 10% of inflows to Lake Merrimu, after passing flows have been provided Inflows to Melton Reservoir between May and August when Melton Reservoir is above its target volume and passing flows under the Bulk Entitlement (Werribee System – Irrigation) have been met Airspace storage in Lake Merrimu and Melton Reservoir

Moorabool system

Moorabool River Environmental Entitlement 2010 11.9% of inflows to Lal Lal Reservoir, after passing flows have been provided 11.9% (7,086 ML) of storage capacity in Lal Lal Reservoir Maximum use of 7,500 ML in any consecutive three-year period

Barwon system

Barwon River Environmental Entitlement 2011 Access to water from the Barwon River to inundate the lower Barwon wetlands ( and Hospital Swamps) when Barwon River flows are above 0.7m AHD upstream of the Lower Barrage gauging station

Other entitlements

Werribee water shares (Melbourne Water) 730 ML high-reliability entitlement 360 ML low-reliability entitlement

Seasonal Watering Plan 2014–15 57 3.1 Yarra system

Waterway manager – Melbourne Water Storage manager – Melbourne Water

The upper reaches of the Yarra River are important water supply catchments, supplying up to 70 percent of Melbourne’s drinking water. The lower reaches provide social and recreational opportunities for more than four million people who live in and travel to Greater Melbourne. The Yarra River supports many important environmental values, including platypus and nationally significant fish species, such as the Australian grayling and the Macquarie perch.

System overview The Yarra River catchment is the largest within the and Westernport region, being home to over two million people (one third of Victoria’s population). It is one of Victoria’s most iconic waterways, covering over 4,000 square kilometres, flowing from the Yarra Valley to the heart of Melbourne’s central business district at Southbank.

Environmental water can be released from the Upper Yarra, Maroondah and O’Shannassy reservoirs. In the lower reaches, urbanised tributaries such as Diamond Creek, and provide additional water to the Yarra River. In the upper reaches the system is influenced by tributaries such as the , and .

The upper system (reaches 1-3) provides habitat for a range of fish species, including river blackfish, spotted galaxias and common galaxias and contains good quality riparian and aquatic vegetation. The lower system (reaches 4-6) contains Australian grayling, Macquarie perch, and tupong. Priority river reaches for environmental watering are reach 2 (immediately downstream of Armstrong Creek through to a measurement point at Millgrove) and reach 5 (immediately downstream of Yering Gorge with flow measured at Warrandyte). Delivery of water to reaches 2 and 5 will achieve flow requirements in neighbouring reaches, both upstream and downstream. The environmental flow reaches for the Yarra system are shown in Figure 3.1.1.

Pictured: Yarra River at Warburton, by John Winther, Melbourne Water 58 Victorian Environmental Water Holder Yarra system 3.1

Reach 1 and the upper part of reach 2 can only receive environmental water from the . The lower part of reach 2 and reach 3 can also be supplied from O’Shannassy Reservoir, while water from Maroondah Reservoir flows into the Yarra River via Watts River at reach 4.

As well as the river itself, there are several billabongs in the Yarra system. These are an important feature of the Yarra River floodplain downstream of Millgrove and support a variety of distinct vegetation communities, providing foraging and breeding habitat for waterbirds and frogs. Except in very high flows, the billabongs are disconnected from the Yarra River.

Passing flows are provided at many locations in the Yarra system. Managed environmental water releases seek to build on the benefits of passing flows and other natural flows in the system.

Current situation

In 2013-14, conditions ranged from average to wet, resulting in good streamflows. In spring and summer, flows remained within the average range, with an extended dry period in February 2014 causing streamflows to drop quite low.

During 2013-14, Melbourne Water managed a ‘cease to harvest’ request to protect unregulated flows to help achieve a winter fresh event, and delivered two summer fresh events, and an autumn high flow.

Ecological monitoring throughout the year identified a strong spawning response by Macquarie perch. Water quality monitoring in the lower Yarra indicated an improvement in water quality resulting from the release of a summer fresh event. Monitoring at Dights Falls fishway also showed good migration of juvenile Australian grayling into the Yarra River in late spring 2013 and early summer 2014.

Priority watering actions and environmental objectives

Priority watering actions along with their associated environmental objectives, are provided in Table 3.1.1 and illustrated in Figure 3.1.2.

The environmental objectives focus on: fish spawning and migration, particularly Macquarie perch and Australian grayling; scouring sediment from the riverbed to provide optimal habitat for fish and macroinvertebrates; and maintaining water quality. In addition, improved vegetation composition through the Yarra system will be sought by providing water to inundate the low banks of the river, increasing the zone of flood-tolerant vegetation.

These watering actions will also provide recreational opportunities such as canoeing, kayaking and birdwatching, and will increase aesthetic appeal of the river for walkers and cyclists.

Seasonal Watering Plan 2014–15 59 3.1 Yarra system Upper Yarra Reservoir

1

Creek Armstrong Armstrong 1 7 5 3 2 6 9 8 4

• Pats Creek River 2 Big O’Shannassy Reservoir Reach Reach Yarra River: Upper Reservoir to Armstrong Creek Reach Yarra River: Armstrong Creek to Millgrove Reach Yarra River: Millgrove to Watts River Reach Yarra River: Watts River to top of Yering Gorge Reach Yarra River: Top of Yering Gorge to Mullum Creek Reach Yarra River: Mullum Creek to Dights Falls Reach Yarra River Estuary Reach Watts River: Maroondah Reservoir to the Yarra River Plenty River: Toorourrong Reservoir to Mernda Town Measurement point

• Yarra • Little

Millgrove Creek Watts Maroondah Reservoir

River 3

Mccrae 8 Yarra Creek Cockatoo Creek

•

Yallock Yallock

4 Woori Creek

Yeringberg Pauls Pauls

Dixons Dixons Creek Creek Olinda

5 Creek

Yering Gorge Arthurs Arthurs Creek Creek

•

Warrandyte

Running Running

Creek Mullum Mullum Diamond Diamond

Plenty River

Creek 9 6

Barbers Creek River Darebin Merri 7

Creek • Yarra Melbourne Yarra River Estuary Figure 3.1.1 The Yarra system Figure 3.1.1 The Yarra

60 Victorian Environmental Water Holder Yarra system 3.1

Table 3.1.1 Priority watering actions and associated environmental objectives for the Yarra system

Priority watering action1 Environmental objective Year-round low flows2 (varying rates between 80 and Provide fish and macroinvertebrate habitat 350 ML per day, all year) Prevent water quality decline Summer/autumn freshes (three to four freshes of varying Improve connectivity and access to habitat for fish and rates between 300 ML and 750 ML per day for two to macroinvertebrates four days each during December to May) Improve water quality in the lower river Autumn high flows (one high flow of varying rates Assist Australian grayling spawning between 560 ML and 1,300 ML per day for seven to 14 days during April to May) Spring freshes (one fresh of varying rates between 700 ML Assist Macquarie perch spawning and support native and 2,500 ML per day for more than seven days each fish migration during September to October) Winter/spring high flows in reach 1 (one high flow of Scour sediment to provide additional fish and between 300 ML and 600 ML per day for three days macroinvertebrate habitat during July to September) Winter/spring fresh (one to two freshes of 700 ML Support native fish migration to 2,500 ML per day for seven days during June to September) Winter/spring high flow (one high flow of 700 ML to Vegetation wetting on banks 2500 ML per day for 14 days during September to November)3 Targeted billabong watering Support native vegetation and improve habitat availability 1 The magnitude and duration of priority watering actions depends upon the target reach, with the lower range generally occurring in reach 2, and higher range in reach 5. 2 These flows are generally provided by passing flows under the environmental entitlement, however, during dry conditions, it may be necessary to supplement low flows using water from the Water Holdings. 3 Water will not be specifically released to achieve a winter/spring high flow, however Melbourne Water may manage for this outcome by ceasing harvesting from the system during the high flow to let this priority watering action occur.

Bankfull and overbank flows are important to the health of the Yarra River, helping to maintain channel form, entrain organic matter and engage high flow channels and the floodplain. These flows will not be met through managed flows due to the volume of water required and the potential for flooding risk, with achievement relying solely on natural events.

Figure 3.1.2 Priority watering actions in the Yarra system1

3,000

Spring high flow

2,400 Winter/spring Winter/ freshes spring freshes

1,800

Autumn high flow

1,200 Summer/autumn freshes Winter high flow, Flow (ML) per day Reach 1 Year-round 600 low flows

July 2014 Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Jan 2015 Feb Mar Apr May Jun Month

1 This figure is for illustrative purposes only. Scheduling and delivery of particular watering actions within the stated timeframes will vary.

Seasonal Watering Plan 2014–15 61 3.1 Yarra system

Scenario planning

Table 3.1.2 outlines the priority watering actions and expected water usage under a range of planning scenarios.

General triggers for undertaking watering actions have been included in the Planning section (refer to section 1.2.4).

Environmental water delivery to priority billabongs on the Yarra River floodplain may be considered during 2014-15. The 55 ML unregulated product available under the Yarra environmental entitlement may be accessed to undertake these actions, alternatively the water may be provided from the regulated source of environmental water available in reservoirs of the upper Yarra catchment.

Reach 1 receives relatively low regulated flows due to its position close to upper Yarra Reservoir. Releases specifically for reach 1 may be required if downstream reaches are receiving adequate water through rainfall to meet downstream objectives.

Table 3.1.2 Priority watering actions for the Yarra system under a range of planning scenarios

Planning scenario

DROUGHT DRY AVERAGE WET

Expected 30,000 ML carryover 30,000 ML carryover 30,000 ML carryover 30,000 ML carryover availability of Water 17,000 ML allocation 17,000 ML allocation 17,000 ML allocation 17,000 ML allocation Holdings 47,000 ML total 47,000 ML total 47,000 ML total 47,000 ML total

Priority watering Year-round low flows Year-round low flows Year-round low flows Year-round low flows actions Summer/autumn Summer/autumn Summer/autumn Summer/autumn freshes when freshes when freshes when freshes when required required required required Autumn high flows Autumn high flows Autumn high flows Autumn high flows Winter/spring freshes Winter/spring freshes Winter/spring freshes Winter/spring freshes Winter high flow Winter high flow Winter high flow (Reach 1) (Reach 1) (Reach 1) Targeted billabong Targeted billabong Targeted billabong watering watering watering Winter/spring high Winter/spring high flows may occur flows and bankfull naturally but will not and overbank flows be actively delivered. may occur naturally but will not be actively delivered.

Possible volume required from the 31,000 ML 23,000 ML 22,000 ML 12,000 ML Water Holdings

Possible carryover 16,000 ML 24,000 ML 25,000 ML 35,000 ML into 2015-16

Risk management

In preparing its seasonal watering proposal, Melbourne Water considered and assessed risks, and identified mitigating strategies, relating to the implementation of priority watering actions (refer to Table 3.1.3). Risks and mitigating actions are continually reassessed by environmental watering program partners throughout the water year.

62 Victorian Environmental Water Holder Yarra system 3.1

Table 3.1.3 Risk management in the Yarra system

Risk Mitigating strategies Release volume is insufficient in meeting required flow at Real-time monitoring of flows at measurement points target point Ability to alter water orders on a daily basis Current recommendations on environmental flows are Flow recommendations are based on the best available inaccurate science Monitoring program to identify if an ecological objective is not being achieved Storage manager maintenance works affect ability to Regular communication with storage manager deliver water Storage manager cannot deliver required volume or flow Seasonally adaptive management approach allows rate (outlet capacity constraints, insufficient storage watering actions to be tailored to the volume of water volume) available in the entitlement Competing storage manager priorities do not allow Continual liaison with storage managers delivery of some events (fire, flood etc.) Ability to alter releases on a daily basis Competing environmental objectives do not allow Assess ecological priorities of each priority watering delivery of some events action Environmental risk assessment for exceeding any delivery reach constraints Release causes water quality issues (eg. blackwater, low Water quality monitoring in river and reservoir dissolved oxygen, mobilisation of saline pools, acid- Water temperature data in reservoirs is available through sulphate soils etc.) the OLARIS website Improved condition for non-native species Melbourne Water river health assessment program may identify increases in non-native species within the system Unable to verify that hydrological targets have been Continual monitoring of flows throughout the system reached during a release Metering plan demonstrates commitment to improving gauging Irrigators divert environmental releases from the system Work with diversions team to manage diversions during so the target is not reached a release Environmental water account is overdrawn Accounting principles agreed on with resource manager Regular communication with resource manager Resource manager is consulted prior to all releases Environmental release causes personal injury to river user Signage at popular recreation spots near flow release locations Community bulletin and website updates Unable to provide evidence in meeting ecological Event-based monitoring of key flow events to objectives demonstrate effectiveness Key stakeholders not supportive of environmental water Community engagement includes key stakeholders release Public misconception about purpose of releases Communication through local media about the purpose of releases Environmental water communication plan being developed Environmental releases perceived to cause flooding Overbank and bankfull releases have not been selected of land as priority watering actions to reduce risk of flooding Pre-release risk assessment considers weather conditions A release event will be cancelled if a flood watch is issued Environmental release causes flooding of private land, Overbank and bankfull releases have not been selected public land or public infrastructure as priority watering actions to reduce risk of flooding Pre-release risk assessment considers weather conditions A release event will be cancelled if a flood watch is issued Environmental release interferes with essential Continual liaison with storage operators through release Melbourne Water service Agreed points at which release can be supported by operators

Seasonal Watering Plan 2014–15 63 3.1 Yarra system

Consultation

Melbourne Water has engaged with key stakeholders and other relevant individuals in the preparation of the seasonal watering proposal for the Yarra system. These stakeholders are included in Table 3.1.4.

Table 3.1.4 Key stakeholders engaged in the development of the seasonal watering proposal for the Yarra system

Stakeholder consultation

Yarra River Environmental Flows Advisory Group including representatives from local councils, irrigators and landholders, Yarra Valley Water, Environment Protection Authority (Victoria), Yarra River Keepers, Native Fish Australia, VR Fish, Kew Golf Club and Environment Victoria Melbourne Water (Water Supply Operations and Integrated Planning) Melbourne Water Board Victorian Environmental Water Holder

64 Victorian Environmental Water Holder 3.2 Tarago system

Waterway manager – Melbourne Water Storage manager – Melbourne Water

The Tarago system contains significant native plant and animal species, including populations of the protected Australian grayling. Threatened vegetation species such as long pink-bells, tree geebung, and swamp bush-pea can be found along some river reaches. The upper catchment contains healthy riparian vegetation and in-stream habitat diversity, supporting native fish including river blackfish and mountain galaxias. While the lower catchment has been highly modified, it contains good patches of remnant vegetation, and healthy populations of Australian grayling and platypus.

System overview The Tarago River is a major tributary of the Bunyip River, which rises in the Bunyip State Forest. The Tarago River headwaters are within the Tarago State Forest and flow into the Tarago Reservoir at Neerim. Downstream of the reservoir, the Tarago flows through the town of Rokeby before meeting the Bunyip River at Longwarry North. The downstream reach towards Bay supplies many irrigators in the catchment. Water available under the Tarago environmental entitlement is stored in and released from Tarago Reservoir.

The priority reach for environmental watering is reach 2, the Tarago River from Tarago Reservoir to the Bunyip River confluence. This reach contains important environmental values, including Australian grayling, and is the reach most influenced by water released from Tarago Reservoir. Releases provided for reach 2 of the Tarago River will also provide benefit by assisting Australian grayling migration to the lower Bunyip River and the Bunyip River estuary. The measurement point for flows is at Drouin West. The environmental flow reaches are shown in Figure 3.2.1.

Efficient use of the Tarago environmental entitlement is achieved by working with Southern Rural Water, who make irrigation releases from Tarago Reservoir during the summer period. These releases will partially meet the environmental flow objectives of reach 2, and provide an opportunity to efficiently achieve objectives by supplementing the irrigation releases.

Pictured: Tarago River, by Sarah Gaskill, Melbourne Water Seasonal Watering Plan 2014–15 65 3.2 Tarago system

The Tarago and Bunyip River Environmental Entitlement includes access to 3,000 ML of storage space in Tarago Reservoir. The VEWH has reached an agreement with other entitlement holders in the system to allow access to any available ‘airspace’ (temporarily unused storage) in Tarago Reservoir to store additional water, subject to conditions. There are two main benefits from accumulating inflows in excess of 3,000 ML. Firstly, the accumulated inflows can be used if dry years eventuate in the future. Secondly, the extra water increases capacity for delivering the highest priority flows in the current year, such as high flows for Australian grayling.

Current situation

Good inflows to the Tarago system since 2011 have resulted in high achievement of flow recommendations in recent years. A recent return to dry conditions in 2013 has led to more reliance on regulated water from the environmental entitlement, especially to achieve summer and autumn flow components that are important for Australian grayling.

Environmental water releases have been delivered to provide a range of benefits to the system, including discouraging the growth of unwanted vegetation in the river channel, and restoring important habitat for aquatic species. Releases have also helped provide suitable conditions for the migration of juvenile native fish from the estuary into the upper reaches of the system.

At the commencement of the 2014-15 water year, Tarago Reservoir is nearly at capacity. Should the reservoir spill in winter/spring 2014 this will provide good flow variability and natural cues for fish movement. The environmental entitlement will augment natural conditions to provide opportunities for dispersal and recruitment.

Priority watering actions and environmental objectives

Priority watering actions along with their associated environmental objectives are provided in Table 3.2.1 and illustrated in Figure 3.2.2.

The environmental objectives focus on: maintaining and improving aquatic species’ habitat; assisting native fish spawning and migration; maintaining habitat connectivity; and discouraging terrestrial vegetation encroachment into the channel.

In addition to the environmental objectives, these watering actions will also provide improved visual amenity at various picnic areas and nature reserves along the Tarago system.

Table 3.2.1 Priority watering actions and associated environmental objectives for the Tarago system

Priority watering action Environmental objective

Summer/autumn freshes (five events of 100 ML per day Prevent vegetation growing on sand bars, encourage for four days each during December to May) scour hole creation, and improve habitat availability for aquatic species

Autumn high flow (one event of 100 ML per day for two Spawning of Australian grayling days during April to May)

Spring high flow (one event of 280 ML per day for four Migration of Australian grayling, and inundation of days during late October to December) barriers, providing for fish passage

Winter/spring freshes (up to four events of 280 ML per Generate habitat variability, prevent sedimentation, and day for three days during June to November) provide sufficient depth for fish passage

Summer/autumn low flows (12 ML per day during Maintenance of water quality and provision of habitat December to May)* for river blackfish, Australian grayling, platypus, and macroinvertebrates

* Summer-autumn low flows are generally provided by passing flows under the environmental entitlement, however during dry conditions it may be necessary to supplement these flows using water from the Water Holdings.

66 Victorian Environmental Water Holder Tarago system 3.2 Neerim • Rokeby • 2

River 1

Drouin

Tarago Reservoir • Creek 3 River

Creek Lang Creek

Tarago

Pederson Weir

O'Mahoney's O'Mahoney's Labertouche Labertouche Lang Creek

River Parrot Pheasant River 6 4

Bunyip

Iona Drain River Creek •

Creek Creek Lang 5

King Lang Lang

Back Cannibal Main Main

Creek

Diamond

Little Adams Creek Creek

Ararat

Lang Lang

Bunyip Bunyip Koo-wee-rup Yallock Pakenham •

Toomuc •

Creek 7

Creek Cardinia

Drain

Wylies Dandenong •

Creek

Baxter

Creek Frankston

•

Warringine Warringine Creek

Balcombe Balcombe Creek

Stony Creek

Dunns Manton Creek

Rosebud Main Creek Main • 1 3 5 6 7 2 4 • Reach Reach Upper Tarago River: Pederson Weir to Reservoir Reach Lower Tarago River: Reservoir to Bunyip River Reach Labertouche Creek Reach Upper Bunyip River: State Forest to Tarago River Reach Cannibal Creek Reach Bunyip Main Drain Bunyip estuary Town Water infrastructure Measurement point Figure 3.2.1 The Tarago system Figure 3.2.1 The Tarago

Seasonal Watering Plan 2014–15 67 3.2 Tarago system

Bankfull and overbank flows are important to the health of all freshwater reaches and the estuary, and the frequency of these flows is currently less than may occur naturally due to the presence of Tarago reservoir. These flows are important in maintaining channel form and disturbing riparian vegetation. Bankfull and overbank flows may occur following heavy rainfall during 2014-15, but will not be actively managed due to the volume of water required, infrastructure constraints and potential flooding risk involved.

Figure 3.2.2 Priority watering actions in the Tarago system1

375 Winter/spring freshes

Winter/spring freshes 300 Spring high flow

225

Autumn high flow 150 Summer/autumn freshes Flow (ML) per day

75 Summer/ autumn low flows

July 2014 Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Jan 2015 Feb Mar Apr May Jun Month

1 This figure is for illustrative purposes only. Scheduling and delivery of particular watering actions within the stated timeframes will vary.

Scenario planning

Table 3.2.2 outlines the priority watering actions and expected water usage for the Tarago system under a range of planning scenarios.

General triggers for undertaking watering actions have been included in the Planning section (refer to section 1.2.4).

The environmental flow study for the Tarago system was reviewed in 2013, resulting in changes to environmental flow recommendations for spawning and migration of Australian grayling. The new recommendations for Australian grayling migration and spawning require substantially more water than the previous recommendations and, if actively provided through the Tarago Water Holdings, may impact on the ability to deliver other priority watering actions throughout the year. In order to limit this impact, a shorter duration autumn high flow for grayling spawning will be attempted in a dry scenario as well as a shorter duration spring high flow for grayling migration in the average scenario. There is evidence that this partial achievement of each of these priority watering actions will still result in fish movement and spawning, albeit to a lesser extent than the full flow recommendation.

68 Victorian Environmental Water Holder Tarago system 3.2

Table 3.2.2 Priority watering actions for the Tarago system under a range of planning scenarios

Planning scenario

DROUGHT DRY AVERAGE WET

Expected availability 1,000-1700 ML 1,000-1700 ML 1,000-1700 ML 1,000-1700 ML of Water Holdings carryover carryover carryover carryover 200 ML allocation 500-1,000 ML 1,000-2,200 ML 2,200-3,500 ML 1,200-1,900 ML total allocation allocation allocation 1,500-2,000 ML total 2,500-3,700 ML total 3,900-5,200 ML total

Priority watering Summer/autumn low Summer/autumn Summer/autumn Summer/autumn actions flows freshes freshes freshes Summer/autumn Autumn high flow Autumn high flow Autumn high flow freshes (partial achievement)* Spring high flow Spring high flow (partial achievement)* Winter/spring freshes

Possible volume required from the 1,000 ML 1,000-1,500 ML 1,500-2,700 ML 0-3,500 ML Water Holdings

Possible carryover 200-900 ML 500-1,200 ML 1,000-1,200 ML 1,000-1,700 ML into 2015-16

* Refer above for information of partial achievement of spring high flows in the Tarago system.

Risk management

In preparing its seasonal watering proposal, Melbourne Water considered and assessed risks, and identified mitigating strategies, relating to the implementation of priority watering actions (refer to Table 3.2.3). Risks and mitigating actions are continually reassessed by environmental watering program partners throughout the water year.

Table 3.2.3 Risk management in the Tarago system

Risk Mitigating strategies Release volume is insufficient in meeting required flow at Tarago rainfall/runoff model assists in predicting the target point release required to meet flow targets Real-time monitoring of flows at compliance points Ability to alter water orders on a daily basis Current recommendations on environmental flow Flow recommendations are based on the best available inaccurate science Monitoring program to identify if an ecological objective is not being achieved Storage manager maintenance works affect ability to Regular communication with storage manager deliver water Storage manager cannot deliver required volume or flow Seasonally adaptive management approach allows rate (outlet/capacity constraints, insufficient storage watering actions to be tailored to the volume of water volume) available in the entitlement Competing environmental objectives do not allow Releases will be based on the priority watering actions delivery of some events (delivery reach capacity constraints) Competing storage manager priorities do not allow Detailed risk assessment undertaken prior to each delivery of some events (fire, flood etc.) release event, to will consider catchment conditions, the seven day weather forecast and the level of communication required Release can be postponed or stopped part way through if a flood warning or watch is issued by the Bureau of Meteorology Fire risk actively monitored and Melbourne Water fire risk guidelines followed

Seasonal Watering Plan 2014–15 69 3.2 Tarago system

Table 3.2.3 Risk management in the Tarago system (continued)

Risk Mitigating strategies Releases cause water quality issues (eg. blackwater, low Continual water quality monitoring to be installed at dissolved oxygen, mobilisation of saline pools, acid- Drouin West measurement point sulphate soils etc.) Water temperature data in Tarago Reservoir is available through the OLARIS website Unable to verify that hydrological targets have been Actively monitor gauge performance and report potential reached errors Collate reports to feed into capital works project to upgrade the weirs if required Irrigators divert environmental releases from the system Liaise with Southern Rural Water when releases are so the target is not reached being made Environmental water account is overdrawn Accounting principles agreed on with resource manager Regular communication with resource manager Resource manager is consulted prior to all releases Environmental release causes personal injury to river user Detailed risk assessment undertaken prior to each release event to consider catchment conditions, the seven day weather forecast and the level of communication required Release can ben postponed or stopped part way through if a flood warning or watch is issued by the Bureau of Meteorology Unable to provide evidence in meeting ecological Monitoring program to identify if an ecological objective objective is not being achieved Key stakeholders not supportive of environmental water Consultation process used to consult key stakeholders release during development of seasonal watering proposal Public misconception about purpose of releases Consultation process used to consult key stakeholders during development of seasonal watering proposal Community bulletin issued for releases Melbourne Water/VEWH webpages updated and signage installed on site Environmental releases perceived to cause flooding of Overbank and bankfull releases have not been selected private land as priority watering actions to reduce the risk of flooding A detailed risk assessment will be undertaken prior to each release event to consider catchment conditions, the seven-day weather forecast and the level of Environmental releases cause flooding of public communication required infrastructure, private or public land The release can be postponed or stopped part way through if a flood warning or watch is issued by the Bureau of Meteorology

Consultation

Melbourne Water has engaged with key stakeholders and other relevant individuals in preparing the seasonal watering proposal for the Tarago system. These stakeholders are included in Table 3.2.4.

Table 3.2.4 Key stakeholders engaged in the development of the seasonal watering proposal for the Tarago system

Stakeholder consultation

Tarago and Bunyip Rivers Environmental Flow Advisory Group including representatives from local councils, irrigators, landholders and Landcare groups Melbourne Water (Water Supply Operations and Integrated Planning) Southern Rural Water Melbourne Water Board Victorian Environmental Water Holder

70 Victorian Environmental Water Holder 3.3 Werribee system

Waterway manager – Melbourne Water Storage manager – Southern Rural Water

The Werribee system supports a diverse range of environmental, social and commercial values. The middle reaches provide good habitat for fish and an important platypus population. The lower reaches contain migratory wading birds and are lined with highly-valued river red gums. The estuarine reaches are important for recreational fishing and the lower freshwater reaches pass through the Werribee Tourist Precinct, which attracts many visitors from Melbourne and beyond. Tributaries of the Werribee River, such as Pyrites Creek, contain intact riparian vegetation and support frogs and macroinvertebrates. The Werribee River provides water for urban users in Melton and Bacchus Marsh, as well as water for irrigation and private diverters in surrounding agricultural districts.

System overview

The Werribee River flows south-east from the to the undulating plains of basalt soils north of Ballan before flowing into Port Phillip Bay at Werribee. The is a major tributary that joins the river at Bacchus Marsh.

The priority river reaches for the Werribee system are the reach downstream of Lake Merrimu (reach 6), and the estuary (reach 9). Water may also be delivered to target environmental objectives in reaches 8 and 9 under wet scenarios. These priority river reaches support fish such as short-finned eels, black bream, river blackfish, flathead gudgeon, tupong and Australian smelt. A diverse community of macroinvertebrates inhabit the upper reaches and platypus are present in the lower reaches. The Werribee River estuary is also a priority as its freshwater-saltwater interface is a regionally significant ecosystem. The measurement points for flows are downstream of Lake Merrimu in reach 6, downstream of Melton Reservoir in reach 8 and the Werribee Diversion Weir for reach 9 and the estuary.

The environmental flow reaches are shown in Figure 3.3.1.

Pictured: Upper Werribee estuary, by Bill Moulden, Melbourne Water

Seasonal Watering Plan 2014–15 71 3.3 Werribee system

The Werribee River Environmental Entitlement provides for 10 percent of flows into Lake Merrimu which can be released to the Werribee system from Lake Merrimu and Melton Reservoir. There is no secure access to storage capacity, only opportunistic access to airspace (temporarily unused storage). Lake Merrimu receives a significant amount of inflow from the Lerderderg River via a tunnel system, and operation of this tunnel influences the amount of water available under the environmental entitlement.

In 2014-15, the environment will also have access to 730 ML of high-reliability and 360 ML of low-reliability water shares purchased in the Werribee system by Melbourne Water. Water allocated to the water shares will most likely be released from Melton Reservoir to benefit the lower reaches and estuary.

Figure 3.3.1 The Werribee system

Reach 1 Werribee River: Upstream of Upper Werribee Diversion Weir Reach 2 Pykes Creek: Pykes Creek Reservoir to Werribee River Reach 3 Werribee River: Upper Werribee Diversion Weir to Pykes Creek Reach 4 Werribee River: Pykes Creek to Bacchus Marsh Weir Reach 5 Werribee River: Bacchus Marsh Weir to Lerderderg River Reach 6 Pyrites Creek: below Lake Merrimu to Melton Reservoir Reach 7 Djerriwarrh Creek: below Djerriwarrh Weir to Melton Reservoir Reach 8 Werribee River: Melton Reservoir to Lower Werribee Diversion Weir Reach 9 Werribee River: Lower Werribee Diversion Weir to estuary Measurement point Water infrastructure • Town

Lerderderg Werribee Werribee

Pykes

Dale Lerderberg Creek

River River to Goodmans Kororoit Kororoit

Creek Creek Tunnel Creek Creek

Upper Creek Werribee Goodmans Creek Diversion keerC Creek to Creek West River Pyrites Creek

Weir Pykes Creek 1 Tunnel Branch Reservoir East • Djerriwarrh Ballan Weir Branch 3 2 Werribee Goodmans Lake

4 Merrimu 7 Kororoit Kororoit

Parwan Bacchus Marsh River • Melton 5 Pyrites • Bacchus Marsh Djerriwarrh Weir 6 Creek Melton Reservoir Spring Creek

Werribee Skeleton

8

Creek

Werribee Lower Werribee • Diversion Weir 9

River

•Werribee South

72 Victorian Environmental Water Holder Werribee system 3.3

Current situation Rainfall and streamflow in the Werribee system was above average from 2010 to 2012, which led to consecutive spills of Melton Reservoir, and Lake Merrimu reaching full supply level for the first time in 15 years. This period of good flows followed a long period of extreme drought, and subsequently environmental flow recommendations in 2010 to 2012 were almost completely achieved.

In 2013, for the first time in three years, there was below average streamflow to the Werribee River and neither reservoir spilled or reached full supply level. Most priority watering actions for reach 6 were partially achieved and provided benefit to fringing vegetation and frogs in pools. In the lower Werribee River and the estuary, the full suite of environmental flow recommendations were not met due to the lack of natural flows and spills. Nonetheless, there were regulated releases in March, April and October 2013 that were delivered to partially meet watering objectives in the lower Werribee reaches and for the benefit of black bream recruitment in the estuary.

Priority watering actions and environmental objectives Priority watering actions, along with their associated environmental objectives, are provided in Table 3.3.1 and illustrated in Figure 3.3.2 and 3.3.3.

The environmental objectives for 2014-15 focus on enhancing fish populations in the lower reaches and estuary and improving macroinvertebrate populations and vegetation downstream of Lake Merrimu in reach 6. Secondary objectives are to improve vegetation and platypus populations in the lower Werribee reaches and frog populations in Pyrites Creek.

In addition to the environmental objectives, these watering actions will also provide benefits for anglers and other recreational users of the lower reaches.

Table 3.3.1 Priority watering actions and associated environmental objectives for the Werribee system

Priority watering action Environmental objective Winter/spring/summer freshes in reach 6 (five events [or Scour silt and sand from riffles 1 natural] of 40 ML per day for two days each during July Promote vegetation growth to December) Provide habitat for pygmy perch and macroinvertebrates Summer/autumn/winter freshes in reach 6 (four events of Maintain pool habitat for pygmy perch and 5 ML per day for three days each during December to June) macroinvertebrates Baseflow of 2 ML per day in reach 6 between May Provide frog habitat to January (duration to be determined by scientific evidence and community consultation) Spring/summer freshes in the estuary (two events of Promote juvenile black bream recruitment 80 ML per day for two days, twice per season during November to February) Winter/spring baseflows in the estuary (15 ML per day Provide black bream habitat during June to November) Autumn freshes in the estuary (three events of 90 ML per Provide fish passage between estuary and freshwater day for two days each during March to May) reaches Autumn/winter/spring freshes in the estuary (one event Inundate salt marsh with brackish water of 140 ML per day for one day during May to November) Summer/autumn freshes in reach 9 (three events of 137 ML Maintain pool water quality for fish and platypus 1 per day [or natural] for one day during January to April) Allow for fry dispersal and mobilise silt from riffles Winter/spring/summer flows in reaches 8 and 9, in Scour silt from riffles addition to natural baseflows (targeting 81 ML per day) Promote vegetation growth and freshes (targeting 350 ML per day for five days) during June to December2 1 The specification of ‘or natural’ means that in the absence of any upstream extraction or diversion the priority watering action may still be deemed to be met when the inflows are ‘naturally’ providing less than the recommended magnitude, duration or frequency of streamflow. 2 There is not sufficient water available in the Werribee Environmental Entitlement to achieve baseflows and freshes in reaches 8 and 9, however opportunistic watering may occur to supplement flows in the river to achieve these priority watering actions.

Seasonal Watering Plan 2014–15 73 3.3 Werribee system

Bankfull and overbank flows are important in maintaining channel form and disturbing riparian vegetation for the overall the health of the system. This may occur naturally in a wet year, but will not be actively managed due to the volume of water required, infrastructure constraints and potential flooding risk involved.

Figure 3.3.2 Priority watering actions in the Werribee River1

Autumn/winter/ spring fresh in Autumn/winter/ the estuary spring fresh in Summer/autumn freshes in reach 9 the estuary 150

Spring/ Autumn summer freshes in the 120 freshes in the estuary estuary

90

60 Winter/ Winter/ spring spring baseflows baseflows Flow (ML) per day in the in the estuary estuary 30

July 2014 Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Jan 2015 Feb Mar Apr May Jun

Month

Figure 3.3.3 Priority watering actions in Pyrites Creek (Reach 6)1

Winter/spring/ 50 summer freshes

40

30

20 Summer/autumn/

Flow (ML) per day winter freshes Year-round Year-round 10 baseflows baseflows

July 2014 Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Jan 2015 Feb Mar Apr May Jun Month

1 This figure is for illustrative purposes only. Scheduling and delivery of particular watering actions within the stated timeframes will vary.

74 Victorian Environmental Water Holder Werribee system 3.3

Scenario planning

Table 3.3.2 outlines the priority watering actions and expected water usage under a range of planning scenarios.

General triggers for undertaking watering actions have been included in the Planning section (refer to section 1.2.4).

The environmental entitlement in the Werribee system does not include secure storage space in any reservoir and only allows storage in airspace not being used by other entitlements. This means there is some risk in storing and carrying over a large volume of environmental water because if tunnel diversions or inflows are high the water is lost if the reservoir spills. For this reason, large volumes of environmental water will generally not be carried over from one season to the next.

Melbourne Water is currently reviewing the flow recommendations for reach 6. The new environmental flow study is reviewing the environmental objectives for Pyrites Creek and the flow recommendations required to support these objectives. Management approaches may be adapted throughout the year depending upon the outcomes of the study.

Table 3.3.2 Priority watering actions for the Werribee system under a range of planning scenarios

Planning scenario

DROUGHT DRY AVERAGE WET

Expected 800 ML carryover 800 ML carryover 800 ML carryover 800 ML carryover availability of Water 750 ML allocation 950-1,150 ML 1,200-1,700 ML >1,700 ML allocation Holdings allocation allocation 1,550 ML total 1,750-1,950 ML total 2,000-2,500 ML total >2,500 ML total

Priority watering Reach 6: Reach 6: Reach 6: Reach 6: actions Winter/spring/ Year-round low flows Year-round low flows Year-round low flows summer fresh Winter/spring/ Winter/spring/ Winter/spring/ Summer/autumn/ summer fresh summer fresh summer fresh winter fresh Summer/autumn/ Summer/autumn/ Summer/autumn/ winter fresh winter fresh winter fresh Estuary: Estuary: Estuary: Estuary: Spring/summer fresh Spring/summer fresh Spring/summer fresh Spring/summer fresh Winter/spring Autumn fresh Autumn fresh Autumn fresh baseflow Winter/spring Winter/spring Winter/spring baseflow baseflow baseflow Autumn/winter/ Autumn/winter/ spring fresh spring fresh Reach 8 and 9: Reach 8 and 9: Reach 8 and 9: Summer/autumn Summer/autumn Summer/autumn fresh fresh fresh Winter/spring/ Winter/spring/ summer baseflows summer baseflows and freshes and freshes

Possible volume required from the 900 ML 1,500 ML 1,500 ML 2,000 ML Water Holdings

Possible carryover 650 ML 250-450 ML 500-1,000 ML > 500 ML into 2015-16

Seasonal Watering Plan 2014–15 75 3.3 Werribee system

Risk management

In preparing its seasonal watering proposal, Melbourne Water considered and assessed risks, and identified mitigating strategies, relating to the implementation of priority watering actions (refer to Table 3.3.3). Risks and mitigating actions are continually reassessed by environmental watering program partners throughout the water year.

Table 3.3.3 Risk management in the Werribee system

Risk Mitigating strategies Release volume is insufficient in meeting required flow at To date, orders have generally been slightly higher than target point required to ensure compliance Close communication with storage managers and monitoring of losses is increasing the required body of knowledge Current recommendations on environmental flow are Flow recommendations are based on the best possible inaccurate science Monitoring program to identify if an ecological objective is not being achieved Systematic review of recommendations in 2014 Storage manager maintenance works affect ability to There are no major maintenance works planned in 2014 deliver water There is sufficient institutional experience in delivering passing flows when maintenance does occur Storage manager cannot deliver required volume of flow Seasonally adaptive management approach allows rate (outlet/capacity constraints, insufficient storage watering actions to be tailored to the volume of water volume) available in the entitlement Competing storage manager priorities do not allow Summer freshes can compete with irrigation delivery of some events (fire, flood etc.) deliveries for a share of valve capacity under certain circumstances, and coordination with the storage manager has avoided this in the past by changing the scheduling of delivery Upgrade of valve at Melton has increased capacity Releases cause water quality issues (eg. blackwater, low Water quality monitoring is in place to measure effects dissolved oxygen, mobilisation of saline pools, acid- of releases and preliminary results suggest that water sulphate soils etc.) quality impacts are generally beneficial and that blackwater effects are transient and localised to small sections of the estuary that are frequently flushed by tidal action Unable to provide evidence that hydrological target has Stream flow gauging is adequate been met Access to Southern Rural Water’s flow gauging has been negotiated Irrigators divert environmental releases from the system Irrigators must order water releases before they can extract so the target is not reached Storage manager and field staff routinely check compliance Environmental water account is overdrawn Accounting principles agreed on with resource manager Regular communication with resource manager Resource manager is consulted prior to all releases Environmental release causes personal injury to river user A detailed risk assessment will be undertaken prior to each release event to consider catchment conditions, the seven-day weather forecast and the level of communication required Delivered flows are low volume and velocity Unable to provide evidence in meeting ecological Comprehensive ecological monitoring program is in place objectives

76 Victorian Environmental Water Holder Werribee system 3.3

Table 3.3.3 Risk management in the Werribee system (continued)

Risk Mitigating strategies Key stakeholders not supportive of environmental water An email list of interested parties has been created and release; public misconception about the purpose of updates on planned watering occur regularly releases; environmental releases perceived to cause flooding Interest from Wyndham Council and public enquiries indicates a reasonably widespread level of community interest and support Environmental releases cause flooding of public Overbank and bankfull releases have not been selected infrastructure, private or Crown land as priority watering actions to reduce the risk of flooding Environmental release interferes with essential Regular communication has been established with Melbourne Water service Melbourne Water river health and maintenance teams and potential risk to delivery of works has been rated as low at a general level Teams are notified prior to all releases

Consultation

Melbourne Water has engaged with key stakeholders and other relevant individuals in preparing the seasonal watering proposal for the Werribee system. These stakeholders are included in Table 3.3.4.

Table 3.3.4 Key stakeholders engaged in the development of the seasonal watering proposal for the Werribee system

Stakeholder consultation

Werribee River Community Advisory Group including representatives from Western Wyndham, Melton and Moorabool Councils, ‘Friends of’ groups, Landcare groups and fishing clubs Southern Rural Water and licensed diverters Melbourne Water Board Victorian Environmental Water Holder

Seasonal Watering Plan 2014–15 77 3.4 Moorabool system

Waterway manager – Corangamite Catchment Management Authority Storage manager – Central Highlands Water

The Moorabool system sustains native fish of high conservation significance, platypus populations and stands of significant remnant vegetation, including river red gums, silver wattle and woolly tea tree. The Moorabool is an important catchment for the major urban centres of Geelong and Ballarat, and sustains economic values by contributing to extensive agricultural practices. Local communities have a strong historical connection to the river, which provides many social and recreational opportunities through its spectacular scenery, parks, picnic sites, lookouts, swimming holes, fishing spots and historic bridges.

System overview

The Moorabool River flows southward from the Central Highlands between Ballarat and Ballan, passing through State Forest near Meredith and flowing south to join the Barwon River at Fyansford. The Moorabool River’s catchment is heavily farmed with about three-quarters of its catchment area used for agriculture. It is a highly regulated waterway with several large water storages in the upper reaches including Lal Lal Reservoir. In the lower reach, between She Oaks and Batesford, there are nine private diversion weirs that are a significant barrier to fish. These barriers have increased the extent of slow-flowing habitat and reduced habitat diversity in the lower reach of the Moorabool. Despite this development, years of drought, and large volumes of water extraction, the river still retains significant environmental values.

Pictured: Moorabool River, by Corangamite CMA

78 Victorian Environmental Water Holder Moorabool system 3.4

The priority reach for environmental water management in the system is reach 3 from Lal Lal Reservoir to She Oaks Diversion Weir. Environmental water is held in Lal Lal Reservoir for release downstream and there are no impediments to flow along the length of this reach. Native fish recorded in this reach include non-migratory species such as river blackfish, Australian smelt and southern pygmy perch, as well migratory species such as short-finned eel and tupong. Other ecological values in the reach include a diverse population of macroinvertebrates and widespread platypus and water rat populations. The measurement point for flows in reach 3 is the streamflow gauge near Morrisons. The environmental flow reaches are shown in Figure 3.4.1.

At She Oaks Diversion Weir, unharvested water continues into reach 4 then joins up with the Barwon River outside of Geelong. Similarly to reach 3, the flow regime of reach 4 has been substantially modified through river regulation and extraction. The reduction in flows has been intensified at times due to drought. Nonetheless reach 4 is considered important because it contains platypus and eight species of native fish including Australian grayling, southern pygmy perch and tupong.

Figure 3.4.1 The Moorabool system

Reach 1 Moorabool River East Branch: Bostock Reservoir to West Moorabool River Reach 2 Moorabool River West Branch: Moorabool Reservoir to Lal Lal Reservoir Reach 3 Moorabool River: Lal Lal Reservoir to She Oaks Weir

Moorabool Reach 4 Moorabool River: She Oaks Weir to Barwon River Reservoir Measurement point

2 • Town Moorabool Moorabool

Lal Lal

Bostock Reservoir Spring River

Creek Branch Creek Lal Lal 1

Reservoir East Lal Lal • West

River

Branch

Moorabool

• Morrisons

Reilies Creek 3

Creek Balliang Balliang

River Sutherland Sutherland Lollipop Hovell Creek

She Oaks Sutherland

Weir

River keerC 4 East

keerC Little River

Branch East • Branch

Creek

Moorabool Lara

River •

Corio Norlane • •

Fyansford Geelong West • • Seasonal Watering Plan 2014–15 79 3.4 Moorabool system

Current situation

From 2010 to 2012, following an extended period of drought, virtually all the environmental flow requirements of the Moorabool River were provided. In the winter of 2010, there were large flows into water storages and right down the length of the Moorabool River. Rainfall in 2011 and 2012 resulted in Lal Lal Reservoir spilling in spring 2012 and passing flows from Lal Lal Reservoir to the Moorabool River continuing into summer.

Dry conditions returned in 2013 and the full suite of flow requirements have not been achieved since. Nonetheless, there has been sufficient allocation in the environmental entitlement to deliver priority summer flows as planned in 2013-14. Allocations to water corporations, and subsequent usage, has also contributed to environmental flows to support fish and other aquatic fauna.

The volume of regulated water available to the Moorabool Environmental Entitlement is 2,500 ML per year on average. At the commencement of the water year, the entitlement has more than 2,000 ML of water available for use. Inflows during winter and spring are expected to increase the volume available, which can be stored for future years and will also contribute to passing flows from Lal Lal reservoir of up to 5 ML per day during 2014-15.

Priority watering actions and environmental objectives

Priority watering actions for reach 3 along with their associated environmental objectives, are provided in Table 3.4.1 and illustrated in Figure 3.4.2.

The environmental objectives focus on supporting fish, macroinvertebrates, vegetation, habitat, and physical processes, as well as meeting water quality targets.

In addition to the environmental objectives, these watering actions will also provide improved conditions at the many parks, picnic spots, swimming holes, camping sites and fishing sites located along the length of the Moorabool River.

Table 3.4.1 Priority watering actions and environmental objectives for the Moorabool system

Priority watering action Environmental objective

Summer/autumn freshes (three events of greater than Allow upstream movement of Australian smelt 31 ML per day for 10 days each during December to May) Reshape the channel form to maintain physical processes and habitat diversity and complexity

Summer/autumn low flows (average of 20 ML per day Provide habitat for short-finned eel, southern pygmy during December to May) perch and Australian smelt Maintain in-stream macrophyte species diversity and woody debris habitat within the river Maintain water quality

Winter fresh (greater than 146 ML per day for five days Maintain macroinvertebrate community 1 during June) Limit encroachment of in-stream vegetation and species common to non-flowing water-bodies Reinstate appropriate water quality

Winter low flows (86 ML per day during June)1 Assist with providing adequate habitat for short-finned eel, southern pygmy perch and Australian smelt Maintain in-steam macrophyte species diversity and woody debris/snag habitat

1 A winter fresh and winter low flows will only be delivered in June providing there is sufficient water available in the environmental entitlement at this time.

80 Victorian Environmental Water Holder Moorabool system 3.4

Figure 3.4.2 Priority watering actions in the Moorabool system1

Winter 150 fresh

Winter low flows

100

Flow (ML) per day Summer/autumn freshes 50

Summer/autumn low flows

July 2014 Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Jan 2015 Feb Mar Apr May Jun Month

1 This figure is for illustrative purposes only. Scheduling and delivery of particular watering actions within the stated timeframes will vary.

While reach 4 is not listed as a priority, with the water available under the Moorabool Environment Entitlement, monitoring has shown that environmental water releases are regularly recorded through to the end of reach 4. Water quality monitoring has also shown improved water quality in reach 4 since the establishment of the environmental entitlement. Where possible, environmental releases will be managed to ensure as much water as possible is able to pass into reach 4 to maintain such improvements in condition.

Winter and spring high flows are important to the Moorabool system, particularly to limit encroachment of vegetation in the channel and also to flush organic matter and sediment that has accumulated in pools. However, these flows cannot be actively delivered due to water availability and outlet capacity limitations.

Scenario planning

Table 3.4.2 outlines the priority watering actions and expected water use under a range of planning scenarios.

General triggers for undertaking watering actions have been included in the Planning section (refer to section 1.2.4).

Use of the water from the environmental entitlement is restricted to a maximum of 7,500 ML in any consecutive three years. The entitlement is managed by curbing use to a maximum of 2,500 ML in any given year, thereby ensuring 7,500 ML is not exceeded in a rolling three-year period. With a maximum of 2,500 ML available per year, there is insufficient water to meet all flow recommendations. Summer flows, which are achievable through use of the expected 2,500 ML of water available, have been prioritised over winter flows. This strategy minimises ecological risk to the Moorabool River in the longer term by ensuring that the volume of water held in the entitlement is available for use to protect water quality and fish in summer if dry conditions eventuate and persist. Over summer, water quality will be monitored at six sites between Lal Lal Reservoir and She Oaks Diversion Weir. If water quality declines below a set of trigger levels for dissolved oxygen, electrical conductivity and water temperature, environmental water may be released to assist in improving water quality.

Seasonal Watering Plan 2014–15 81 3.4 Moorabool system

Table 3.4.2 Priority watering actions for the Moorabool system under a range of planning scenarios

Planning scenario

DROUGHT DRY AVERAGE WET

Expected availability 2,000-7,000 ML 4,000-7,000 ML 7,000 ML 7,000 ML of Water Holdings

Priority watering Summer/autumn Summer/autumn Summer/autumn Summer/autumn actions freshes freshes freshes1 freshes1 Summer/autumn low Summer/autumn low Summer/autumn low Summer/autumn low flows flows flows flows Winter/spring fresh Winter/spring fresh1 Winter/spring fresh1 Winter low flow Winter low flow

Possible volume required from the 500-2,500 ML 1,500-2,500 ML 2,500 ML 2,500 ML Water Holdings

Possible carryover 1,500-4,500 ML 2,500-4,500 ML 4,500 ML > 4,500 ML into 2015-162

1 Target flow rates may be increased to ensure flows are sustained below the She Oaks Diversion Weir (into reach 4). 2 Use of water from the Moorabool environmental entitlement is restricted to an average of 2,500 ML use over a rolling three-year period.

Risk management

In preparing its seasonal watering proposal, the Corangamite Catchment Management Authority considered and assessed risks, and identified mitigating strategies, relating to the implementation of priority watering actions (refer to Table 3.4.3). Risks and mitigating actions are continually reassessed by environmental watering program partners throughout the water year.

Table 3.4.3 Risk management in the Moorabool system

Risk type Mitigating strategies

Release volume is insufficient in meeting required flow at Monitor flow at measurement point and readjust release target point volumes if necessary Release environmental flows in conjunction with releases for consumptive use or when passing flows increase due to rainfall

Current recommendations on environmental flow Monitor water quality, and where possible, ecology inaccurate

Storage manager maintenance works affect ability to Ongoing dialogue with Central Highlands Water to deliver water determine best timing for proposed works

Storage manager cannot deliver required volume or flow Time freshes to coincide with natural rainfall events rate (insufficient storage volume) and/or Barwon Water releases so less water from the entitlement is used leaving more to be used for winter low flow requirements

Limited catchment management authority resource to Resource capacity assessed before environmental deliver environmental release release

Cost of delivery exceeds available funding Cost of delivery and funding monitored

Environmental release causes personal injury to river user Media release prepared to inform community of summer fresh and winter fresh flows

Blue-green algae bloom in reservoir resulting in Environmental water delivery will be discontinued if it is cessation of environmental flows considered that it will cause a blue-green algae event in the river

82 Victorian Environmental Water Holder Moorabool system 3.4

Table 3.4.3 Risk management in the Moorabool system (continued)

Risk type Mitigating strategies

Releases cause blackwater events Monitor water quality before, during and after releases, and if water quality issues occur, discuss options with Barwon Water and Central Highlands Water and develop an action plan

Improved conditions for non-native species including Monitor where possible redfin and carp

Environmental water account is overdrawn Environmental release volumes are tracked on a regular basis when a release is in progress Corangamite Catchment Management Authority release requests are cross checked against Central Highlands Water figures

Environmental releases cause flooding to public Media release before winter fresh flow infrastructure, private or Crown land Monitor water releases If a flood watch is issued by the Bureau of Meteorology, environmental water releases will be stopped

Unable to provide evidence in meeting ecological Ongoing evaluation of monitoring results and objective implementation of recommendations

Key stakeholders unsupportive of environmental water Community meeting prior to seasonal watering proposal releases Communication with stakeholders through media prior to environmental water release

Consultation

Corangamite Catchment Management Authority has engaged with key stakeholders and other relevant individuals in preparing the seasonal watering proposal for the Moorabool system. These stakeholders are included in Table 3.4.4.

Table 3.4.4 Key stakeholders engaged in the development of the seasonal watering proposal for the Moorabool system

Stakeholder consultation

People for a Living Moorabool (made up of community members) Waterwatch volunteers Department of Environment and Primary Industries Southern Rural Water Central Highlands Water Barwon Water Victorian Environmental Water Holder

Seasonal Watering Plan 2014–15 83 3.5 Lower Barwon wetlands

Waterway manager – Corangamite Catchment Management Authority Storage manager – N/A

The lower Barwon wetlands form part of the internationally significant Port Phillip Bay (Western Shoreline) and Ramsar Site, and are also part of the State Game Reserve. They consist of a diverse range of aquatic vegetation communities, providing important feeding and breeding habitat for native fish and a number of wetland-dependent species, including the nationally vulnerable Australian painted snipe. Located near urban growth areas for Geelong and the Bellarine Peninsula, these wetlands are a popular destination for bird watchers, recreational hunters and they also support a commercial eel fishery.

System overview The Barwon River rises in the Otway Ranges and flows through Geelong, joining the coast at Barwon Heads. It receives significant inflows from major tributaries, including the Moorabool and Yarrowee/Leigh rivers, which rise in the Victorian Central Highlands region of the Great Dividing Range. The estuarine reach of the Barwon River incorporates a system of wetlands and lakes including Lake Connewarre, Reedy Lake, Hospital and Salt Swamps, and Murtnaghurt . Environmental water can be actively managed at Reedy Lake and Hospital Swamps.

Water available under the environmental entitlement does not consist of water held in storage. It allows for access to water from the Barwon River at any time, subject to river levels, for diversion into two of the lower Barwon wetlands – Reedy Lake and Hospital Swamps.

Existing wetland water control infrastructure on Reedy Lake and Hospital Swamps enables river flow diversion into these wetlands, and can also facilitate drying phases. Diversions into the wetlands can occur if the river is above 0.7m AHD. When the river is below 0.7m AHD, there is a risk of bank slumping along the Barwon River. Outflows from Reedy Lake can be managed through manipulation of the outlet regulator. There is limited ability to manage outflows from Hospital Swamp even though there is a small outlet regulator. Overbank flows in the system result in water entering the wetlands uncontrolled, regardless of how the regulators are manipulated. Pictured: Reedy Lake, Lower Barwon wetlands, by Corangamite CMA 84 Victorian Environmental Water Holder Lower Barwon wetlands 3.5

Reedy Lake and Hospital Swamps support aquatic vegetation communities that provide important feeding and breeding habitat for native fish, including Australian grayling, dwarf galaxias, and Yarra pygmy perch. They also support wetland-dependent bird species, including the threatened Australian painted snipe, Latham’s snipe, Caspian tern and whiskered tern.

Figure 3.5.1 The Barwon River and lower Barwon wetland system

Moorabool Reservoir Moorabool Moorabool Wetlands

Lal Lal Ballarat Bostock • Geelong

• Creek Spring River Reservoir Creek Lal Lal Branch Barwon Reedy Lake

Reservoir East

Yarrowee River Lake Connewarre Lal Lal River • West

Williamson Branch

Moorabool Hospital Swamp

Creek Morrisons River • Creek Moorabool Reilies Moorabool Salt Swamp

Creek

Balliang Balliang Reservoir

Moorabool Moorabool Sutherland Sutherland Little Lollipop Murtnagurt Swamp • Barwon Heads Little Wetlands Lal Lal Creek Ballarat Hovell

Creek River Bostock • Geelong

• Creek Spring Creek River Reservoir Creek Branch East Barwon Reedy Lake LittleLal RiverLal Measurement point

Reservoir East Native Hut • Warrambine Branch Town

Yarrowee River Lake Connewarre Lal Lal • River Lara West • • Williamson Branch

Moorabool Hospital Swamp Creek

River Corio NorlaneCreek Morrisons River • • • Creek Creek Moorabool Reilies Salt Swamp Fyansford Geelong West

Barwon Creek

• • Balliang Sutherland Sutherland Little River Yarrowee River •Geelong Lollipop Murtnagurt Swamp • Barwon Heads Little Waurn Ponds Creek Creek

River Hovell

Creek River

Creek East Measurement point Creek • Barwon Heads Little River Birregurra Barwon Native Hut Branch • Retreat Creek Warrambine Town Deans • Leigh River Lara Marsh •

Pennyroyal

Creek

Creek Barwon Boundary Barwon Creek Dewing Creek River Corio Norlane River Creek • •

River River Creek Geelong West West Fyansford Barwon • • EastBranch River Branch •Geelong Waurn Ponds Creek

River

Creek • Barwon Heads Birregurra Barwon Retreat Creek

Deans

Marsh

Pennyroyal

Creek

Creek Barwon Boundary Barwon Dewing Creek

River Creek River River

West

EastBranch Branch

Seasonal Watering Plan 2014–15 85 3.5 Lower Barwon wetlands

Current situation

Between 1997 and 2010, the lower Barwon River experienced low river flows and therefore irregular inundation of the lower Barwon wetland system. Post-2010, the conditions have improved which has resulted in regular inundation of Reedy Lake and Hospital Swamps, increasing the potential for fish breeding and migration. January and February 2014 were dry in comparison, causing a drop in water levels across most wetlands. The recent short-term drying phase in Hospital Swamps has been beneficial for vegetation establishment, which in turn supports a diverse array of birds.

The establishment of channel works, culvert installation, and levee banks in the wetlands has resulted in Reedy Lake remaining full most years in the recent past. This has changed the natural wetting and drying cycle of the wetland, reduced the overall habitat diversity of the wetland, and increased the abundance of tall reeds.

Corangamite Catchment Management Authority has facilitated substantial consultation with stakeholders and undertaken a number of investigations to determine the best way to manage the water regime at Reedy Lake. A scientific study has recommended an intermittent drying regime for Reedy Lake as the best approach to protect the ecological character of the wetland. However, concerns have been expressed that an intermittent drying regime may impact commercial interests at Reedy Lake. Until the environmental, social, cultural and economic aspects relevant to water management are clearer, a drying regime at Reedy Lake will not be implemented.

Pictured: Hospital Swamps, Lower Barwon wetlands, by Corangamite CMA 86 Victorian Environmental Water Holder Lower Barwon wetlands 3.5

Priority watering actions and environmental objectives

Priority watering actions along with their associated environmental objectives, are provided in Table 3.5.1.

The ecological objectives focus on: promoting waterbird breeding events; providing summer feeding for waterbirds in flooded vegetation and the wetland fringe; promoting fish breeding and recruitment opportunities and the growth of fish; and improving conditions for migration and dispersal of fish between the river, wetland and estuary.

In addition to the environmental objectives, these watering actions will also support the existing commercial eel fishery, and provide opportunities for recreational activities.

Table 3.5.1 Priority watering actions and environmental objectives for the lower Barwon wetlands

Priority watering action Environmental objectives

Reedy Lake

Keeping the inlet to the wetland open and the outlet Promote waterbird breeding events from the wetland closed year round to maintain water levels in the wetland with natural variation resulting from Provide summer feeding for waterbirds in flooded changes in river flows vegetation and the wetland fringe Promote fish breeding and recruitment opportunities Promote the growth of fish and improve conditions for migration and dispersal of fish between the river, lake and estuary

Close the inlet to the wetland and allow drawdown in Avoid bank slumping in the Barwon River associated levels if the Barwon River drops below 0.7m AHD1 with low flows in the system

Hospital Swamps

Open the inlet to the wetland during autumn (March to Initiate decomposition of organic matter on the wetland May) to fill the wetland, but close the inlet if the Barwon bed River flows fall below those recorded in summer Create habitat and invertebrate populations Maintain full water levels in the wetland over winter, Stimulate fish and waterbird breeding spring and summer (from June to the end of December), if rainfall results in water levels above 0.6m AHD in Allow fish to colonise the wetland from the river Hospital Swamps, the inlet may be closed Allow soil and surface water salts to accumulate over Close the inlet to the wetland to allow it to draw down summer and be diluted over winter naturally during summer (end of December to February). Promote and sustain growth of important wetland During this time, the inlet will be opened for short periods vegetation communities if lower Barwon water levels increase to 0.85m AHD

Close the inlet to the wetland if the Barwon River drops Avoid bank slumping in the Barwon River associated below 0.7m AHD at any time with low flows in the system.

Scenario planning

Table 3.5.2 outlines the priority watering actions under a range of planning scenarios.

General triggers for undertaking watering actions have been included in the Planning section (refer to section 1.2.4).

The most important trigger for management decisions in the lower Barwon wetlands relates to flows in the lower Barwon River. Under the environmental entitlement, water can only be diverted to the wetlands when Barwon River levels are above 0.7m AHD. Below this level, there is also a risk of bank slumping in the river. Inlets to the wetlands will be closed when the river is below 0.7m AHD to maintain river levels and minimise this risk.

Seasonal Watering Plan 2014–15 87 3.5 Lower Barwon wetlands

Table 3.5.2 Priority watering actions for the lower Barwon wetlands under a range of planning scenarios

Planning scenario DRY AVERAGE WET Expected availability of N/A – use of water based N/A – use of water based N/A – use of water based Water Holdings on river levels on river levels on river levels Reedy Lake Priority watering actions Open inlet and maintain Open inlet and maintain Open inlet and maintain water in wetland over water in wetland water in wetland winter throughout season throughout season Close inlet to wetland if Close inlet to wetland if (overbank flows likely water levels in Barwon water levels in Barwon to inundate the wetland River fall below 0.7m AHD River fall below 0.7m AHD during winter as a result of higher river flows, inflows and local rain/runoff) Hospital Swamps Priority watering actions Open inlet to wetland when Open inlet to wetland when Open inlet to wetland flows in Barwon River flows in Barwon River when flows in Barwon increase in autumn increase in autumn River increase in autumn Allow wetland water Allow wetland water (overbank flows likely level to draw down over level to draw down over to inundate the wetland summer summer during winter as a result of higher river flows, Close inlet to wetland if Close inlet to wetland if stormwater inflows and water levels in Barwon water levels in Barwon local rain/runoff) River fall below 0.7m AHD River fall below 0.7m AHD

Risk management

In preparing its seasonal watering proposal, the Corangamite Catchment Management Authority considered and assessed risks, and identified mitigating strategies, relating to the implementation of priority watering actions (refer to Table 3.5.3). Risks and mitigating actions are continually reassessed by environmental watering program partners throughout the water year.

Table 3.5.3 Risk management in the lower Barwon wetlands

Risk type Mitigating strategies Inability to achieve management recommendations Monitor Barwon River flow and water levels in the wetlands; results will be used to inform future seasonal watering proposal The watering regime identified for 2014-15 is favourable to tall reeds in Reedy Lake, but it is unlikely that it will cause irreversible harm to the wetland if implemented for this year Current recommendations on environmental flow Undertake ongoing evaluation of monitoring results and inaccurate implementation of flow recommendations; results will be used to inform future seasonal watering proposals Further investigations are also underway to inform future management Maintenance works affect ability to deliver water Schedule structure upgrades to coincide with wetland drying where possible Reeds growing in channels limit the ability to deliver Annual use of an amphibious weed cutter to keep environmental water channels clear, or when deemed necessary Limited catchment management authority resource to Allocate time for monitoring and gate operation deliver environmental release Environmental releases cause personal injury to river user High flow rates are not expected as a result of infrastructure operation

88 Victorian Environmental Water Holder Lower Barwon wetlands 3.5

Table 3.5.3 Risk management in the lower Barwon wetlands (continued)

Risk type Mitigating strategies Releases cause water quality issues Monitor water quality and take action if necessary/ possible based on best available information Improved conditions for non-native species Carp screens have been installed on the inlet to Reedy Lake Blue-green algae If the growth conditions in Reedy Lake or Hospital Swamps are conducive to blue-green algae, independent expert advice indicates it will bloom irrespective of connectivity to the Barwon River, therefore there is no plan to disconnect the wetlands from the Barwon River in the event of an algal bloom Environmental releases cause flooding of public Ongoing consultation and agreements put in place with infrastructure, private or Crown land impacted landholders where possible Rules are in place to minimise this risk Any flooding of public infrastructure will be the result of natural flood events Work closely with and seek endorsement from the public land manager, Parks Victoria Unable to provide evidence in meeting ecological Ongoing evaluation of monitoring results and objective implementation of recommendations Tall reed monitoring currently underway Key stakeholders unsupportive of environmental water Community Advisory Committee established release Stakeholder involvement in monitoring activities Ongoing stakeholder engagement Environmental water management impacts on other users Continue to work with, and assess impact to commercial users of the lower Barwon Wetlands As there is no proposal to dry Reedy Lake in 2013-14, the risk of impacting other users is low Unable to provide evidence in meeting ecological Ongoing evaluation of monitoring results and objective implementation of recommendations Tall reed monitoring currently underway Key stakeholders not supportive of environmental water Community Advisory Committee established release Stakeholder involvement in monitoring activities Ongoing stakeholder engagement

Consultation

Corangamite Catchment Management Authority has engaged with key stakeholders and other relevant individuals in the preparation of the seasonal watering proposal for the lower Barwon wetlands. These stakeholders are included in Table 3.5.4.

Table 3.5.4 Key stakeholders engaged in the development of the seasonal watering proposal for the lower Barwon Wetlands

Stakeholder consultation

Lower Barwon Wetlands Advisory Group including representatives from Field and Game Geelong Branch, Geelong Environment Council, Geelong Field Naturalists, Geelong Gun and Rod Association, Federation University, RMIT University, local landowners, community members and local commercial eel fishing licence holders Scientific consultants Local Member of Parliament Department of Environment and Primary Industries (Fisheries) Department of Environment and Primary Industries (Water Group) Parks Victoria Corangamite Catchment Management Authority Board, management and staff Victorian Environmental Water Holder

Seasonal Watering Plan 2014–15 89 Section 4 Western Region

1 Glenelg system 2 Wimmera system 3 Wimmera-Mallee wetland system 3

2

1

90 Victorian Environmental Water Holder 4.0 Western Region overview

The Wimmera-Mallee headworks system interconnect three major river basins, the Wimmera, Avoca and Glenelg. The complex network of channels in the Wimmera Mallee Water (GWMWater) system enables water to be shifted between storages, including from the Glenelg to the Wimmera.

Environmental water is predominantly provided under the Wimmera and Glenelg Rivers Environmental Entitlement 2010, with additional water provided to the Commonwealth Environmental Water Holder in the Wimmera and Glenelg Rivers Bulk Entitlement 2010. Water available under the environmental entitlement is shared between the Wimmera and Glenelg systems, and the Wimmera-Mallee wetlands. Waterways that receive environmental water include sections of the Glenelg, Wimmera and MacKenzie rivers, Mount William, Burnt and Bungalally creeks, in addition to priority wetlands formerly supplied by the Wimmera-Mallee channel system.

Environmental water available for use in western Victoria is held in the Wimmera-Mallee system headworks, which consists of several storages and release points across the two catchments. The headworks system contains many storages and diversions that capture water across the catchments. Moora Moora and Rocklands Reservoirs are in the Glenelg catchment. Lake Wartook, Lake Lonsdale, Lake Bellfield and off-stream storages including Taylor’s Lake Toolondo Reservoir and Lake Fyans are in the Wimmera system.

The Wimmera system forms part of the larger Murray-Darling Basin, and will be subject in the future to sustainable diversion limits outlined in the Murray-Darling Basin Plan.

Pictured: Sawpit Swamp, Wimmera-Mallee wetlands, by Greg Fletcher, Wimmera CMA

Seasonal Watering Plan 2014–15 91 4.0 Western Region overview

Water Holdings in the Western Region

Table 4.0.1 Water Holdings available for use in the Western Region

Entitlement Description

Wimmera and Glenelg systems

Wimmera and Glenelg Rivers Environmental Entitlement 40,560 ML of regulated entitlement to supply the 2010 Wimmera and Glenelg regulated river systems 1,000 ML of regulated entitlement to supply former channel-fed wetlands Passing flows in the Wimmera and Glenelg Rivers and Mount William Creek, with some ability to vary rates Passing flows in Fyans Creek and the

Commonwealth Water Holdings

Wimmera system 28,000 ML of regulated entitlement (formerly irrigation product)

92 Victorian Environmental Water Holder 4.1 Glenelg system

Waterway manager – Glenelg Hopkins Catchment Management Authority Storage manager – GWMWater

Starting and ending in national parks, the Glenelg River is valued for its environmental, economic and social values. The lower section of the Glenelg River has been recognised as a ‘heritage reach’ due to the high-value aquatic life it supports, including the endangered Glenelg freshwater mussel and Glenelg spiny crayfish. It is also home to platypus and important native fish populations, including river blackfish, estuary perch and pygmy perch. The Glenelg River supports riparian vegetation, including the endangered Wimmera bottlebrush. The Glenelg River has been the subject of a significant ongoing restoration program, the ‘Glenelg River Restoration Project’, which received the International River Foundation Australian River Prize in 2013.

System overview The Glenelg River starts in the Grampian Ranges and runs for over 500 kilometres, making it one of the longest rivers in Victoria. A short stretch of the estuary winds through South Australia before returning to Victoria to enter the sea at Nelson. The Glenelg system has two main storages that can capture water from the Glenelg River: Moora Moora and Rocklands reservoirs. Moora Moora Reservoir is a relatively small storage in the headwaters of the Glenelg River. is the largest storage in the Wimmera-Mallee headworks system and captures all inflows from and rivers including the Glenelg River downstream of Moora Moora Reservoir. Inter-basin transfers are made from the Glenelg system to supply consumptive, recreational and environmental water uses in the Wimmera system. Despite these impacts, the Glenelg River continues its recovery from the decade of drought through targeted environmental watering actions.

Due to their high environmental value, the priority river reaches in the Glenelg system are reaches 1a (Rocklands Reservoir to 5-Mile Outlet), 1b (5-Mile Outlet to ) and 2 (Chetwynd River to Wannon River), (see Figure 4.1.1). Environmental water in the Glenelg system is released from Rocklands Reservoir, for reach 1a via the reservoir wall outlet, and reach 1b via 5 Mile and 12 Mile outlets, with through flow delivering water to reach 2.

Pictured: Sandford fish ladder at Glenelg River, by Stephen Ryan, Glenelg Hopkins CMA Seasonal Watering Plan 2014–15 93 4.1 Glenelg system

There is no measurement point in reach 1a, however the measurement point for reach 1b is at Harrow, and for reach 2 at Dergholm. The Glenelg River estuary will also receive some benefit from environmental water releases. The Glenelg River, above Rocklands River (reach 0), is also known to have some environmental values, with further work currently being undertaken to document these values and the flow requirements of this reach.

Passing flows are provided from Rocklands Reservoir into the Glenelg River, and are also provided in the Wannon River via the Wannon Diversion. In the Glenelg River, environmental releases will be combined with passing flows, unregulated flows and the delivery of consumptive water en route to maximise environmental outcomes.

Glenelg Hopkins Catchment Management Authority also advises on management of the Glenelg River compensation flow under GWMWater’s bulk entitlement. The compensation flow provides up to 3,300 ML of flow, depending upon inflows to the Wimmera-Mallee system headworks, for domestic and stock use along with other social and environmental benefits. This water will be managed in line with an annual operating plan developed by the Glenelg Hopkins Catchment Management Authority in consultation with GWMWater and the VEWH, maximising environmental benefits where possible.

Current situation

The Glenelg Basin experienced highly variable rainfall throughout 2013-14. In addition to triggering a flood watch for the Glenelg River, unregulated flow from tributaries contributed to the achievement of several flow recommendations. In contrast to the wet to average winter and spring, January and February 2014 were among the driest on record.

Monitoring results in recent years show that native fish continue to recolonise the Glenelg River with more diverse fish communities found at most monitoring sites. The abundance of key fish species continues to increase in the freshwater reaches, particularly river blackfish, estuary perch, black bream and tupong. Water quality remains within target ranges at all monitoring sites and recruitment of a range of riparian and in-stream plant species has occurred at sites protected from grazing, including widespread flowering of the endangered bottlebrush.

Priority watering actions and environmental objectives

Priority watering actions for the Glenelg River, along with their associated environmental objectives are provided in Table 4.1.1 and illustrated in Figure 4.1.2.

The environmental objectives for the Glenelg system focus on: maintaining sustainable populations of endemic fish species; providing connectivity between reaches to enable fish movement; maintaining appropriate aquatic habitat and food resources for fish; and ensuring water quality is maintained throughout the year.

In addition to the environmental objectives, some of these watering actions will also benefit recreational activities such as fishing.

94 Victorian Environmental Water Holder Glenelg system 4.1

Figure 4.1.1 The Glenelg system

Rocklands Toolondo Channel River 1b 12 Mile Outlet 0 • Harrow 5 Mile Outlet Moora Moora 2 Reservoir • 1a Balmoral Chetwynd Glenelg Rocklands Reservoir Rivulet River

Dergholm • Bank River Creek River

Creek Creek Steep Wando

River Dwyer •Cavendish Casterton Konongwooton • • Coleraine Wannon Glenthompson Bryans Dunkeld • Wannon • Henty Creek Grange Burn Creek Miakite • Hamilton 3 Creek Creek River Cox Penshurst River •

River Stokes

Dartmoor • Crawford Reach 0 Moora Moora Reservoir to Rocklands Reservoir

Glenelg Reach 1a Rocklands Reservoir to 5-Mile Outlet Reach 1b 5-Mile Outlet to Chetwynd River • Nelson Reach 2 Chetwynd River to Wannon River Reach 3 Wannon River to tidal extent Measurement point Water infrastructure • Town

Seasonal Watering Plan 2014–15 95 4.1 Glenelg system

Table 4.1.1 Priority watering actions and environmental objectives for the Glenelg system

Priority watering action Environmental objective

Summer/autumn baseflows targeting reach 1a (10 ML Maintain edge habitats, pools and shallow water habitat per day or natural during December to May)1 availability for fish, macroinvertebrates and platypus

Summer/autumn baseflows targeting reach 1b (15 ML Maintain a near-permanent inundated stream channel to per day or natural during December to May)1 prevent excessive in-stream terrestrial species growth and promote in-stream vegetation Summer/autumn baseflows targeting reach 2 (25 ML per day or natural during December to May)1

Summer/autumn freshes targeting reach 1a (two freshes Provide variable flow during low flow season to support of 60 ML per day for two to three days each during macroinvertebrates (over wood debris to increase biofilm December to May) abundance as a food source), diverse habitats and water quality Summer/autumn freshes targeting reaches 1b (two freshes of 100 ML per day for two to three days each Facilitate scouring of sand for fish habitat during December to May) Maintain condition of emergent vegetation by wetting lower banks Summer/autumn freshes targeting reach 2 (two freshes of 150 ML per day for two to three days each during Wet high flow channels December to May) Improve condition of emergent vegetation by wetting lower banks Introduce wetting during summer to increase biofilm abundance on woody debris as a food source for macroinvertebrates Flush pools to prevent water quality decline during low flows

Winter/spring freshes targeting reach 1b (one to five Facilitate scouring of sand for fish habitat freshes of 250 ML per day for one to five days during June to November) Provide stimulus and opportunity for upstream and downstream fish migration Winter/spring freshes targeting reach 2 (one to five Maintain pools and inundate benches to improve in- freshes of 300 ML per day for one to five days during channel diversity June to November) Increase the baseflow water depth to provide stimulus for fish movement (not required in drought years, frequently required in wet years) Wet low benches and increased edge habitat to improve diversity of habitat Wet benches to improve condition of emergent vegetation and maintain habitat diversity Increase flow depth for upstream and downstream fish migration reaches to expand populations of native fish

Winter/spring baseflows targeting reach 1a (60 ML per Maintain seasonality of flow day or natural during June to November)1, 2 Improve habitat diversity by increasing wetted area from Winter/spring baseflows targeting reach 1b (100 ML or summer period 1, 2 natural per day during June to November) Maintain shallow water habitat availability for fish, macroinvertebrates and facilitate annual dispersal of Winter/spring baseflows targeting reach 2 (160 ML per juvenile platypus day or natural during June to November)1, 2

Autumn fresh targeting reach 0 (up to 100 ML for 15 to Pilot release to test infrastructure and inform future 30 days during April to May) management of this reach

1 While cease-to-flow events naturally occur in the Glenelg River, there is no recommendation to manage for a cease-to- flow event. Therefore cease-to-flow events should occur as infrequently as possible, for as short a duration as possible for up to 145 days in summer and up to 110 days in winter. A pilot cease-to-flow event during low risk conditions in autumn is proposed to increase knowledge of how to restart flow should unplanned cease-to-flow events occur in the future. 2 Passing flows provided under the environmental entitlement generally provide winter/spring baseflows, however, if passing flows are reduced, managed environmental water releases may be required to supplement them or to ensure appropriate rates of rise and fall and providing appropriate conditions during fresh events.

96 Victorian Environmental Water Holder Glenelg system 4.1

Figure 4.1.2 Priority watering actions in the Glenelg system1

500

400

Winter/spring freshes Winter/spring freshes

300

200 Summer/autumn freshes

Flow (ML) per day Winter/spring Autumn Fresh Winter/ baseflow Reach 0 spring 100 baseflow Summer/autumn baseflows

July 2014 Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Jan 2015 Feb Mar Apr May Jun Month

1 This figure is for illustrative purposes only. Scheduling and delivery of particular watering actions within the stated timeframes will vary.

Summer/autumn freshes in reach 1a and winter high flows in all reaches are also important to the health of the Glenelg River, providing longitudinal connectivity and wetting channel margins and low bars in the river. Due to operational constraints and potential flooding risks, achievement of these flow components relies solely on natural events.

Reach 0 of the Glenelg River, between Moora Moora Reservoir and Rocklands Reservoir, contains important environmental values, however, operational delivery of environmental water to this reach is not well understood. A pilot release is proposed to occur in 2014-15 to investigate the feasibility of delivery, and improve knowledge regarding operational and metering issues associated with providing water to this reach.

Whilst cease-to-flow periods do not contribute to stated ecological objectives, they may occur in the future during dry conditions or as a result of low water availability. A brief cease-to-flow event is proposed to occur during March to April 2014-15 to improve knowledge of the logistics of recommencing flow following a cease-to-flow event and to better understand the hydrological and environmental responses in all reaches.

Scenario planning

Table 4.1.2 outlines the priority watering actions and expected water usage under a range of planning scenarios.

General triggers for undertaking watering actions have been included in the Planning section (refer to section 1.2.4).

Channel capacity constraints, downstream of Rocklands Reservoir at Frasers Swamp, impact on flow delivery through reach 1a of the Glenelg River. As a result, flow rates released from the reservoir outlet have been limited to 60 ML per day; this rate still enables the delivery of summer/autumn freshes. The release of higher flow rates to deliver priority watering actions to reaches 1b and 2 will occur via 5 Mile and 12 Mile outlets.

Seasonal Watering Plan 2014–15 97 4.1 Glenelg system

Table 4.1.2 Priority watering actions in the Glenelg system under a range of planning scenarios

Planning scenario

DROUGHT DRY AVERAGE WET

Expected availability 24,285 ML carryover 24,285 ML carryover 24,285 ML carryover 24,285 ML carryover of Water Holdings1 10,655 ML allocation 32,970 ML allocation 40,560 ML allocation 40,560 ML allocation 34,940 ML total 57,255 ML total 64,485 ML 28,000 ML Commonwealth Holdings2 92,845 ML total

Priority watering Summer/autumn Summer/autumn Summer/autumn Summer/autumn actions baseflows baseflows baseflows baseflows Summer/autumn Summer/autumn Summer/autumn Summer/autumn fresh flows fresh flows fresh flows fresh flows Winter/spring fresh Winter/spring fresh Winter/spring fresh Winter/spring fresh flows flows flows flows Winter/spring Winter/spring Winter/spring Winter/spring baseflows baseflows baseflows baseflows

Glenelg system3

Assumed volume of passing flows for the 2,000 ML 12,705 ML 20,216 ML 23,800 ML Glenelg River

Possible volume required from the Water Holdings, 23,758 ML 19,649 ML 13,923 ML 12,289 ML in addition to the passing flows3

Wimmera system4

Assumed volume of passing flows for the 0 ML 0 ML 0 ML 0 ML Wimmera system

Possible volume required from the Water Holdings, 33,400 ML 36,100 ML 38,800 ML 54,300 ML in addition to the passing flows4

Total

Possible volume required from the 57,158 ML 55,749 ML 52,723 ML 66,589 ML Water Holdings5

Possible shortfall/ surplus in the volume available in -22,218 ML 1,506 ML 11,762 ML 26,256 ML the Water Holdings6

1 Victorian Holdings are shared across the Glenelg and Wimmera systems. Volumes specified indicate the likely availability across the two systems. 2 The Commonwealth Environmental Water Holding is only available for use in the Wimmera system. 3 The volumes estimated to be supplied from the Water Holdings assume that there will be a contribution from passing flows in the Glenelg River. If the passing flows do not eventuate, the volume required from the Water Holdings is likely to be higher. 4 The volumes estimated to be supplied from the Water Holdings in the Wimmera River assume that there will be no contribution from passing flows. In reality, passing flows are likely to be significant contributions to baseflows, reducing the reliance of the system on the Water Holdings. 5 Figures take into account the possible volume required in both the Glenelg and Wimmera systems. 6 If there is likely to be a shortfall in supply, a prioritisation process will be undertaken in consultation with the Wimmera and Glenelg Hopkins catchment management authorities to determine the priority watering actions that will be undertaken in each system in the 2014-15 year. Surplus water can be carried over for critical or early season use in 2015-16.

98 Victorian Environmental Water Holder Glenelg system 4.1

Risk management

In preparing its seasonal watering proposal, the Glenelg Hopkins Catchment Management Authority considered and assessed risks, and identified mitigating strategies, relating to the implementation of priority watering actions (refer to Table 4.1.3). Risks and mitigating actions are continually reassessed by environmental watering program partners throughout the water year.

Table 4.1.3 Risk management in the Glenelg system

Risk type Mitigating strategy Current recommendations on environmental flow A planned cease-to-flow event will only occur when inaccurate monitoring of water quality indicates that the river is not stressed; monitoring will continue during the cease-to-flow event and after flow has resumed to allow assessment of changes to water quality A key objective of the pilot release in reach 0 is to help inform the development of flow recommendations for this reach (releases will mimic an autumn rainfall and runoff event under controlled conditions); establishing a monitoring regime is important for this objective Resource manager cannot deliver required volume Releases have not been made from the Moora Moora system or flow rate to the Glenelg River for many years; the Glenelg Hopkins Catchment Management Authority will work closely with GWMWater to adapt to actual outlet capacity and channel outfall capacity Cease-to-flow events cause water quality issues Any planned cease-to-flow event will include water quality monitoring before, during and following the event Events will be in cooler weather Releases will resume as soon as possible if problems are identified Improved conditions for non-endemic species (carp) There is currently no known means available to disadvantage carp without impacting on desired species The Judas Carp Project is investigating options to manipulate carp behaviour with environmental flows to allow harvesting of populations Unable to provide evidence in meeting ecological A gauge is needed in reach 1a to demonstrate compliance objective with flow recommendations and therefore links with ecological outcomes Key stakeholders unsupportive of environmental Glenelg Hopkins Catchment Management Authority will water release continue to work with the Glenelg community through its evolving communication and engagement activities to improve understanding of the program and to promote outcomes

Consultation

The Glenelg Hopkins Catchment Management Authority has engaged with key stakeholders and other relevant individuals in preparing the seasonal watering proposal for the Glenelg system. These stakeholders are listed in Table 4.1.4.

Table 4.1.4 Key stakeholders involved in the development of the seasonal watering proposal for the Glenelg System

Stakeholder consultation Glenelg Hopkins Catchment Management Authority River Advisory Group GWMWater Wimmera Catchment Management Authority Victorian Environmental Water Holder

Seasonal Watering Plan 2014–15 99 4.2 Wimmera system

Waterway manager – Wimmera Catchment Management Authority Storage manager – GWMWater

The Wimmera River boasts a wide range of environmental and social values. It is a popular spot for recreational activities such as boating, fishing and camping, and contains many important sites of Indigenous cultural heritage. The lower reach of the Wimmera River downstream of Polkemmet (near Horsham) is listed as a ‘heritage river.’ There are a number of high-value rivers and creeks that flow into the Wimmera River, including the MacKenzie River, and Mount William, Burnt and Bungalally creeks. The Wimmera system is home to many significant plant and animal species and one of Victoria’s few self-sustaining populations of freshwater catfish.

System overview

The Wimmera River lies in western Victoria, beginning in the , and flowing into (the largest freshwater lake in Victoria) and , which is listed as a wetland of international importance under the .

Water in the Wimmera system is stored in three on-stream reservoirs: Lake Wartook on the MacKenzie River; Lake Lonsdale on Mount William Creek; and Lake Bellfield on Fyans Creek. Off-stream storages can harvest water via channels from the Wimmera River, Mount William Creek and Burnt Creek (Taylors Lake) and Fyans Creek (Lake Fyans). The channel system enables water movement between storages, and from the Glenelg to the Wimmera system. Historically, the preferred reservoir for environmental water releases for the Wimmera River is Taylors Lake, given its proximity to target reaches. When storage levels are low in Taylors Lake, releases can be made from Lake Lonsdale, if water is available. Inter-basin transfers of water can occur from Rocklands Reservoir (in the Glenelg system), via the Rocklands-Toolondo Channel, and from Moora Moora Reservoir, via the Moora Channel, to the Wimmera.

Pictured: Wimmera River Glenorchy, by Wimmera CMA

100 Victorian Environmental Water Holder Wimmera system 4.2

The priority river reaches for environmental water management in the Wimmera River are reach 4 (MacKenzie River to Lake Hindmarsh) and then the lower section of reach 2 (Huddlestons Weir to Mt William Creek) and reach 3 (Mount William Creek to MacKenzie River). These reaches contain self- sustaining populations of freshwater catfish, and other endemic fish species including flat-headed gudgeon and smelt. These are the only reaches where environmental water can be actively managed, as the upper reaches are mostly unregulated. Mount William Creek can be used to deliver water to the Wimmera River, and is also a priority reach for the delivery of environmental water to assist in maintaining the creek’s healthy populations of endemic fish, in both the upper and lower sections.

The priority river reaches in the MacKenzie River are reaches 2 (Dad and Dave Weir to Distribution Heads) and 3 (Distribution Heads to the Wimmera River), with reach 1 (Lake Wartook to Dad and Dave Weir) receiving flows year round for Horsham’s water supply. The MacKenzie River contains the only long-term recorded population of platypus in the Wimmera region and also supports good populations of native fish. Delivery of environmental water to reaches 2 (Dad and Dave Weir to Distribution Heads) and 3 (Distribution Heads to the Wimmera River) will also provide benefits to reach 1 of the MacKenzie River (Lake Wartook to Dad and Dave Weir), and reach 4 of the Wimmera River (MacKenzie River to Lake Hindmarsh). Protecting and restoring riparian vegetation communities objectives, also make Burnt and Bungalally creeks a priority for environmental watering. Upper Burnt Creek contains an important native fish community and a population of the threatened western swamp crayfish. These creeks provide important habitat corridors for both aquatic and terrestrial species. The environmental flow reaches are shown in Figure 4.2.1. Key measurement points for the Wimmera River are at Lochiel Railway Bridge for reach 4 and at Horsham for reach 2 and 3. MacKenzie River reach 3 is measured at MacKenzie Creek Reserve, lower Mount William Creek is measured at Lake Lonsdale Tailgauge, upper Mount William Creek at Mokepilly and upper Burnt Creek at Wonwondah East.

Passing flows are provided to the Wimmera River, Mount William and Fyans creeks. Where possible, environmental water releases will be combined with passing flows, unregulated flows and the delivery of consumptive water en route to maximise environmental outcomes.

The environmental flow reaches are shown in Figure 4.2.1.

Pictured: Wimmera River at , by Wimmera CMA

Seasonal Watering Plan 2014–15 101 4.2 Wimmera system

Figure 4.2.1 The Wimmera system

Reach 1 1 Wimmera River: Glenorchy to Huddlestons Weir Reach 2 2 Wimmera River: Huddlestons Weir to Mt William Creek Reach 3 3 Wimmera River: Mt William Creek to MacKenzie River Reach 4 4 Wimmera River: MacKenzie River to Lake Hindmarsh Reach 1 1 MacKenzie River: Lake Wartook to Dad and Dave Weir Reach 2 2 MacKenzie River: Dad and Dave Weir to Distribution Heads Reach 3 3 MacKenzie River: Distribution Heads to Wimmera River Burnt Creek (upper): Distribution Heads to Toolondo Channel Burnt Creek (lower): Toolondo Channel to Wimmera River Bungalally Creek: Toolondo Channel to MacKenzie River Lower Mount William Creek: Lake Lonsdale to Wimmera River Upper Mount William Creek: upstream of Lake Lonsdale Measurement point Water infrastructure Town • Lake Lascelles Hopetoun• Lake Albacutya

Yarriambiack

Lake Hindmarsh Creek

Wimmera

• 4 • Donald

Lochiel River • Dimboola • Wail

River Avon

River

Horsham Taylors Richardson • 3 Lake

Bungalally Creek MacKenzie Burnt 2 Huddlestons Weir

Creek Wimmera 3

Mount River 1 River

Distribution Heads 2 Toolondo Reservoir Lake

Dad and Dave Weir Lonsdale Fyans Fyans 1 William

Lake Wartook Creek Lake Bellfield Creek

Lake Fyans

102 Victorian Environmental Water Holder Wimmera system 4.2

Current situation

Improved natural inflows and active environmental water management has substantially improved river health in the Wimmera system in recent years. Increased inflows to headwater streams and storages, combined with water savings generated by the completion of the Wimmera Mallee Pipeline, means that much more water has been available for the region’s waterways compared to when drought conditions prevailed. The delivery of environmental water has assisted in maintaining water quality, providing habitat and resources for macroinvertebrates, fish, platypus and vegetation communities for many waterways in the Wimmera system.

Since mid to late 2011, conditions have been very dry; however, environmental watering has helped to maintain recent improvements in river health. Releases from storages (Lake Lonsdale and Taylors Lake) to the Wimmera River have been continuous throughout 2013-14, apart from a planned cease-to-flow in early summer and an unplanned cease-to-flow for several weeks in March/April when works were undertaken on the Dimboola weir.

In winter/spring 2013-14, 1,900 ML was released in reach 3 of the MacKenzie River. Baseflows and five freshes were achieved, with fish monitoring showing good outcomes from these releases. 1,590 ML was also delivered in reach 2 of the MacKenzie River, punctuated by prescribed cease-to-flow periods. Experience over recent years, combined with regular water quality sampling and inspection of reach 2, indicates that the volumes delivered have successfully protected the fish and platypus population. The Grampians bushfire in January 2014 burnt to the banks of the MacKenzie River. Despite the fire, as well as floods and drought in recent years, four platypuses, including two juveniles, a sub-adult and an adult, all in good condition, were caught in reaches 1 and 2 in the MacKenzie River in April 2014. The discovery of the platypuses is a good indicator of the health and resilience of the MacKenzie River after a long period of environmental watering.

In winter/spring 2013-14, 150 ML was delivered to the lower Burnt Creek, delivering baseflows and freshes. Baseflows and three freshes were also achieved in the upper Burnt Creek, with 926 ML delivered. The delivery of baseflows and freshes has assisted the continued recovery of riparian vegetation initiated by the 2010-11 floods that will further support the native fish population as well as a population of the threatened western swamp crayfish.

In summer/autumn 2013-14, 951 ML was delivered to lower Mount William Creek delivering baseflows and three freshes. The delivery of environmental water has assisted in maintaining the creek’s endemic fish populations.

Priority watering actions and environmental objectives

Priority watering actions along with their associated environmental objectives are provided in Table 4.2.1 and illustrated in Figures 4.2.2-4.2.6.

Environmental objectives for the Wimmera River focus on: maintaining water quality and supporting the self-sustaining freshwater catfish in the Wimmera River; providing suitable habitat for platypus in the mid-MacKenzie River; protecting high-value fish and vegetation populations in the MacKenzie River, Burnt Creek and Mount William Creek; and maintaining vegetation condition in Bungalally Creek.

Delivery of priority watering actions may also support recreational activities such as fishing, rowing, and triathlons.

Seasonal Watering Plan 2014–15 103 4.2 Wimmera system

Table 4.2.1 Priority watering actions and associated environmental objectives for the Wimmera system

Priority watering action Environmental objective Wimmera River (reach 4) Summer/autumn baseflows (15 ML per day or Maintain edge habitats in deeper pools and runs, and natural1)2, 3 shallow water habitat availability for macroinvertebrates and native fish from the local area Maintain near-permanent inundated stream channel for riparian vegetation and to prevent excessive in-stream terrestrial species growth Winter/spring baseflows (30 ML per day) Provide flow variability to maintain diversity of habitats Summer/autumn freshes (one to three events of 70 ML Provide variable flow during low flow season for per day for two to seven days during December to May) macroinvertebrates (inundate woody debris to increase food sources), fish movement and to maintain water quality and diversity of habitat Winter/spring freshes (one to five events of 70 ML per Increase the baseflow water depth to provide stimulus day for two to four days during June to November) for fish movement Provide flow variability to maintain water quality and diversity of fish habitats Winter/spring freshes (one to three events of 200 ML per Wet lower benches, entraining organic debris and day for one to three days during June to November) promoting diversity of habitat MacKenzie River (reach 2 and 3) Year-round baseflows (of 2-27 ML per day or Maintain edge habitats and deeper pools and runs for natural1)2, 4 macroinvertebrates Maintain inundated stream channel to protect and restore riparian and floodplain vegetation communities, including the Wimmera bottlebrush and support aquatic vegetation for fish habitat Maintain sufficient area of pool habitat for intact fish communities, and shallow water habitats for small- bodied fish Prevent excessive stream-bed colonisation by terrestrial vegetation species Facilitate annual dispersal of juvenile platypus into the Wimmera River Summer/autumn freshes (three to four events of Provide variable flow during low flow season for 5- 50 ML per day for four to seven days each during macroinvertebrates (over wood debris to increase December to May) biofilm abundance as a food source), fish movement and to maintain water quality and diversity of habitat Winter/spring freshes (five events of 35 - 55 ML per day Stimulate fish movement and maintain water quality and for two to seven days during June to November) diversity of habitat Burnt Creek Year-round baseflows targeting upper Burnt Creek Maintain edge habitats and deeper pools and runs for (1 ML per day or natural1)2, 5 macroinvertebrates Maintain inundated stream channel to protect and restore riparian and floodplain vegetation communities, and prevent excessive stream bed colonisation by terrestrial vegetation species Maintain sufficient area of pool habitat for intact fish communities, and shallow water habitats for small- bodied fish Summer/autumn fresh targeting upper Burnt Creek Prevent water quality decline by flushing pools during (three events of 30 ML per day for two to seven days low flows each during December to May) Winter/spring fresh targeting upper Burnt Creek (one Provide variable flow for fish movement and diversity of to five events of 55 ML per day for three to seven days habitat during June to November) Flush surface sediments from hard substrates for macroinvertebrates

104 Victorian Environmental Water Holder Wimmera system 4.2

Table 4.2.1 Priority watering actions and associated environmental objectives for the Wimmera system (continued)

Priority watering action Environmental objective Burnt Creek (continued) Winter fresh targeting upper Burnt Creek (one to three Disturb the algae/bacteria/organic biofilm present on events of 160 ML per day for one to three days during rock or wood debris to support macroinvertebrate May and June) communities Year-round fresh targeting lower Burnt Creek (one event Inundate riparian vegetation to maintain condition and of 45 ML per day or natural1 for two days at anytime)6 facilitate recruitment Entrain organic debris in the channel to support macroinvertebrates Maintain structural integrity of channel High flow fresh targeting lower Burnt Creek (one event of Inundate floodplain vegetation to maintain condition and 90 ML per day for one day during August to November)6 facilitate recruitment Entrain organic debris from the floodplain to support macroinvertebrates Maintain floodplain geomorphic features Bungalally Creek Year-round fresh (one event of 60 ML per day for one to Inundate riparian zone to maintain condition and two days at any time) facilitate recruitment for riparian vegetation communities Maintain structural integrity of channel and prevent loss of channel diversity through lack of flow variability Mount William Creek Summer/autumn freshes targeting upper Mount William Maintain habitat for native fish Creek (two events of >1 ML per day for five days during December to May) Year-round baseflows targeting lower Mount William Maintain edge habitats and deeper pools and runs for Creek (5 ML per day or natural1)2, 7 macroinvertebrates Maintain inundated stream channel to protect and restore riparian and floodplain vegetation communities, and prevent excessive stream bed colonisation by terrestrial vegetation species Maintain sufficient area of pool habitat for intact fish communities, and shallow water habitats for small- bodied fish Prevent excessive stream-bed colonisation by terrestrial vegetation species Summer/autumn freshes targeting lower Mount William Prevent water quality decline by flushing pools during Creek (three events of 20 - 30 ML per day for two to low flows seven days during December to May) Provide variable flow during low flow season for macroinvertebrates (over wood debris to increase biofilm abundance as a food source), fish movement and to maintain water quality and diversity of habitat Winter/spring freshes targeting lower Mount William Wet benches, entrain organic debris and promote Creek (one to five events of 100 ML per day for three to diversity of habitat seven days during June to November) Flush surface sediments from hard substrates to support macroinvertebrates 1 ‘Or natural’ means that flow rates may be above or below the specified target rates depending upon inflows and climatic conditions. 2 Note that cease-to-flow events are not recommended in any of these catchments and that the duration and frequency of events should be minimised. Any cease-to-flow event should be followed with a fresh lasting at least seven days in duration. 3 Cease-to-flow events should be limited to less than 21 days in total for Wimmera River reach 4. 4 Cease-to-flow events should be limited to less than 80 days in total for MacKenzie River reach 3 and to less than 21 days in total for MacKenzie River reach 2. 5 Cease-to-flow events should be limited to less than 80 days in total for upper Burnt Creek. 6 Consent will be sought for any flows that may impact on private land. 7 Cease-to-flow events should be limited to less than 90 days in total for lower Mount William Creek.

Seasonal Watering Plan 2014–15 105 4.2 Wimmera system

Figure 4.2.2 Priority watering actions in the Wimmera River reach 41

250

Spring freshes

200

150 Winter/spring freshes

Winter/spring 100 freshes Summer/autumn freshes Flow (ML) per day Winter/ Winter/ 50 spring spring baseflows Summer/autumn baseflows baseflows

July 2014 Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Jan 2015 Feb Mar Apr May Jun Month

Figure 4.2.3 Priority watering actions in the MacKenzie River reaches 2 and 31

Winter/ Winter/spring spring freshes freshes 7560 Summer/autumn freshes

45 Winter/ spring Winter/spring baseflows baseflows Reach 2 Reach 2

30 Summer/

Flow (ML) per day Year-round baseflows autumn Reach 3 baseflows 15 Reach 2

July 2014 Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Jan 2015 Feb Mar Apr May Jun Month

Figure 4.2.4 Priority watering actions in Burnt Creek1 (upper Burnt Creek unless specified)

200 Winter freshes

160

120 High flow fresh lower Burnt Creek

Year-round Winter/ baseflows 80 Winter/spring Fresh spring freshes lower Burnt Creek freshes Flow (ML) per day Summer/autumn freshes 40

July 2014 Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Jan 2015 Feb Mar Apr May Jun Month

1 These figures are for illustrative purposes only. Scheduling and delivery of particular watering actions within the stated timeframes will vary.

106 Victorian Environmental Water Holder Wimmera system 4.2

Figure 4.2.5 Priority watering actions in Mount William Creek1 (lower Mount William Creek unless specified) Winter/ spring Winter/spring freshes freshes

100

80

60

Summer/autumn freshes Upper Mount William Creek 40 Summer/autumn freshes Flow (ML) per day

20 Year-round baseflows

July 2014 Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Jan 2015 Feb Mar Apr May Jun Month

Figure 4.2.6 Priority watering actions in the Bungalally system1

75

Year-round fresh

60

45

30 Flow (ML) per day

15

July 2014 Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Jan 2015 Feb Mar Apr May Jun Month

1 These figures are for illustrative purposes only. Scheduling and delivery of particular watering actions within the stated timeframes will vary.

Seasonal Watering Plan 2014–15 107 4.2 Wimmera system

Scenario planning Table 4.2.2 outlines the priority watering actions and expected water usage under a range of planning scenarios. General triggers for undertaking watering actions have been included in the Planning section (refer to section 1.2.4). Water resource management in the Wimmera system is complex, with numerous storages and variable release points for supplying environmental, consumptive, and recreational water. Planning for and delivery of environmental water requires flexible and adaptive management. There are supply routes that maximise environmental outcomes throughout the system, although it may be impossible to deliver during certain periods due to storage levels or water quality issues. This may limit the viability of some priority watering actions. Wimmera Catchment Management Authority will work closely with GWMWater to maximise environmental outcomes. is a of the Wimmera River, flowing northwards into the Mallee region. Historically, the creek would only receive flows during high flow events in the Wimmera River. The Yarriambiack Creek off-take has since been modified, resulting in flows entering the creek on a more frequent basis. When delivering environmental water to the Wimmera River reach 4, losses are incurred into Yarriambiack Creek. Under some circumstances it may be necessary to block flows entering the creek to ensure priority watering actions in the Wimmera River can occur effectively.

Table 4.2.2 Priority watering actions under a range of planning scenarios in the Wimmera system

Planning scenario DROUGHT DRY AVERAGE WET Expected availability 24,285 ML carryover 24,285 ML carryover 24,285 ML carryover 24,285 ML carryover of Water Holdings1 10,655 ML allocation 32,970 ML allocation 40,560 ML allocation 40,560 ML allocation 34,940 ML total 57,255 ML total 64,485 ML total 28,000 ML Commonwealth Holdings2 92,485 ML total Wimmera River reach 4 Priority watering Year-round Year-round Year-round Year-round actions baseflows baseflows baseflows baseflows Summer/autumn Summer/autumn Summer/autumn Summer/autumn freshes freshes freshes freshes Winter/spring freshes Winter/spring freshes Winter/spring freshes Winter/spring freshes Possible volume required from the 17,600 ML 18,400 ML 18,700 ML 32,000 ML Water Holdings MacKenzie River reaches 2 & 3 Priority watering Year-round Year-round Year-round Year-round actions baseflows baseflows baseflows baseflows Summer/autumn Summer/autumn Summer/autumn Summer/autumn freshes freshes freshes freshes Autumn/winter/ Autumn/winter/ Autumn/winter/ Autumn/winter/ spring freshes spring freshes spring freshes spring freshes Possible volume required from the 10,700 ML 11,400 ML 11,900 ML 12,000 ML Water Holdings Burnt Creek (upper and lower) Priority watering Year round base Year-round Year-round Year-round actions flows baseflows baseflows baseflows Summer/autumn Summer/autumn Summer/autumn Summer/autumn freshes freshes freshes freshes Winter /spring fresh Winter/spring freshes Winter/spring freshes Winter/spring freshes (all upper Burnt Winter fresh (all Winter fresh (all Winter fresh (all Creek) upper Burnt Creek) upper Burnt Creek) upper Burnt Creek) Year-round fresh Year-round fresh Year-round fresh (lower Burnt Creek) (lower Burnt Creek) (lower Burnt Creek) Possible volume required from the 2,100 ML 2,700 ML 4,000 ML 4,200 ML Water Holdings

108 Victorian Environmental Water Holder Wimmera system 4.2

Table 4.2.2 Priority watering actions under a range of planning scenarios in the Wimmera system (continued) Planning scenario DROUGHT DRY AVERAGE WET Bungalally Creek Priority watering None None Year-round fresh Year-round fresh actions Possible volume required from the 0 ML 0 ML 300 ML 300 ML Water Holdings Mount William Creek Priority watering Year-round Year-round Year-round Year-round actions baseflows baseflows baseflows baseflows Summer/autumn Summer/autumn Summer/autumn Summer/autumn freshes freshes freshes freshes Winter/spring freshes Winter/spring fresh Winter/spring fresh Winter/spring fresh Possible volume required from the 3,000 ML 3,600 ML 3,900 ML 5,800 ML Water Holdings Wimmera system total3 Assumed volume of passing flows for the 0 ML 0 ML 0 ML 0 ML Wimmera system Possible volume required from the Water Holdings, 33,400 ML 36,100 ML 38,800 ML 54,300 ML in addition to the passing flows3 Glenelg system4 Assumed volume of passing flows for the 2,000 ML 12,705 ML 20,216 ML 23,800 ML Glenelg River Possible volume required from the Water Holdings, 23,758 ML 19,649 ML 13,923 ML 12,289 ML in addition to the passing flows4 TOTAL Possible volume required from the 57,158 ML 55,749 ML 52,723 ML 66,589 ML Water Holdings5 Possible shortfall/ surplus in the volume available in -22,218 ML 1,506 ML 11,762 ML 26,256 ML the Water Holdings6

1 Victorian Water Holdings are shared across the Glenelg and Wimmera systems. Volumes specified indicate the likely availability across the two systems. 2 The Commonwealth Environmental Water Holdings are only available for use in the Wimmera system. 3 The volumes estimated to be supplied from the Water Holdings in the Wimmera system assume that there will be no contribution from passing flows. In reality, passing flows are likely to be significant contributions to baseflows, reducing the reliance of the system on the Water Holdings. 4 The volumes estimated to be supplied from the Water Holdings assume that there will be a contribution from passing flows in the Glenelg River. If the passing flows do not eventuate, the volume required from the Water Holdings is likely to be higher. 5 Figures take into account the possible volume required in both the Glenelg and Wimmera systems. 6 If there is likely to be a shortfall in supply, a prioritisation process will be undertaken in consultation with the Wimmera and Glenelg Hopkins catchment management authorities to determine the priority watering actions that will be undertaken in each system in the 2014-15 year. Surplus water can be carried over for critical or early season use in 2015-16.

Seasonal Watering Plan 2014–15 109 4.2 Wimmera system

Risk management

In preparing its seasonal watering proposal, the Wimmera Catchment Management Authority has considered and assessed risks, and identified mitigating strategies, relating to the implementation of priority watering actions (refer to Table 4.2.3). Risks and mitigating actions are continually reassessed by environmental watering program partners throughout the water year.

Table 4.2.3 Risk management in the Wimmera system

Risk type Mitigating strategy

Release volume is insufficient in meeting required flow at Visual monitoring and automated gauging target point Increase environmental water releases if possible Temporarily block Yarriambiack Creek offtake, if required

New recommendations on environmental flow inaccurate Conduct monitoring to improve environmental flow recommendations

Storage manager maintenance works affect ability to Ongoing dialogue with GWMWater regarding storage deliver water status and the development of contingency plans to release water through other points

Storage manager cannot deliver required volume or flow Ongoing dialogue with GWMWater regarding storage rate (outlet/capacity constraints, insufficient storage status and the development of contingency plans to volume) release water through other points Potential for works to be undertaken to improve delivery rates May require reprioritisation of flows in certain areas (eg. MacKenzie/Burnt/Bungalally) should storage levels remain low)

Limited catchment management authority resource to Multiple catchment management authority staff to deliver environmental release implement seasonal watering plan, thereby reduce resourcing risk

Environmental release causes personal injury to river user Recommended releases are not considered a significant risk in terms of personal injury, nevertheless there will be public communication (SMS service) of environmental releases

Improved conditions for non-native species (eg. carp) Research species control methods (eg. Carp Pod Trap)

Environmental releases causes flooding of private land, Monitor upstream inflows and cease releases when high public infrastructure or Crown land flows are occurring or substantial rainfall is forecast Affected landholders will be notified where higher flows may impact on them (eg. through inundating low level farm crossings) and consent will be sought for any flows that may impact on private land Where public roads are expected to be inundated, Wimmera Catchment Management Authority will communicate with the roads manager to coordinate signage

Releases cause water quality issues (eg. blackwater, low Salinity and dissolved oxygen monitoring dissolved oxygen, mobilisation of saline pools, etc) Undertake further research into saline pools

Environmental water account is overdrawn Regular consideration of water availability and correct scenario outcomes to determine priority watering actions in consultation with the storage manager, Glenelg Hopkins Catchment Management Authority and the VEWH

110 Victorian Environmental Water Holder Wimmera system 4.2

Table 4.2.3 Risk management in the Wimmera system (continued)

Risk type Mitigating strategy

Unable to provide evidence in meeting ecological Emphasis on monitoring (eg. through the Victorian objective Environmental Flows Monitoring and Assessment Program)

Key stakeholders (community) not supportive of Ensure processes are rigorous and scientifically based environmental water release Continue to educate community/other authorities on the importance of releases Continue to deliver messages about the effectiveness of environmental water reserve Maintain strategic relationships with relevant community groups

Consultation

The Wimmera Catchment Management Authority has engaged with key stakeholders and other relevant individuals in preparing of the seasonal watering proposal for the Wimmera system. These stakeholders are listed in Table 4.2.4.

Table 4.2.4 Key stakeholders involved in the development of the seasonal watering proposal for the Wimmera system

Stakeholder consultation

GWMWater Glenelg Hopkins Catchment Management Authority Commonwealth Environmental Water Office Victorian Environmental Water Holder

Seasonal Watering Plan 2014–15 111 4.3 Wimmera-Mallee wetland system

Waterway managers – Wimmera Catchment Management Authority, Mallee Catchment Management Authority and North Central Catchment Management Authority Storage manager – GWMWater

The Wimmera-Mallee wetland system is made up of 52 small dams and wetlands including freshwater meadows, open freshwater lakes and freshwater marshes located on public and private land in western Victoria. The wetlands vary in size and consist of a diverse range of vegetation communities, which are home to a variety of native waterbird populations, including , egrets, blue-billed ducks, freckled ducks, Australian painted snipe and glossy ibis. They also provide a valuable source of water for other native animals such as the vulnerable growling grass frog. These wetlands are highly valued by the community, providing places for recreational activities including canoeing and bird watching. System overview The Wimmera-Mallee wetlands are located in north-western Victoria (see Figure 4.3.1). There is great variation in the character of the wetlands, which provide habitat, feeding and breeding opportunities for a range of waterbirds and animals. Important vegetation communities, such as spiny lignum, ridged water milfoil and cane grass are also present in the wetlands. Water delivery infrastructure modernisation throughout the Wimmera-Mallee region has seen a shift from open channel systems to a highly-efficient piped water supply system. This change has resulted in significant water savings, which have been redirected to deliver economic, social and environmental benefits in the region. Numerous wetlands in the Wimmera-Mallee region formerly received outflows from the open channel system in addition to localised inflows during very wet periods, supporting various environmental values across the system. The need for water to support these values was recognised through the creation of a 1,000 ML entitlement to counteract the loss of open water in the landscape. Priority wetlands were selected by their environmental importance, hydrology, land management, location, feasibility of connection and delivery capacity. Environmental water available under the wetland component of the entitlement is supplied by the Wimmera-Mallee Pipeline. Pictured: Moreton Plains Reserve, Wimmera-Mallee wetlands, by Wimmera CMA 112 Victorian Environmental Water Holder Wimmera-Mallee wetland system 4.3

Figure 4.3.1. The Wimmera-Mallee wetland system

Basins Priority wetlands for environmental water AVOCA • Town SYSTEM WIMMERA SYSTEM ! WIMMERA MALLEE WETLANDS Murray

Sea Lake 

Lalbert AVOCA Tyrell Creek Lake Albacutya Chiprick (both) SYSTEM Considines* Cronomby Tanks

Lake Lascelles Creek Cokym  Hopetoun Wetlands Busland Reserve* labelled in inset Poyner* WIMMERA Yarriambiack SYSTEM

Beulah Weir Pool John Ampt Birchip Lake Hindmarsh  AVOCA

Krong Swamp Moreton Plains Reserve Wycheproof SYSTEM Pinedale Carapugna  Davis Dam Avoca Fieldings Dam Wimmera Corack Lake Crow Swamp Lake Buloke Challambra Swamp Cherrip Swamp

WIMMERA Warracknabeal  Schultz/Koschitzke Jeffcott Wildlife

Falla Dam Reserve SYSTEM River

 Donald Tarkedia Dam Wedderburn Dimboola  River  WIMMERA  Creek Harcoans Sea Lake Tyrell

MALLEE Avon Jesse Swamp WETLANDS River Lalbert Opies Dam 5 8 Sawpit Swamp Creswick Swamp Horsham Mutton Richardson 10  River Lake Lascelles Wimmera Mackenzie Taylors Burnt  Wetlands inset Lake Hopetoun Rickard Glenys Dam Coundons Wetland Lake Albacutya Wal Wal Swamp 26 R Ferriers Dam J Ferrier Wetland Yarriambiack Paul Barclay Channel Creek River Glenorchy River Broom Tank Toolondo  Towma (Lake Marlbed) Round Swamp Bushland Reserve Barbers Swamp Lake Lake Danaher Bull Swamp Clinton Shire Dam Lonsdale Bushland Reserve Mahoods Corner Toolondo Goulds Reserve 2 D Smith Kath Smith Dam Reservoir Homelea 17 Pam Juergens Dam Lake Hindmarsh Lake Wartook William Shannons Wayside  Birchip Part of Gap Reserve Tchum Lakes Lake Roselyn Wetland/Reids Dam Greens Wetland (2) Reserve and Tchum Lakes Swimming Pool

* Mallee System 5 Wetlands filled from the Murray ! Fyans

Cr Lake Bellfield Creek eek

Seasonal Watering Plan 2014–15 113 4.3 Wimmera-Mallee wetland system

Current situation

Recent watering of the wetlands has been influenced by factors including whether the wetland was supplied from the south (Grampians channel system) or north (Waranga channel system), and any localised, heavy rainfall events. Most of the wetlands dried completely during the late 1990s and 2000s, though some received inflows during the 2010-11 floods. Catchment conditions over the last two years have been dry, with a large number of wetlands completely drying.

Over the last three years, environmental water has been progressively delivered to more of the Wimmera-Mallee wetlands. Five wetlands in the Mallee region and one wetland in the Wimmera region received environmental water in 2012-13. Environmental water was delivered to seven wetlands in the North Central region, 24 wetlands in the Mallee region and one wetland in the Wimmera region in 2013-14.

These water deliveries have improved the condition of wetland vegetation communities, increased waterbird activity, and provided an important water source for native animals in the Wimmera-Mallee landscape.

Priority watering action and environmental objectives

Priority watering actions along with their associated environmental objectives are provided in Table 4.3.1.

The overarching environmental objectives are to: provide habitat for waterbirds, and frogs; and maintain the condition of fringing vegetation. Improving the condition of aquatic and terrestrial wetland vegetation ensures that animal species have habitat and water resources available in a predominantly dry landscape.

In addition to the environmental objectives, some of these watering actions may also provide complementary recreational opportunities such as yabbying, bird watching and camping, as well as providing visual amenity in the landscape.

Pictured: Tchum Lakes North – Swimming Pool, Wimmera-Mallee wetlands, by Kym Wilson, GWM Water 114 Victorian Environmental Water Holder Wimmera-Mallee wetland system 4.3

Table 4.3.1 Priority watering sites for the Wimmera-Mallee wetland system

Priority watering sites Environmental objective

Barbers Swamp Jesse Swamp

Beulah Weir Pool John Ampt

Broom Tank Kath Smith Dam

Bull Swamp Krong Swamp

Carapugna Lake Danaher Bushland Reserve

Challambra Swamp Mahoods Corner

Cherrip Swamp Moreton Plains Reserve

Chiprick (both) Mutton Swamp

Clinton Shire Dam Opies Dam

Cokym Bushland Reserve1 Pam Juergens Dam The overarching environmental 1 Considines Part of Gap Reserve objectives for the wetlands are Corack Lake Paul Barclay to provide habitat for waterbirds, reptiles and frogs; and maintain Coundons wetland Pinedale the condition of fringing wetland vegetation. Improving the Creswick Swamp Poyner¹ condition of aquatic and terrestrial wetland vegetation ensures that Cronomby Tanks R Ferriers Dam animal species have habitat and Crow Swamp Rickard Glenys Dam water resources available in a predominantly dry landscape D Smith Wetland Roselyn Wetland/Reids Dam

Davis Dam Round Swamp Bushland Reserve

Falla Dam Sawpit Swamp

Fieldings Dam Schultz/Koschitzke

Goulds Reserve Shannons Wayside

Greens Wetland (2) Tarkedia

Harcoans Tchum Lakes North - Lake Reserve

Homelea Tchum Lakes North - Swimming Pool

J Ferrier Wetland Towma (Lake Marlbed)

Jeffcott Wildlife Reserve Wal Wal Swamp

1 These wetlands have been connected to the Northern Mallee supply system, rather than the Wimmera-Mallee pipeline supply system. Therefore, it is uncertain whether these wetlands can be supplied under the Wimmera and Glenelg Rivers Environmental Entitlement 2010, as water needs to be supplied from the Murray system. Mallee Catchment Management Authority and the VEWH will work with GWMWater to resolve this supply issue.

Seasonal Watering Plan 2014–15 115 4.3 Wimmera-Mallee wetland system

Scenario planning

Table 4.3.2 outlines the priority watering actions and expected water usage under a range of planning scenarios.

General triggers for undertaking watering actions have been included in the Planning section (refer to section 1.2.4).

Most Wimmera-Mallee wetlands are considered off-stream wetlands, meaning they do not receive water from a recognised watercourse. Unlike connected floodplain wetlands, catchment conditions may not strongly influence environmental water requirements unless there is a flooding event that reduces the need for water in the wetlands.

Environmental water delivery to the wetlands relies on completed infrastructure and capacity in the Wimmera-Mallee pipeline system. All wetlands in this plan were prioritised by the GWMWater Wetland Evaluation Team and have been connected to the pipeline as a result of this assessment. Catchment management authorities will work closely with GWMWater and land managers (including Parks Victoria and landowners) to implement water management throughout the season in these connected wetlands.

Table 4.3.2 Priority watering actions under a range of planning scenarios in the Wimmera-Mallee wetlands

Planning scenario

DROUGHT DRY AVERAGE WET

Expected availability 739 ML carryover 785 ML carryover 785 ML carryover 739 ML carryover of Water Holdings 0 ML allocation 250 ML allocation 1,000 ML allocation 1,000 ML allocation 739 ML total 1,035 ML total 1,785 ML total 1,785 ML total

Wetlands for Barbers Swamp Barbers Swamp Barbers Swamp Barbers Swamp watering Beulah Weir Pool Beulah Weir Pool Beulah Weir Pool Beulah Weir Pool Broom Tank Broom Tank Broom Tank Broom Tank Bull swamp Bull swamp Bull swamp Bull Swamp Carapugna Carapugna Carapugna Carapugna Challambra Swamp Challambra Swamp Challambra Swamp Challambra Swamp Cherrip Swamp Cherrip Swamp Cherrip Swamp Chiprick (both) Chiprick (both) Chiprick (both) Chiprick (both) Clinton Shire Dam Clinton Shire Dam Clinton Shire Dam Clinton Shire Dam Cokym Bushland 1 Cokym bushland Cokym bushland Cokym bushland Reserve Reserve1 Reserve1 Reserve1 Considines1 Considines1 Considines1 Considines1 Coundons Wetland Corack Lake Corack Lake Corack Lake Creswick Swamp Coundons Wetland Coundons Wetland Coundons Wetland Cronomby Tanks Creswick Swamp Creswick Swamp Creswick Swamp Crow Swamp Cronomby Tanks Cronomby Tanks Cronomby Tanks D Smith Wetland Crow Swamp Crow Swamp Crow Swamp Falla Dam D Smith Wetland D Smith Wetland D Smith Wetland Fieldings Dam Davis Dam Davis Dam Davis Dam Goulds Reserve Fieldings Dam Fieldings Dam Fieldings Dam Greens wetland (2) Greens wetland (2) Greens wetland (2) Goulds Reserve Harcoans Harcoans Harcoans Greens wetland (2) J Ferrier Wetland J Ferrier Wetland J Ferrier Wetland Harcoans Jeffcott Wildlife Jeffcott Wildlife Jeffcott Wildlife J Ferrier Wetland Reserve Reserve Reserve Jeffcott Wildlife Jesse Swamp Jesse Swamp Jesse Swamp Reserve John Ampt John Ampt John Ampt Jesse Swamp Krong Swamp Krong Swamp Krong Swamp John Ampt Lake Danaher Lake Danaher Lake Danaher Krong Swamp Bushland Reserve Bushland Reserve Bushland Reserve Mahoods Corner

116 Victorian Environmental Water Holder Wimmera-Mallee wetland system 4.3

Table 4.3.2 Priority watering actions under a range of planning scenarios in the Wimmera-Mallee wetlands (continued)

Planning scenario

DROUGHT DRY AVERAGE WET

Wetlands for Mahoods Corner Mahoods Corner Lake Danaher Moreton Plains watering Moreton Plains Moreton Plains Bushland Reserve Reserve Reserve Reserve Mahoods Corner Mutton Swamp Mutton Swamp Mutton Swamp Moreton Plains Opies Dam Opies Dam Opies Dam Reserve Pam Juergens Dam Part of Gap Reserve Part of Gap Reserve Mutton Swamp Part of Gap Reserve Paul Barclay Paul Barclay Opies Dam Paul Barclay Pinedale Pinedale Part of Gap Reserve Pinedale Poyner1 Poyner1 Paul Barclay Poyner1 R Ferriers Dam R Ferriers Dam Pinedale R Ferriers Dam 1 Rickard Glenys Dam Rickard Glenys Dam Poyner Rickard Glenys Dam Roselyn Roselyn R Ferriers Dam Roselyn Wetland/ Wetland/Reids Dam Wetland/Reids Dam Rickard Glenys Dam Reids Dam Sawpit Swamp Sawpit Swamp Roselyn Round Swamp Bushland Reserve Schultz/Koschitzke Schultz/Koschitzke Wetland/Reids Dam Sawpit Swamp Shannons Wayside Shannons Wayside Round Swamp Schultz/Koschitzke Tarkedia Tarkedia Bushland Reserve Shannons Wayside Wal Wal Swamp Wal Wal Swamp Sawpit Swamp Schultz/Koschitzke Tarkedia Shannons Wayside Tchum Lakes North - Lake Reserve Tarkedia Tchum Lakes North - Tchum Lakes North - Swimming Pool Swimming Pool Towma (Lake Towma (Lake Marlbed) Marlbed) Wal Wal Swamp Wal Wal Swamp

Possible volume required from the 573 ML 604 ML 767 ML 924 ML Water Holdings

Possible volume available in the Water Holdings to 167 ML 432 ML 1,019 ML 862 ML carryover to 2015-16

1 These wetlands have been connected to the Northern Mallee supply system, rather than the Wimmera-Mallee pipeline supply system. Therefore, it is uncertain whether these wetlands can be supplied under the Wimmera and Glenelg Rivers Environmental Entitlement 2010, as water needs to be supplied from the Murray system. Mallee Catchment Management Authority and the VEWH will work with GWMWater to resolve this supply issue.

Seasonal Watering Plan 2014–15 117 4.3 Wimmera-Mallee wetland system

Risk management

In preparing its seasonal watering proposal, the Wimmera, Mallee and North Central catchment management authorities have considered and assessed risks, and identified mitigating strategies, relating to the implementation of priority watering actions (refer to Table 4.3.3). Risks and mitigating actions are continually reassessed by environmental watering program partners throughout the water year.

Table 4.3.3 Risk management in the Wimmera-Mallee wetland system

Risk type Mitigating strategy Current recommendations on environmental flows are Base decisions on best available science inaccurate Research flow requirements and ecological values of sites Review watering actions with relevant stakeholders to ensure recommendations are adaptively managed over time Unable to provide evidence in meeting ecological Define ecological objectives, through development of objective environmental water management plans Ensure monitoring activities are undertaken (eg. Index of Wetland Condition) Establish monitoring framework Environmental water management plan currently being developed to identify the flow requirements and ecological values of each site Storage manager cannot deliver required volume or flow Engage GWMWater throughout the watering season to rate (ie. outlet/capacity constraints, insufficient storage assist with timing of releases when there is sufficient volume) capacity to meet requirements Ensure sufficient time to achieve the watering aim in the event that demand is high during time of delivery Environmental water account is overdrawn Water orders are lodged with GWMWater who manage the delivery in accordance with the delivery plan Ensure outlets lock to prevent public from operating valves Only order water that has been issued under the seasonal watering statements Submission of delivery plans early in season to ensure watering activities are able to occur at the appropriate time Regular communication with the VEWH regarding water availability (ie. carryover and allocations) Prioritisation of sites, if water resources are insufficient to meet all proposed actions Release volume is insufficient to meet target flow Ongoing dialogue with storage manager regarding demand in the system, to assist in timing releases when there is available capacity to meet desired flow rates Initial calculations show delivery rates will be insufficient to provide required volumes at some wetlands to meet watering objectives, therefore, delivery over multiple years may be required to achieve desired watering outcomes Limited catchment management authority resources to Ensure environmental water management within deliver environmental release catchment management authorities is adequately resourced for delivery tasks Support community to undertake monitoring on behalf of the catchment management authorities

118 Victorian Environmental Water Holder Wimmera-Mallee wetland system 4.3

Table 4.3.3 Risk management in the Wimmera-Mallee wetland system (continued)

Risk type Mitigating strategy Storage manager maintenance works affect ability to Adaptively managing according to possible limitation deliver water (ie. pipeline capacity may not be sufficient to deliver volumes when desired) Ongoing dialogue with storage manager regarding potential maintenance works and likely effect on delivery of water Releases cause water quality issues (eg. blackwater, Undertake relevant water quality monitoring activities low dissolved oxygen, mobilisation of saline pools, acid at wetlands to ensure any water quality issues are sulphate soils etc) observed in a timely manner, and can be managed appropriately Improved conditions for non-native species Monitor vegetation condition to ensure watering actions (eg. gambusia) do not encourage recruitment of non-native flora species May need to monitor impact on local fox and rabbit numbers Environmental releases cause flooding of private land Work with land manager to ensure one (or more) agencies are monitoring wetland level and water movement during environmental water deliveries (particularly important in the first fill event undertaken at each wetland) Landholder agreement (ie. deed of agreement) to be sought for all private land wetlands to be inundated Slow delivery rates allow adequate time to mitigate/ assess potential impact Environmental releases cause flooding of Crown land Agreement obtained from land manager for wetland watering on Crown land Key stakeholders unsupportive of environmental water Regular community updates regarding watering plans release and actions

Consultation

The Wimmera, Mallee and North Central catchment management authorities have engaged with key stakeholders and other relevant individuals in preparing the seasonal watering proposal for the Wimmera-Mallee wetlands. These stakeholders are listed in Table 4.3.4

Table 4.3.4 Key stakeholders involved in the development of the seasonal watering proposal for the Wimmera-Mallee wetlands

Stakeholder consultation

Wetland Evaluation Team (WET) – including representatives from: GWMWater Board, Office and Customer Committee Mallee Catchment Management Authority (also representing the Wimmera Catchment Management Authority) North Central Catchment Management Authority Mallee Catchment Management Authority land and water advisory committee Department of Sustainability and Environment (now Department of Environment and Primary Industries) Birchip Landcare Group Other community representatives GWMWater Department of Environment and Primary Industries Mallee Catchment Management Authority North Central Catchment Management Authority Wimmera Catchment Management Authority Parks Victoria Victorian Environmental Water Holder

Seasonal Watering Plan 2014–15 119 Section 5 Northern Region

1 Victorian Murray system 2 Ovens system 3 Goulburn system 4 Broken system 5 Campaspe system 1 6 Loddon system

6 4 2 3 5

120 Victorian Environmental Water Holder 5.0 Northern Region overview

Water Holdings available for use in the northern Victorian systems are held in Murray, Goulburn, Loddon and Campaspe storages. The water systems are highly connected. Infrastructure allows delivery from one system to another, as well as water trade between systems subject to trading rules. This allows environmental water to move between systems for delivery to priority environmental sites across northern Victoria. Priority sites include the Goulburn, Broken, Loddon and Campaspe rivers as well as wetlands and floodplains on the Victorian Murray system, including Barmah Forest, Gunbower Forest, Hattah Lakes and Lindsay, Wallpolla and Mulcra islands.

In addition to Victorian Water Holdings, the VEWH also coordinates delivery of Living Murray and Commonwealth environmental water entitlements in Victoria. The VEWH liaises with the Murray-Darling Basin Authority and the Commonwealth Environmental Water Office to maximise the environmental benefits of this water delivery in Victorian systems. The VEWH also authorises waterway managers to order Living Murray and Commonwealth water for downstream sites, provided there are no adverse impacts on Victorian waterways.

Northern Victoria is a part of the Murray-Darling Basin. The Murray-Darling Basin Plan was developed by the Murray-Darling Basin Authority under the Commonwealth Water Act 2007, and became law in November 2012. The Basin Plan sets legal limits on the amount of water that can be taken from the Murray-Darling Basin’s surface and groundwater resources. Chapter 8 of the Basin Plan also sets out a high-level Environmental Watering Plan, which defines environmental objectives to protect, restore and build the resilience of water-dependent ecosystems and their associated functions. The VEWH’s environmental planning and delivery is consistent with the requirements of the Basin Plan. Further to that, the priority watering actions outlined in sections 4.2 and 5.1-5.6 fulfil Victoria’s obligations under Section 8.26 of the Basin Plan to identify annual environmental watering priorities for Victoria’s water resource areas.

Pictured: Reedy Swamp, by Jo Wood, Goulburn Broken CMA

Seasonal Watering Plan 2014–15 121 5.0 Northern Region overview

Water Holdings in the Northern Region

Table 5.0.1 Water Holdings available for use in the Northern Region

Entitlement Description

Murray system

Bulk Entitlement (River Murray – Flora and Fauna) Victorian Environmental Water Holder Conversion Order 1999 29,783 ML high-reliability entitlement 3,993 ML low-reliability entitlement 40,000 ML unregulated entitlement

Barmah-Millewa Forest Environmental Water Allocation 50,000 ML high-reliability entitlement 25,000 ML low-reliability entitlement

Living Murray 9,589 ML high-reliability entitlement 101,850 ML low-reliability entitlement 34,300 ML unregulated entitlement

River Murray Increased Flows1 70,000 ML per year long-term average

Environmental Entitlement (River Murray – NVIRP One-third of the total phase 4 water savings from the Stage 1) 2012 Northern Victorian Irrigation Renewal Project (now called the Goulburn-Murray Water Connections Program) Stage 1 achieved in the Murray component of the Goulburn- Murray Irrigation District, as verified in the latest audit; and any mitigation water available in the Murray system in that year

Goulburn system

Environmental Entitlement (Goulburn System – NVIRP One-third of the total phase 4 water savings from the Stage 1) 2012 Northern Victorian Irrigation Renewal Project (now called the Goulburn-Murray Water Connections Program) Stage 1 achieved in the Goulburn component of the Goulburn Murray Irrigation District, as verified in the latest audit; and any mitigation water available in the Goulburn system in that year

Goulburn River Environmental Entitlement 2010 7,419 ML high-reliability entitlement 3,140 ML low-reliability entitlement 1,434 ML high-reliability entitlement for use in the Loddon system, downstream of Loddon Weir

Environmental Entitlement (Goulburn System – Living 39,625 ML high-reliability entitlement Murray) 2007 156,980 ML low-reliability entitlement

Silver and Wallaby Creeks Environmental Entitlement 2006 Passing flows

Campaspe system

Campaspe River Environmental Entitlement 2013 20,652 high-reliability entitlement 2,966 low-reliability entitlement

Environmental Entitlement (Campaspe River – Living 126 ML high-reliability entitlement Murray Initiative) 2007 5,048 ML low-reliability entitlement

122 Victorian Environmental Water Holder Northern Region overview 5.0

Table 5.0.1 Water Holdings available for use in the Northern Region (continued)

Entitlement Description

Loddon system

Bulk Entitlement (Loddon River – Environmental Reserve) 3,480 ML high-reliability entitlement 2005 7,490 ML high-reliability entitlement for use below Loddon Weir 2,024 ML low-reliability entitlement Passing flows, including ability to withhold passing flows for release at a later time Access to surplus flows (flows which cannot be captured in storage and pass downstream)

Environmental Entitlement (Birch Creek – Bullarook 100 ML entitlement (fully available when allocations for System) 2009 Bullarook high-reliability water shares are at 20%) Passing flows Above cap water

Commonwealth Environmental Water Holdings2

Ovens system 70 ML high-reliability entitlement

Murray system 261,308 ML high-reliability entitlement 15,121 ML low-reliability entitlement

Broken system 117 ML high-reliability entitlement 4 ML low-reliability entitlement

Goulburn system 212,860 ML high-reliability entitlement 15,795 ML low-reliability entitlement

Campaspe system 6,517 ML high-reliability entitlement 395 ML low-reliability entitlement

Loddon system 2,775 ML high-reliability entitlement 527 ML low-reliability entitlement

Other Living Murray entitlements3

Victoria 17,826 ML high-reliability water share

New South Wales 5,624 ML high security entitlement 212,677 ML general security entitlement 350,000 ML supplementary entitlement 12,965 ML unregulated entitlement

South Australia 45,026 ML water licence entitlement high-reliability

1 Ability to call on water from Snowy Hydro Scheme to provide increased flows from Reservoir. Access arrangements to be finalised. 2 Commonwealth Environmental Water Holdings as at 31 March 2014. 3 Living Murray entitlements held by the Murray-Darling Basin Authority or other jurisdictions, as at 30 May 2014.

Seasonal Watering Plan 2014–15 123 5.1 Victorian Murray system

Waterway managers – Goulburn Broken Catchment Management Authority; North Central Catchment Management Authority; Mallee Catchment Management Authority Storage manager – Goulburn-Murray Water; River Murray Water

The Victorian Murray system contains a myriad of significant floodplains and wetland systems covering the Goulburn Broken, North Central and Mallee catchment management authority regions (see Figure 5.1.1). The system contains floodplains and wetlands that are of international importance, including the iconic Hattah Lakes, Barmah Forest and Kerang wetlands, as well as a number of nationally and regionally significant sites. The system provides a wide range of habitat types that support rare and threatened waterbird species including the painted snipe, , and white-bellied sea eagle. They are also home to the endangered Murray hardyhead fish. The Victorian Murray system supports a variety of recreational activities such as camping, fishing, water sports, bird watching and recreational hunting and Indigenous cultural heritage values such as scar , middens, burial sites, artefacts and ovens.

Pictured: Harbours Lake, Barmah Forest, by Keith Ward, Goulburn Broken CMA 124 Victorian Environmental Water Holder Victorian Murray system 5.1

Creek River • •

Broken

Goulburn Shepparton Swan Hill Barmah Forest

Echuca

• River

River Campaspe Narrung/Murrumbidgee Wetland

Murray Nyah Floodplain Vinifera Floodplain Vinifera Bridge Creek

Bendigo Creek Burra Creek South Burra Creek North Gunbower Forest Bendigo Yungera Wetland Yungera McDonalds Swamp J1 Creek Kerang River Hird Swamp

Loddon • Margooya Lagoon Swan Hill • Lake Murphy Carina Bend Lake Elizabeth Round Lake Pound Bend Icon sites and Central Murray wetlands Buxtons Bend Bullock Swamp Hattah Lakes Woorlong Wetland Woorlong Sandilong Creek and Billabong Psyche Bend Lagoon Chaffey Bend Chaffey Johnstons Bend Bottle Bend Karadoc Swamp Cowanna Billabong Spences Bend Wetlands Lake Koorlong Brickworks Catfish Billabong Dimasis Wetland Ivans Wetland Wallpolla Island Wallpolla Mulcra Island Location in Northern Region Lindsay Island Neds Corner West Neds Corner East Living Murray icon sites Lower Murray wetlands Central Murray wetlands Town River Murray Neds Corner Central • Edmonds Wetland Icon sites and Lower Murray wetlands Figure 5.1.1 The Victorian Murray system

Seasonal Watering Plan 2014–15 125 5.1 Victorian Murray system 5.1.1 Barmah Forest

System overview

The Barmah-Millewa Forest is the most upstream Living Murray icon site and is the largest river red gum forest in Australia and most intact freshwater floodplain system along the River Murray. It covers 66,000 hectares and straddles the Murray and Edwards rivers between the townships of Tocumwal, Deniliquin and . The Victorian component is the and River Murray Regional Park, covering 28,500 hectares of forest and wetlands. The forest is a significant breeding site for waterbirds including egrets, spoonbills and night herons, as well as significant frog and turtle populations.

When river flows are above 15,000 ML per day downstream of Yarrawonga Weir, both sides of the forest are managed as a whole. When flows are below this, each side of the forest can be managed separately through regulators. Environmental water releases can be combined with unregulated flows and the delivery of consumptive water en route to maximise environmental outcomes at Barmah Forest. As Barmah Forest is located in the upper reaches of the River Murray, environmental water delivered to the forest can often be used again at sites further downstream as part of multi-site watering events; this occurs through use of return flows.

Current situation

Since July 2010, the Barmah-Millewa Forest has seen consecutive years of flooding on the back of a decade of drought. The recent floods have rejuvenated some sections of the forest ecosystem, stimulating a mostly positive response from native plant and animal species. Uncharacteristically, the summer and autumn months of 2011 and 2012 saw natural flooding continue in the forest, resulting in the low-lying wetlands being inundated continuously for 18-21 months and exceeding nearly all previous flow records and known tolerance limits of some vegetation species.

Of particular concern is the moira grass, which forms part of an important, and threatened, vegetation community. There has been a 96 per cent decline in the extent of moira grassplains in Barmah Forest in the last 80 years. This is thought to be due to the impact of drought, the absence of an appropriate wetting and drying regime, and exotic animal grazing pressure.

A brief drying regime in late-autumn and early-winter 2013 was broken by a return to natural flooding in mid-winter continuing until mid-spring. Environmental water was then used to extend inundation levels through to late-spring, and resulted in significant growth and extensive flowering of moira grass, achieving the best moira grass response in seven years. The watering also provided broader benefits to floodplain vegetation, and improved habitat, feeding, and breeding resources for other species including waterbirds, fish, frogs and turtles through improved connectivity and transfer of carbon and nutrients between the floodplain and river.

Following completion of the large-scale watering, environmental water was delivered to Boals Deadwood wetland to maintain a significant ibis breeding event through to successful fledging.

Priority watering actions and environmental objectives

Priority watering actions along with their associated environmental objectives are provided in Table 5.1.1.

Priority watering actions at Barmah Forest aim to: provide opportunities for the migration and spawning of native fish; and improve the growth and reproduction of wetland and floodplain vegetation.

In addition to the environmental objectives, these watering actions will also provide opportunities for water-based activities including boating, bird watching, bushwalking and fishing.

126 Victorian Environmental Water Holder Victorian Murray system 5.1

Table 5.1.1 Priority watering actions and environmental objectives for Barmah Forest

Priority watering action Environmental objectives Spring/summer pulsed flows in the River Murray channel Provide for flow variability within the main river channel (three events of up to 500 ML per day for eight days to encourage the spawning of native fish species, each during October to December) primarily perch Spring baseflow in Gulf, Smiths, Big Woodcutter and Allow lateral connectivity for native fish species to Boals creeklines (targeting approximately 500 ML provide access to a range of floodplain habitats and per day for two to three months during September to resources to allow them to complete their life cycles, November) with a focus on meeting the requirements of southern pygmy perch Winter/spring inundation of wetlands (variable flow rates Enhance the health of aquatic vegetation within the to extend the duration and inundation extent of natural wetlands, watercourses and fringing forest areas of the flooding during August to September) lower terraces of the Barmah Forest floodplain Spring/summer inundation of moira grassplains (variable Provide flooding of sufficient duration to encourage the flow rates to extend the duration and inundation extent germination of moira grass from seed, building on the of natural flooding during October to December)1 outcomes of the seed-bank created by the 2013-14 watering Spring/summer inundation to support bird breeding Maintain water levels to allow colonial waterbirds to in Boals Deadwoods wetland (targeting flow of successfully fledge their young, should breeding occur approximately 200 ML per day to maintain appropriate in response to natural flooding inundation extent for approximately three months during October to January) Spring/summer inundation of Barmah Forest floodplain Enhance the health of river red gum communities on (variable flow rates to extend the duration and the lower terraces of the Barmah Forest floodplain by inundation extent of natural flooding during September extending the tail of naturally occurring floods to December)1 1 The moira grass and floodplain forest watering objectives identified for Barmah Forest incorporate requirements of both Barmah and Millewa Forests.

Scenario planning

Table 5.1.2 outlines the priority watering actions and expected water usage under a range of planning scenarios. Environmental water requirements vary significantly in Barmah Forest in response to natural conditions. Under drier conditions, objectives focus on improving river and creek conditions to sustain fish movement and recruitment. As conditions become wetter, the focus shifts to the provision of larger-scale outcomes, such as extending the duration of natural flooding to promote the germination of moira grass seedlings, or providing benefits to broader floodplain vegetation communities including river red gum forests. Similarly, if natural flooding stimulates a significant colonial bird breeding event in Barmah Forest, environmental water will be delivered to support the colony through to fledging.

Table 5.1.2 Priority watering actions for Barmah Forest under a range of planning scenarios

Planning scenario DROUGHT DRY AVERAGE WET Priority watering Spring/summer Spring baseflow in Winter/spring Spring/summer actions pulsed flows in the Gulf, Smiths, Big inundation of inundation of Barmah River Murray channel Woodcutter and wetlands Forest floodplain Boals creeklines Spring/summer inundation of moira grassplains Spring/summer inundation to support bird breeding Possible volume 12,000 ML 45,000 ML 560,000 ML 300,000 ML required from the (with12,000 ML (with 30,000 ML (with 369,000 ML (with 210,000 ML 2 2 Water Holdings1 return flow) return flow) return flow) return flow) 1 Possible volumes required from the Water Holdings in Barmah Forest are estimates, with volumes required being highly dependent on natural conditions. 2 Volumes identified are inclusive of the volume required to achieve moira grass and floodplain objectives in both Barmah and Millewa forests.

Seasonal Watering Plan 2014–15 127 5.1 Victorian Murray system

Risk management

In preparing its seasonal watering proposal, the Goulburn Broken Catchment Management Authority considered and assessed risks, and identified mitigating strategies, relating to the implementation of priority watering actions (refer to Table 5.1.3). Risks and mitigating actions are continually reassessed by environmental watering program partners throughout the water year.

Table 5.1.3 Risk management in Barmah Forest

Risk type Mitigating strategies

Release volume is insufficient to meet target flow. [The Ensure adequate water commitments have been made risk of having insufficient water to achieve the target is to achieve the targeted inundation, in the event that no considered a possibility depending upon the target and further natural inflows occur. the timing of trigger occurring.]

Storage manager cannot deliver required volume or flow Available volumes of water as well as weather forecasts rate (outlet/capacity constraints, insufficient storage will be evaluated prior to implementing a spring watering. volume) [Environmental water is planned to be used to primarily fill in the gaps between natural flood events. The key risk is being unable to meet the spring water requirements for moira grass, providing more favourable conditions for giant rush invasion.]

Improved conditions for non-native species (eg. carp) Flooding of wetlands in spring/summer coincides with most breeding strategies for native plants and animals and hence is of advantage. However, carp have the ability to breed over a broad range of seasons and water temperatures and will benefit from this strategy also. Environmental watering has the broad strategy of providing native fish with a competitive advantage over carp. Shallow flooding of the moira grass plains will be avoided.

Environmental water account is overdrawn The Barmah-Millewa Operations Advisory Group will be active for the duration of any environmental watering event, enabling agencies to continuously monitor environmental water availability versus the forecast requirements and relate this to the watering strategy objectives. Therefore, overdraw of environmental water accounts are expected to be minimised.

Environmental release causes flooding on private land Proposed watering actions take heed of a recent Murray-Darling Basin Authority restrictions on release rates downstream of Yarrawonga to avoid the inundation of private land (15,000 ML per day maximum target flow rate). Although a buffer exists within this imposed limit, a large rainfall event could occur during the period of managed water release to have the potential to exceed the overall flow limit downstream of Yarrawonga. Mitigation measures will be via close communication with River Murray Operations within the Barmah-Millewa Operations Advisory Group and directly as required to ensure river management and rainfall forecasts are considered for potential rapid reduction or cessation to the managed releases.

128 Victorian Environmental Water Holder Victorian Murray system 5.1

Consultation

The Goulburn Broken Catchment Management Authority has consulted stakeholders in the preparation of the seasonal watering proposals for Barmah Forest. These stakeholders are shown in Table 5.1.4.

Table 5.1.4 Key stakeholders involved in the preparation of the seasonal watering proposal for Barmah Forest

Stakeholder consultation

Yorta Yorta Nation Aboriginal Corporation Murray-Darling Basin Authority (River Murray Operations and Living Murray program) New South Wales National Parks and Wildlife Service Parks Victoria Department of Environment and Primary Industries Goulburn Broken Catchment Management Authority Board and staff Victorian Environmental Water Holder

Pictured: Gunbower Forest, by North Central CMA

Seasonal Watering Plan 2014–15 129 5.1 Victorian Murray system 5.1.2 Gunbower Creek and Forest

System overview

Gunbower Forest is a large flood-dependent forest situated on the River Murray floodplain in northern Victoria between Torrumbarry and Koondrook. Covering 19,450 hectares, it is bounded by the River Murray to the north and Gunbower Creek to the south. It is an internationally significant site under the Ramsar Convention, and forms part of the Living Murray Gunbower-Koondrook-Perricoota icon site. River regulation and water extraction from the River Murray and Gunbower Creek has reduced the frequency, duration and magnitude of flood events in Gunbower Forest over the long term. This has affected the extent and condition of habitat and the health of dependent animal communities.

Gunbower Forest is a priority for environmental watering due to the significant environmental values it contains – diverse and rare wetland habitats, vulnerable and endangered flora and fauna, including internationally recognised migratory waterbirds, and large areas of remnant vegetation communities.

Gunbower Creek is an integral part of the Gunbower system, providing important habitat for native fish such as , and freshwater catfish. The creek is also a natural irrigation carrier that supplies water to the Torrumbarry Irrigation District. While the highly-regulated nature of Gunbower Creek has led to some negative impacts on environmental values, it now provides a means for environmental water to be actively delivered.

The Living Murray structural works program in the middle and lower forest was completed in 2013. The works allow up to 5,000 hectares of the wetlands and floodplain to be watered with considerably less water than would be required under natural conditions. The works aim to enable flexible watering of the forest, through Gunbower Creek, to maintain wetland and floodplain condition.

Current situation

In the last four years, Gunbower Forest has received three years of consecutive flooding. This includes a large flood event, smaller and shorter overbank floods, and low-level natural inflows. Throughout 2013-14, Gunbower Forest was managed to allow a deliberate drying phase to eliminate residual blackwater from wetlands and reduce the adult carp population. Drying the wetlands prior to the planned operation of the structural works was considered critical to maximise the opportunity for wetland vegetation germination and re-establishment when water is delivered to the forest.

During spring 2013, a small volume of water entered low-lying forest wetlands as a result of natural inflows. The natural inflows were not substantial enough to fill the wetlands and the hot summer resulted in wetland water levels receding significantly. A small volume of water was delivered to the forest in early 2014 to assist in the commissioning of infrastructure at the newly completed Hipwell Road Offtake Regulator, prior to the first trial forest watering, planned to commence in late May 2014.

Environmental water was delivered to Gunbower Creek throughout 2013-14 with a combination of winter baseflows and spring high flows to the lower reaches of the system to assist in cueing spawning and ensuring survival of large-bodied native fish larvae, such as Murray cod. This was the first time environmental water has been delivered to the creek in this way and it yielded significant results, including three successful spawning events of Murray cod, detected in spring 2013.

130 Victorian Environmental Water Holder Victorian Murray system 5.1

Priority watering actions and environmental objectives

Priority watering actions along with their associated environmental objectives, are provided in Table 5.1.5.

Priority watering actions at Gunbower Creek and Forest aim to: provide opportunities for regeneration and improved growth and reproduction of wetland and floodplain vegetation; improve habitat and food resources, and provide opportunities for lateral movement of fish between the creek and forest.

In addition to the environmental objectives, these watering actions will also provide opportunities for recreational activities including boating, bird watching, bushwalking and fishing.

Table 5.1.5 Priority watering actions and environmental objectives for Gunbower Creek and Forest

Priority watering action Environmental objective

Gunbower Creek1

Autumn/winter baseflows (targeting 200 ML per day Maintain food and habitat resources for native fish during May to August)

Gunbower Forest

Winter/spring inundation of Gunbower Forest floodplain Flooding of the river red gum and black box and wetlands (variable flow rates to maintain appropriate communities to aid their recovery following the inundation extent) millennium drought Provide opportunities for nutrient and carbon inputs to Gunbower Creek, promoting productivity to support juvenile and mature native fish in Gunbower Creek Enable lateral movement of fish between the forest and Gunbower Creek Provide improved feeding habitat for waterbirds Commissioning of recently completed Living Murray program infrastructure at Gunbower Forest, including the Hipwell Road Channel

Winter/spring inundation of Little Reedy Lagoon Simulate wetland vegetation, provide feeding habitat Complex (variable flow rates to maintain appropriate for waterbirds and provide lateral movement of small- inundation extent)2 bodied fish

Spring/summer inundation of Little Gunbower and Little Support a significant bird breeding event if triggered by Reedy Lagoon complexes to support bird breeding natural flooding (targeting approximately 200 ML per day to maintain appropriate inundation extent for approximately two Allow fish passage onto the floodplain and into wetlands months during October to January)

1 Additional flows to target large-bodied fish outcomes in Gunbower Creek, as occurred in 2013-14, will not be pursued in 2014-15, as significant opportunities for migration and improvements to habitat and food resources will be provided in the delivery of water to Gunbower Forest. 2 Winter/spring inundation of Little Reedy Lagoon Complex will only be required if the large-scale winter/spring inundation of Gunbower Forest does not proceed.

Seasonal Watering Plan 2014–15 131 5.1 Victorian Murray system

Scenario planning

Table 5.1.6 outlines the priority watering actions and expected water usage under a range of planning scenarios.

The floodplain watering proposed represents the first environmental water delivery of this scale in Gunbower Forest, and targets various environmental objectives. The watering action will also facilitate the first full operation of the Hipwell Road Channel, and commission the full package of infrastructure works at Gunbower Forest. The scale of the floodplain watering will be determined by the preceding climatic conditions, capacity, and environmental water availability.

If natural flooding does occur, active environmental water delivery will be adaptively managed to maximise ecological outcomes. Alternatively, if the floodplain watering action is not undertaken in 2014-15, environmental water delivery will target inundation of key permanent and semi-permanent wetlands in the Little Reedy Lagoon Complex.

If significant bird breeding is triggered during the year, environmental water may be delivered to assist in maintaining an appropriate inundation depth to support the waterbirds to fledging.

Table 5.1.6 Priority watering actions for Gunbower Creek and Forest under a range of planning scenarios

Planning scenario

DROUGHT DRY AVERAGE WET

Gunbower Creek and Forest

Priority watering Winter/spring Winter/spring Winter/spring Winter/spring actions inundation of Little inundation of inundation of inundation of Reedy Lagoon Gunbower Forest Gunbower Forest Gunbower Forest Complex1 Autumn/winter Autumn/winter Spring/summer Autumn/winter baseflows baseflows inundation of baseflows (Gunbower Creek) (Gunbower Creek) Little Gunbower (Gunbower Creek) and Little Reedy Lagoon Complexes to support bird breeding Autumn/winter baseflows (Gunbower Creek)

Possible volume 15-25,000 ML 38,000-65,000 ML 65,000 ML 67,000 ML required from the (requires delivery (requires delivery of (requires delivery (requires the delivery Water Holdings of ~23,000 ML of 127,000-190,000 of 190,000 ML of of 220,000 ML of consumptive water ML of consumptive consumptive water consumptive water en route) water en route) en route) en route)

1 Winter/spring inundation of Little Reedy Lagoon Complex will only be required if the large-scale winter/spring inundation of Gunbower Forest does not proceed.

132 Victorian Environmental Water Holder Victorian Murray system 5.1

Risk management

In preparing its seasonal watering proposal, the North Central Catchment Management Authority considered and assessed risks, and identified mitigating strategies, relating to the implementation of priority watering actions (refer to Table 5.1.7). Risks and mitigating actions are continually reassessed by environmental watering program partners throughout the water year.

Table 5.1.7 Risk management in Gunbower Creek and Forest

Risk type Mitigating strategies (Gunbower Creek and Forest) Release volume is insufficient in meeting required Discussions with Goulburn-Murray Water will take place inundation prior to operation to ensure delivery channels have sufficient free capacity to undertake delivery prior to starting watering event Storage manager maintenance works affect ability to Regular liaison with Goulburn-Murray Water will occur deliver/exclude water to identify the timing of proposed maintenance works and ensure work will not impact on environmental water deliveries or adjust environmental delivery to accommodate works where necessary Storage manager cannot deliver required volume or flow Goulburn-Murray Water will provide regular updates on rate due to outlet/capacity constraints or high irrigation irrigation demand outlooks and ensure channels and demand regulators are in good working order so that water can be delivered at required rates Limited catchment management authority resources to Funding will be secured prior to watering event to manage delivery of environmental release ensure that environmental water management within the catchment management authority is adequately resourced to undertake required delivery tasks Limited storage manager resources to operate manual Early and ongoing engagement with Goulburn-Murray regulating structures (Barham Cut and Shillinglaws) Water to provide as much lead time as possible for manual operations All Gunbower Operations Advisory Group members will be reminded of roles and responsibilities under Interim Gunbower Forest Operating Plan Cost of delivery exceeds available funding All stakeholders will be made aware of potential volumes of water required early in planning Watering will not commence without agreement on delivery charges and security of funding Environmental water account is overdrawn 10 per cent contingency volume included in water requirement estimates Current recommendations on environmental flow Proposed deliveries (including timing and rates) will be inaccurate adaptively managed throughout the delivery event Relevant stakeholders have reviewed watering actions Delivery is designed to enable adaptive management when current recommendations are not appropriate Advice will be provided by the Technical Working Group in the planning and implementation of the event Ongoing ecological monitoring (if funded in 2014-15) of releases will be undertaken to assist in refining flow recommendations over time Annual operation monitoring will be used to inform annual priority flow components Releases cause water quality issues in the River Murray Three continuous water quality monitoring stations at (eg. blackwater, low dissolved oxygen) strategic locations in Gunbower Creek and the River Murray (if funded in 2014-15) are installed to ensure any water quality issues are observed in a timely manner, and can be managed appropriately Environmental flows result in improved conditions for There are few opportunities available to mitigate the risk exotic fish species (eg. gambusia, carp) of carp spawning from environmental water in these systems The most important opportunity is to reduce summer flooding where possible

Seasonal Watering Plan 2014–15 133 5.1 Victorian Murray system

Table 5.1.7 Risk management in Gunbower Creek and Forest (continued)

Risk type Mitigating strategies (Gunbower Creek and Forest) Native fish stranding on the floodplain Intensive monitoring of native fish movement (if funded in 2014-15) between wetlands, Gunbower Creek and the River Murray will be undertaken at critical times during the operation; results will be available to inform operational decisions, especially during the fish exit strategy to optimise fish movement off the floodplain Bird breeding commences but cannot be supported Bird breeding is not a primary goal of watering in 2014-15 Waterbird monitoring (if funded in 2014-15), in wetlands and particularly at known breeding sites, will be undertaken to identify early signs of bird breeding activity so that water deliveries can be managed appropriately Environmental floodwater is the conduit for the spread of At present, there are few opportunities available to aquatic and terrestrial weeds mitigate the weed transmission through environmental water in these systems The most important opportunity is to reduce flooding during the seeding phase The watering regime of environmental releases is not Vegetation monitoring (if funded in 2014-15) will assist ideal for wetland and floodplain vegetation communities in understanding the response of the vegetation communities to the flooding events Wetlands are flooded in late summer, promoting river red Environmental flows will be completed before the end of gum germination and sapling growth the calendar year to allow natural draw down over late summer, where possible (ie. not possible if supporting bird breeding) Erosion from water deliveries at outfalls and inlets Erosion monitoring at key inflow and outfalls at varying flow rates Depending on severity, undertake earth stabilisation works or reduce inflows Environmental releases cause flooding of private land A slow ‘ramp up’ of flows will be implemented between upstream of Hipwell Road Weir (ie. during holding phase 1,200-1,600 ML per day downstream of Gunbower Weir Gunbower Creek capacity exceeded) Regular monitoring will occur during this period to identify potential flooding Communication strategy includes specific communication with landholders along Gunbower Creek to ensure they are aware of the proposed operation and have access to contact numbers for further information Intensive monitoring of creek water levels at critical locations will be undertaken by Goulburn-Murray Water. Monitoring results will feed directly into day-to-day decisions during the ramp up and holding phases If flooding does occur, flow over Gunbower Weir can be reduced within a few hours Environmental releases cause flooding of private land 8 out of 10 landholders are covered by flood easement through forest boundary levees failing Intensive monitoring of remaining two landholders levees will be undertaken and emergency repair works undertaken if required (only for the two properties not covered by flood easements) Environmental release causes flooding to public Regular updates will be provided to the Department of infrastructure Environment and Primary Industries and Parks Victoria land managers about environmental water releases so they can allow for potential closures and repair works in planning Rain rejection event causes flooding Goulburn-Murray Water will manage rain rejection as part of their day-to-day operations Key stakeholders not supportive of environmental water Community Reference Group consulted in the release development and implementation of the seasonal (eg. restricted forest access, firewood harvesting plots, watering proposal designated forest bee sites) Public notices and media releases prior to environmental watering Implement communication strategy and signage plan Provide regular updates to the Department of Environment and Primary Industries and Parks Victoria land managers about environmental water releases so as they can provide notice to forest users

134 Victorian Environmental Water Holder Victorian Murray system 5.1

Consultation The North Central Catchment Management Authority has consulted stakeholders in the preparation of the seasonal watering proposal for Gunbower Creek and Gunbower Forest. These stakeholders are shown in Table 5.1.8.

Table 5.1.8 Key stakeholders involved in the preparation of the seasonal watering proposal for Gunbower Creek and Forest

Stakeholder consultation

Gunbower Environmental Water Advisory Group (with representation from Goulburn-Murray Water, Parks Victoria, Department of Environment and Primary Industries [regional], State Forests New South Wales, North Central Catchment Management Authority and VEWH) Gunbower Technical Working Group (with representation from Department of Environment and Primary Industries [Threatened Flora and Fauna], Goulburn Broken Catchment Management Authority and specialist consultants and ecologists in fish, vegetation and birds) Gunbower Forest Community Reference Group North Central Catchment Management Authority Natural Resource Management Committee North Central Catchment Management Authority Board Commonwealth Environmental Water Office Victorian Environmental Water Holder

Pictured: Chettle Track at Gunbower Forest, by North Central CMA

Seasonal Watering Plan 2014–15 135 5.1 Victorian Murray system 5.1.3 Central Murray wetlands

System overview

The Central Murray wetland complex consists of eight actively-managed, public land wetlands on the River Murray floodplain, including the Ramsar-listed Lake Cullen, Hird Swamp and Johnsons Swamp. Round Lake, McDonalds Swamp, Lake Elizabeth, Lake Murphy and Richardsons Lagoon are all of regional significance. The wetlands are considered highly significant, supporting a number of vulnerable or including the Murray hardyhead, the Australian painted snipe and the growling grass frog. The wetlands also provide habitat for at least 19 species listed under a range of legislation and international agreements.

The Central Murray wetlands are almost wholly contained within the Torrumbarry Irrigation Region. As this area has experienced dramatic changes since European settlement with the construction of levees, roads and channels, most of the wetlands are now cut-off from natural flooding and are reliant on the provision of environmental water.

Current situation

During 2010-11, widespread flooding and the provision of environmental water resulted in all eight wetlands in the Central Murray system being inundated, some for the first time in many years. Most of the wetlands held water throughout 2011-12 and some into 2012-13. Therefore, management in 2012-13 aimed to allow them to naturally draw down, according to their recommended watering regimes. Environmental water delivery was only prioritised for Round Lake (for Murray hardyhead), McDonalds Swamp (which dried in 2012) and Richardsons Lagoon (to inundate the floodplain). In 2013-14, priority watering focused on continued to promote the benefits experienced from flooding, while ensuring sites that recently dried were not subjected to premature rewetting. Environmental water was delivered to Round Lake (again for Murray hardyhead), Hird Swamp (west) (to fill from empty), Lake Elizabeth (to manage for potential Murray hardyhead translocation) and McDonalds Swamp (to fill from empty).

After receiving water in spring/summer 2013, monitoring at Hird Swamp (west) recorded over 3,300 waterbirds in January 2014, with 25 different species including nine species considered significant. A survey of waterfowl numbers in October 2013 and January 2014 showed that the swamp is supporting large numbers of waterfowl as well.

Round Lake received a series of top-ups to maintain conditions suitable for the endangered fish species, Murray hardyhead. Surveys undertaken in November 2013 resulted in a catch of 31 large, healthy individuals. Although lower than previous years, records show that Murray hardyhead populations often exhibit natural ‘boom and bust’ cycles. This may have been driven by the simultaneous drying of a number of wetlands in the region which resulted in an increase in the number of grazing waterfowls utilising Round Lake. As well as supporting Murray hardyhead, Round Lake is also considered highly productive for waterbirds. Surveys recorded over 1,760 waterbirds at Round Lake in November 2013 and 18 different species in January 2014. This included significant species such as Australasian shoveler, and the freckled duck.

Similarly, 1,100 waterbirds were recorded at McDonald’s Swamp in November 2013, with 22 different species recorded in December 2013, including the brolga, hardhead and whiskered tern. Continued growth of red gum saplings also occurred. Consistently high temperatures and low rainfall over January and February 2014 caused the wetland to completely dry in early March 2014.

Lake Elizabeth is being managed to promote conditions suitable for Murray hardyhead. Environmental water delivery in December also contributed to a surge of waterfowl at the Lake in January 2014.

136 Victorian Environmental Water Holder Victorian Murray system 5.1

Priority watering actions and environmental objectives

Priority watering actions, along with their associated environmental objectives, are provided in Table 5.1.9.

Priority watering for the 2014-15 season will focus on continuing to promote the benefits experienced from flooding whilst attempting to ensure that recently-dried sites are not subjected to premature rewetting.

In addition to the environmental objectives, these watering actions will also provide opportunities for water-based activities including bird watching, bushwalking and fishing

Table 5.1.9 Priority watering actions and environmental objectives for the Central Murray wetlands

Priority watering action Environmental objectives

Round Lake: Provide top up flows as required Maintain the lake as a permanent saline lake with habitat suitable for Murray hardyhead Provide suitable waterbird habitat

McDonalds Swamp: Provide top up flows as required Support a diversity of plant and animal populations and promote natural drying phase over summer typical of a shallow freshwater marsh, including key waterbird habitat Promoting conditions appropriate for red gum growth

Hird Swamp (west): Provide top flows during spring and Support a diversity of habitat types for waterbird resting, over summer and promote natural drying phase over nesting and feeding summer

Lake Elizabeth: Provide top up flows as required Promote conditions suitable for Murray hardyhead Support submerged salt-tolerant aquatic plant assemblage

Lake Murphy: Fill in spring and provide top up flows as Support a diversity of habitat types characteristic of required a deep freshwater marsh, whilst providing important waterbird habitat

Scenario planning Table 5.1.10 outlines the priority watering actions and expected water usage under a range of planning scenarios.

Interannual planning for these wetlands has been undertaken by the catchment management authority to allow for landscape-scale management of the wetlands across time. The long-term environmental objectives and flow recommendations for the wetlands have been sourced from the environmental water management plans and environmental watering plans for the wetlands. For each wetland, recommended watering regimes regarding the timing, frequency, duration and extent/depth have been detailed. A number of wetlands require watering one in every five years, or one in every three years. It is likely that in future years, multiple wetlands will require environmental water during the same year. Interannual planning helps to manage this risk of increased pressure on environmental water resources, particularly if there is a return to drought conditions. Similarly, it helps to manage risk to waterbird populations if multiple wetlands require drying at the same time, which would reduce suitable refuge for breeding, feeding and nesting across northern Victoria.

At a number of sites, the decision to deliver environmental water will be based on the hydrologic condition, waterbird breeding activity and the potential impact environmental water delivery may have on wetland vegetation.

The highest priority for environmental water management in the Central Murray wetland complex has been identified as Round Lake, which supports the endangered Murray hardyhead. Round Lake is currently considered the only stable Murray hardyhead population in the Kerang region. It is therefore essential that the wetland continues to support the species to ensure that sufficient stock is available to establish translocation sites in the future.

Seasonal Watering Plan 2014–15 137 5.1 Victorian Murray system

Table 5.1.10 Priority watering actions for the Central Murray wetlands under a range of planning scenarios Planning scenario DROUGHT DRY AVERAGE WET Priority watering Round Lake Round Lake Round Lake Round Lake sites Hird Swamp Hird Swamp Hird Swamp Hird Swamp Lake Elizabeth Lake Elizabeth Lake Elizabeth Lake Elizabeth Lake Murphy Lake Murphy Lake Murphy Lake Murphy McDonalds Swamp McDonalds Swamp McDonalds Swamp McDonalds Swamp Possible volume required from the Up to 10,000 ML Up to 10,000 ML Up to 10,000 ML Up to 10,000 ML Water Holdings

Risk management In preparing its seasonal watering proposal, North Central Catchment Management Authority considered and assessed the risks, and identified mitigating strategies, relating to the implementation of priority watering actions. Table 5.1.11 summarises these risks and the mitigating strategies. When environmental water is delivered during the season, risks are carefully reassessed, managed and mitigated by environmental watering program partners prior to and during the event.

Table 5.1.11 Risk management in the Central Murray wetlands

Risk type Mitigating strategies Release volume fails to meet target flows Ensure delivery channels have sufficient spare capacity to undertake delivery prior to starting watering event (liaise with Goulburn-Murray Water) Ongoing dialogue with storage manager regarding consumptive demand in the system, to assist in timing releases when there is available capacity to meet desired flow rates Ensure infrastructure and delivery channels are functional and in working order to deliver at the required rate Current environmental flow recommendations are Ensure proposed deliveries (including timing and inaccurate rates) are undertaken in accordance with relevant environmental water management plans and Goulburn- Murray Water Connections Project environmental watering plans Undertake review of watering actions with relevant stakeholders to ensure watering recommendations are adapted over time as appropriate Undertake ongoing ecological monitoring to assist in refining recommendations over time Use annual operational monitoring to inform annual priority flow components Storage manager maintenance works affect ability to Ongoing dialogue with storage manager regarding deliver water potential maintenance works and the likely effect of such works on delivery of water Storage manager cannot deliver required volume or flow Early and ongoing engagement with Goulburn-Murray rate (outlet/capacity constraints, insufficient storage Water regarding consumptive demand in the system, to volume) assist in timing releases when there is available capacity to meet desired flow rates Ensure channels and pumps are in good working order (regular maintenance) so that water can be delivered at required rates Limited catchment management authority resources to Ensure environmental water management within the North deliver environmental release Central Catchment Management Authority is adequately resourced to undertake required delivery tasks Environmental releases cause personal injury to river Engage the community (i.e. letter drops and door users knocks) and undertake local media and public notice releases prior to event Liaise with land manager regarding public communication activities

138 Victorian Environmental Water Holder Victorian Murray system 5.1

Table 5.1.11 Risk management in the Central Murray wetlands (continued)

Risk type Mitigating strategies Releases cause water quality issues (eg. blackwater, Undertake relevant water quality monitoring activities low dissolved oxygen, mobilisation of saline pools, acid at wetlands to ensure any water quality issues are sulphate soils, etc.) observed in a timely manner, and can be managed appropriately (eg. with the addition of water at Round Lake and Lake Elizabeth) Improved conditions for non-native species (eg. carp) Ensure water level and salinity are closely monitored and managed at Round Lake so that salinity does not drop low enough for gambusia to thrive and predate on Murray hardyhead If Lake Elizabeth is deemed appropriate for Murray hardyhead, initial invasive species management will be required prior to translocation of the species Ongoing monitoring to be undertaken to ensure predators are managed Environmental releases cause flooding of public Work closely with the land manager to ensure one infrastructure, private or Crown land (or more) agencies are monitoring the wetland level and water movement during the environmental water deliveries Work closely with Goulburn-Murray Water and cease regulated deliveries if high catchment runoff conditions are expected Use SWET models and bathymetry to predict potential inundation at different volumes Unable to provide evidence in meeting ecological Ensure monitoring activities are undertaken as objective specified in relevant delivery plans to demonstrate ecological outcomes in association with the provision of environmental water Regularly update environmental water management plans with knowledge of ecological outcomes Support the Department of Environment and Primary Industries in undertaking the regular monitoring of the Murray hardyhead population at Round Lake (and possibly Lake Elizabeth)

Consultation The North Central Catchment Management Authority has consulted stakeholders in the preparation of the seasonal watering proposal for the Central Murray wetlands. These stakeholders are shown in Table 5.1.12.

Table 5.1.12 Key stakeholders involved in the preparation of the seasonal watering proposal for the Central Murray wetlands

Stakeholder consultation Central Murray Wetlands Environmental Water Advisory Group (made up of community members, North Central Catchment Management Authority project staff, Board and Natural Resource Management Committee representation, Department of Environment and Primary Industries, VEWH and Commonwealth Environmental Office) Department of Environment and Primary Industries Parks Victoria Goulburn-Murray Water Commonwealth Environmental Water Office Gannawarra Shire Council Swan Hill Rural City Council Birdlife Australia Field and Game Australia Community members North Central Catchment Management Authority Natural Resource Management Committee (NRMC) North Central Catchment Management Authority Board Victorian Environmental Water Holder

Seasonal Watering Plan 2014–15 139 5.1 Victorian Murray system 5.1.4 Hattah Lakes

System overview

The Hattah Lakes are adjacent to the River Murray between Mildura, Robinvale and Ouyen. They consist of over 20 semi-permanent freshwater lakes that cover an area of 48,000 hectares, and form part of the Hattah-Kulkyne National Park. The Hattah Lakes are important due to their extent, condition, diversity and habitat values as well as their social and cultural significance.

The lakes provide important habitat for colonial waterbird species, including spoonbills, egrets, night herons, bitterns and migratory bird species. Under natural conditions, the lakes were fed from high River Murray flows and influenced by all major Murray tributaries upstream of the Murrumbidgee.

Large-scale engineering works were completed in 2013 that allow water to be pumped into the Hattah Lakes to meet the environmental watering requirements. The new infrastructure includes permanent pumps that can deliver up to 1,000 ML per day to the floodplain, and water retention structures that will be able to hold water on the floodplain and manage drawdown.

Current situation

Between 1998 and December 2010, flow in the River Murray was not sufficient for water to naturally enter the Hattah Lakes system. Without environmental water delivery, the lakes would have dried for an extended period of time causing considerable stress to vegetation communities. The lakes have received environmental water since 2005. These environmental water events supplied water to the lakes via Chalka Creek, but did not supply water to the higher elevation floodplain vegetation communities, including river red gum and black box.

The first large-scale watering of Hattah Lakes occurred in 2013, with over 64,000 ML of environmental water delivered to the system. Water reached all lakes in the Hattah system, with the exception of Lake Kramen. The event saw water enter Lake Bitterang for the first time in 20 years. The delivery used the newly-constructed pump infrastructure.

These environmental watering events have been successful in maintaining, and in some cases, improving the health of wetland plants and river red gums, along with improving conditions for native fish and waterbirds. However, higher elevation vegetation communities, particularly black box woodlands, are continuing to show signs of stress.

Priority watering actions and environmental objectives

Priority watering actions along with their associated environmental objectives, are provided in Table 5.1.13.

Priority watering actions at the Hattah Lakes aim to provide opportunities for regeneration and improved growth and reproduction of wetland and floodplain vegetation, particularly black box communities.

In addition to the environmental objectives, these watering actions will also provide opportunities for recreational activities including boating, bird watching, bushwalking and fishing.

140 Victorian Environmental Water Holder Victorian Murray system 5.1

Table 5.1.13 Priority watering actions and environmental objectives for the Hattah Lakes

Priority watering action Environmental objectives

Winter/spring inundation of the Hattah floodplain (target Increase inundation extent to improve the health of water level of 45 m AHD in October) vegetation communities, particularly black box Increase productivity of the lakes and provide feeding and breeding opportunities for waterbirds and fish Full commissioning of recently completed Living Murray program infrastructure at Hattah Lakes

Winter inundation of Lake Kramen (July-October) Increase the diversity, extent and abundance of wetland and floodplain vegetation communities, particularly river red gum woodlands Restore and maintain wetlands and floodplain habitat to support fish communities and waterbird breeding

Scenario planning Table 5.1.14 outlines the priority watering actions and expected water usage under a range of planning scenarios.

A key consideration in the timing of this event is the potential implication of releasing flows back to the River Murray in late spring, when the risks of blackwater and red gum germination are greatest.

Table 5.1.14 Priority watering actions for the Hattah Lakes under a range of planning scenarios

Planning scenario

DROUGHT DRY AVERAGE WET

Priority watering Winter/spring Winter/spring Winter/spring Winter/spring actions floodplain inundation floodplain inundation floodplain inundation floodplain inundation (including Lake (including Lake (including Lake Kramen) Kramen) Kramen)

Possible volume 100,000 ML (with 116,000 ML (with 116,000 ML (with 116,000 ML (with required from the approximately approximately approximately approximately Water Holdings1 48,000 ML available 48,000 ML available 48,000 ML available 48,000 ML available as return flows) as return flows) as return flows) as return flows)

1 Volumes identified are for the full floodplain inundation event, some of which may be delivered in the 2013-14 water year.

Risk management In preparing its seasonal watering proposal, the Mallee Catchment Management Authority considered and assessed risks, and identified mitigating strategies, relating to the implementation of priority watering actions (see Table 5.1.15). Risks and mitigating actions are continually reassessed by environmental watering program partners throughout the water year.

Table 5.1.15 Risk management in the Hattah Lakes

Risk type Mitigating strategies

Maintenance works on Messengers pump and Kramen Engage with water authority to undertake the work early offtake not completed

Release volume is insufficient in meeting required flow at Engage water holders and River Murray Operations to target point ensure required flow is met

Current recommendations on environmental flow are Base decisions on current best available knowledge inaccurate Environmental water management plan has been developed

Storage manager maintenance works affect ability to Continue communication with storage managers deliver water

Seasonal Watering Plan 2014–15 141 5.1 Victorian Murray system

Table 5.1.15 Risk management in the Hattah Lakes (continued)

Risk type Mitigating strategies

Storage manager cannot deliver required volume or flow Engage storage manager throughout the watering rate (outlet/capacity constraints, insufficient storage season to assist with timing of releases when there is volume) sufficient capacity to meet requirements

Releases cause water quality issues (eg. blackwater, Observe water quality throughout the watering season low dissolved oxygen, mobilisation of saline pools, acid and manage through controlling releases through sulphate soils etc.) structures to allow adequate dilution downstream

Improved conditions for non-native species (eg. carp) Avoid delivery throughout summer as warmer water can favour non-native species’ spawning events

Limited catchment management authority resources to Ensure that environmental water management within the deliver environmental water Mallee Catchment Management Authority is adequately resourced to undertake required delivery tasks

Cost of delivery exceeds available funding Manage costs appropriately to ensure delivery costs are within budget

Environmental release cause personal injury to river user Appropriate safety measures around pump outlets and any access that may become inundated Adequate information, signage and safety barriers around all watering structures

Unable to provide evidence in meeting ecological objective Ensure monitoring activities are undertaken Establish monitoring framework

Key stakeholder not supportive of environmental water Communicate early about the delivery release

Environmental water account is overdrawn Weekly communication of volumes being delivered to ensure sufficient water is traded into accounts

Environmental water releases causes flooding of public Landholder agreements undertaken for flooding on infrastructure, private or Crown land private land Some access tracks may be inundate; ensure appropriate road closures to prevent damage Agreements undertaken with land manager for flooding on Crown land

Non-compliance with vegetation offset requirements due Monitor compliance with offsets, and address as issues to inappropriate watering regime arise through adaptively managing environmental water delivery

Consultation

The Mallee Catchment Management Authority has consulted stakeholders in the preparation of the seasonal watering proposal for the Hattah Lakes. These stakeholders are shown in Table 5.1.16.

Table 5.1.16 Key stakeholders involved in the preparation of the seasonal watering proposal for the Hattah Lakes

Stakeholder consultation

Mallee Catchment Management Authority community committees Goulburn-Murray Water SA Water Lower Murray Water Parks Victoria Murray-Darling Basin Authority New South Wales Office of Water Commonwealth Environmental Water Office Victorian Environmental Water Holder

142 Victorian Environmental Water Holder Victorian Murray system 5.1 5.1.5 Lower Murray wetlands

System overview

The lower Murray wetlands are distributed on the River Murray floodplain, between Vinifera and the South Australian border. The priority sites include creeks, wetlands and floodplains that are ecologically important and reflect the natural character and attributes of the River Murray floodplain. A selection of these wetlands and waterways can be actively managed with environmental water.

The wetlands support a range of aquatic and floodplain vegetation types, including lignum shrublands, and river red gum and black box woodlands, which require inundation to sustain their health and support growth and recruitment. The wetlands and waterways also provide important habitat for a broad range of fish species and waterbird populations.

Environmental water can be delivered to the wetlands in the lower Murray region through a combination of direct pumping from the River Murray and through use of irrigation infrastructure at some wetlands. All the wetlands can be managed for environmental water independently.

Current situation

Wetlands in the Mallee region have a long history of environmental water management. Environmental water was delivered to the lower Murray wetlands throughout the Millenium drought to prevent catastrophic ecosystem collapse and promote ecosystem resilience for post-drought recovery.

High River Murray flows in 2010 and 2011 inundated vast areas of wetlands and floodplains, which helped to improve ecosystem health. Some highly-elevated wetlands, including Liparoo East, Heywoods Lake and Robertson Wetland, were not naturally inundated during the high flow events, but were the focus of environmental water management during this time.

Monitoring at sites that have received environmental water in recent years has shown promising results. Robertson Wetland received environmental water in 2012-13 and 2013-14; five species of bat inhabited the wetland, waterbird activity increased and black box seedlings emerged. Sandilong Creek has received water since 2010-11, which has resulted in a significant reduction in the dominance of cumbungi and improvements in riparian vegetation health. Complementary works to remove fish barriers also occurred, allowing the freshwater catfish population greater access to reaches of the creek. The carp population has also decreased since environmental water delivery commenced.

Despite improvements in ecosystem health as a result of inundation during recent years, below average rainfall conditions in the Mallee in 2012 and 2013 has resulted in many wetlands and waterways requiring the delivery of environmental water to maintain their condition.

In 2013-14, wetlands that received environmental water in the lower Murray region included: Sandilong Creek and Billabong, Heywoods Lake, Robertson Wetland, Cardross Lakes, Brickworks Billabong, Woorlong Wetlands, Psyche Bend Lagoon, J1 Creek, Karadoc Swamp, Burra Creek South, Bridge Creek, Liparoo East, and Bullock Swamp.

Seasonal Watering Plan 2014–15 143 5.1 Victorian Murray system

Priority watering actions and environmental objectives

Priority watering actions, along with their associated environmental objectives, are provided in Table 5.1.17.

Priority watering actions will focus on maintaining and improving vegetation condition, habitat quality and availability throughout the wetlands, floodplains and waterways in the lower Murray region, and in some cases, rehabilitating salinity-affected wetlands.

In addition to the environmental objectives, these watering actions will also provide some complementary recreational benefits such as improved opportunities for camping, fishing, picnicking, and walking.

Table 5.1.17 Priority watering actions and environmental objectives for the lower Murray wetlands

Priority watering action Ecological objective Brickworks Billabong: Provide top-up flows as required to maintain water quality targets Cardross Lakes: Provide top-up flows as required to Maintain and improve the health of aquatic vegetation maintain water quality targets and suitable water quality to support Murray hardyhead Lake Koorlong: Provide top-up flows as required to maintain water quality targets J1 Creek: Provide filling flows in winter/spring Bridge Creek: Provide filling flows in spring Ivan’s Wetland: Provide filling flows in late autumn/ winter/spring/early summer Edmonds Wetlands: Provide filling flows in late autumn/ winter/spring/early summer Catfish Billabong: Provide filling flows in winter/spring

Pound Bend: Provide filling flows in late autumn/winter/ Improve the health of black box and red gum spring/early summer communities Johnstons Bend: Provide filling flows in late autumn/ winter/spring/early summer Chaffey Bend: Provide filling flows in late autumn/winter/ spring/early summer Ned’s Corner (west): Provide filling flows in late autumn/ winter/spring/early summer Ned’s Corner (central): Provide filling flows in late autumn/winter/spring/early summer Ned’s Corner (east): Provide filling flows in late autumn/ winter/spring/early summer Spence’s Bend Wetlands: Provide filling flows in winter/ spring Buxton Bend: Provide filling flows in late autumn/winter/ spring/early summer Maintain and improve the health of river red gum communities Dimasi’s Wetland: Provide filling flows in late autumn/ winter/spring/early summer Yungera Wetland: Provide filling flows in winter/spring Nyah Floodplain: Provide filling flows in winter/spring Vinifera Floodplain: Provide filling flows in winter/spring Cowanna Billabong: Provide filling flows in winter/spring Improve aquatic vegetation diversity Maintain and improve the health of river red gum communities Burra Creek North: Provide filling flows in winter/spring Improve health of black box communities Burra Creek South: Provide filling flows in winter/spring

144 Victorian Environmental Water Holder Victorian Murray system 5.1

Table 5.1.17 Priority watering actions and environmental objectives for the lower Murray wetlands (continued)

Priority watering action Ecological objective Psyche Bend Lagoon: Provide filling flows in winter/ spring and discharge return flows to the River Murray in line with agreed operation triggers if required Woorlong Wetland: Provide filling flows in winter/spring and discharge return flows to the River Murray in line with agreed operation triggers if required Karadoc Swamp: Provide filling flows in winter/spring Provide freshwater inflows to reduce salinity levels and discharge return flows to the River Murray in line and improve the condition and diversity of wetland with agreed operation triggers if required vegetation, improving ecological function Bullock Swamp: Provide filling flows in winter/spring and discharge return flows to the in line with agreed operation triggers, if required Bottle Bend: Provide filling flows in winter/spring and discharge return flows to the River Murray in line with agreed operation triggers if required Sandilong Creek and Billabong: Provide filling flows in Support freshwater catfish population autumn/winter/spring Maintain health of black box communities Carina Bend: Provide filling flows in winter/spring Improve the health of river red gum communities Maintain and improve the health of lignum and black box communities Margooya Lagoon: Provide filling flows in spring Improve the health of river red gum communities Improve the native fish assemblage of the lagoon Narrung/Murrumbidgee Wetland: Provide filling flows in Reinstate and maintain the character of the semi- winter/spring permanent wetlands Maintain and improve river red gum communities Maintain and improve regent parrot habitat

Scenario planning

Table 5.1.18 outlines the priority watering actions and expected water usage under a range of planning scenarios.

The provision of environmental water to Cardross Lakes, Lake Koorlong and Brickworks Billabong is critical to support the endangered Murray hardyhead fish. If these sites did dry out, there would be a risk of localised extinction of Murray hardyhead and potential impacts on the species as a whole, due to the scarcity of refuge sites.

Environmental water will be delivered to Psyche Lagoon in 2014 as part of the long-term plan to rehabilitate this highly-saline wetland and restore ecological function. The consequent return of water to the River Murray will be closely monitored and managed by the Mallee Catchment Management Authority to mitigate any downstream impacts.

Seasonal Watering Plan 2014–15 145 5.1 Victorian Murray system

Table 5.1.18 Priority watering actions for the lower Murray wetlands under a range of planning scenarios

Planning scenario

DROUGHT DRY AVERAGE WET

Priority watering Brickworks Billabong Brickworks Billabong Edmonds Wetlands Edmonds Wetlands sites1 Lake Koorlong Sandilong Creek and Ned’s Corner (west) Ned’s Corner (west) Cardross Lakes Billabong Ned’s Corner Ned’s Corner Psyche Bend lagoon (central) (central) Woorlong Wetland Ned’s Corner (east) Ned’s Corner (east) Bottle Bend Ivan’s Wetland Ivan’s Wetland Karadoc Swamp Dimasi’s Wetland Dimasi’s Wetland Bullock Swamp Catfish Billabong Catfish Billabong Cardross Lakes Brickworks Billabong Brickworks Billabong Lake Koorlong Cowanna Billabong Cowanna Billabong Nyah Floodplain Johnstons Bend Johnstons Bend Chaffey Bend Chaffey Bend Sandilong Creek and Sandilong Creek and Billabong Billabong Psyche Bend Lagoon Psyche Bend Lagoon Woorlong Wetland Woorlong Wetland Bottle Bend Bottle Bend Karadoc Swamp Karadoc Swamp Bullock Swamp Bullock Swamp Spence’s Bend Spence’s Bend Wetlands Wetlands Cardross Lakes Cardross Lakes Lake Koorlong Lake Koorlong Buxton Buxton Pound Bend Pound Bend Carina Bend Carina Bend Margooya Lagoon Margooya Lagoon J1 Creek J1 Creek Yungera Wetland Yungera Wetland Narrung/ Narrung/ Murrumbidgee Murrumbidgee Wetland Wetland Bridge Creek Bridge Creek Burra Creek North Burra Creek North Burra Creek South Burra Creek South Nyah Floodplain Nyah Floodplain Vinifera Floodplain Vinifera Floodplain

Possible volume required from the 1,500 ML 6,750 ML 36,690 ML 36,690 ML Water Holdings

1 Priority watering sites and volumes required are based on the maximum number of sites and volumes of water required. Under each scenario there are a number of priorities for watering, based on factors such as timing of natural inflows and bird breeding events etc.

146 Victorian Environmental Water Holder Victorian Murray system 5.1

Risk management

In preparing its seasonal watering proposal, Mallee Catchment Management Authority considered and assessed the risks, and identified mitigating strategies, relating to the implementation of priority watering actions. Table 5.1.19 summarises these risks and the mitigating strategies. When environmental water is delivered during the season, risks are carefully reassessed, managed and mitigated by environmental watering program partners prior to and during the event.

Table 5.1.19 Risk management in the lower Murray wetlands

Risk type Mitigating strategies

Release volume is insufficient in meeting required flow at Flow at target point to be evaluated regularly and flow target point delivery arrangements/constraints to be adjusted as needed

Current environmental flow recommendations are Base decisions on best available knowledge inaccurate

Storage manager maintenance works affect ability to Continue communication with storage managers deliver water

Storage manager cannot deliver required volume or flow Engage storage manager throughout the watering rate (outlet/capacity constraints, insufficient storage season to assist with timing of releases when there is volume) sufficient capacity to meet requirements

Limited catchment management authority resources to Ensure that environmental water management within the deliver environmental release Mallee Catchment Management Authority is adequately resourced to undertake required delivery tasks

Cost of delivery exceeds available funding Provide contingency costs to the VEWH for unexpected activities Closely monitor delivery and expenditure Engage with water holders if issues eventuate that may result in increased delivery costs

Environmental releases cause personal injury to river Follow OHS policy and procedures to ensure users appropriate safety measures around pump outlets and any access that may become inundated

Releases cause water quality issues (e.g.. blackwater, Understand salinity discharge loads and the ability to low dissolved oxygen, mobilisation of saline pools, acid- manage through controlling release to allow adequate sulphate soils, etc.) dilution downstream An evaluation with stakeholders will be undertaken to address water quality issues as they arise

Improved conditions for non-native species (eg. carp) Avoid delivery throughout summer as carp breed in warmer conditions

Target water level not met and expansion of cumbungi Successive environmental water applications occurs implemented Consider mechanical harvesting to reduce the height of cumbungi to allow for control at lower water level

Environmental water account is overdrawn Weekly communication of volumes being delivered to ensure sufficient water is traded into accounts

Environmental releases cause flooding of private land or Landholder agreements will be undertaken for delivery public infrastructure of water to private land. All watering actions have to be considered to minimise flooding of private land, and contribution to any flooding Some access tracks may be inundated; appropriate road closures will be established to prevent damage

Unable to provide evidence in meeting ecological Ensure monitoring activities are undertaken objective Establish monitoring framework

Key stakeholders unsupportive of environmental water Communicate early about the delivery with stakeholders releases Communicate outcomes of watering

Seasonal Watering Plan 2014–15 147 5.1 Victorian Murray system

Consultation

The Mallee Catchment Management Authority has consulted stakeholders in the preparation of the seasonal watering proposal for the lower Murray wetlands These stakeholders are shown in Table 5.1.20.

Table 5.1.20 Key stakeholders involved in the preparation of the seasonal watering proposal for the lower Murray wetlands

Stakeholder consultation

Parks Victoria Field and Game Victoria Birdlife Australia Goulburn-Murray Water Lower Murray Water Murray-Darling Basin Authority New South Wales Office of Water Parks Victoria Private landholders Mallee Catchment Management Authority Board Commonwealth Environmental Water Office Department of Environment and Primary Industries Victorian Environmental Water Holder

Pictured: Hattah Lakes, by Victorian Environmental Water Holder

148 Victorian Environmental Water Holder Victorian Murray system 5.1 5.1.6 Lindsay, Wallpolla and Mulcra islands

System overview

Lindsay, Wallpolla and Mulcra islands cover over 26,100 hectares of River Murray floodplain, forming part of the Chowilla Floodplain and Lindsay-Wallpolla Island Living Murray icon site. The system includes semi-permanent and ephemeral waterways and wetlands, which support a range of vegetation types, including river red gum and black box woodlands and lignum shrublands. The creeks and streams are important in maintaining flowing water habitat for fish species such as the iconic Murray cod.

The islands are fed by high River Murray flows that are influenced by the upper Murray tributaries and flows in the . The islands are located in a reach of the River Murray that is highly regulated through a series of locks and weirs (Lock 6 to 9 all affect the natural hydrology). A combination of large floods, structural works, weir manipulation and temporary pumping allow the islands to be receive environmental water.

Structural works have been completed at Mulcra, Wallpolla and Lindsay islands that can be used to control flow through the anabranches and manage water to specific wetlands.

Current situation

Lindsay, Wallpolla and Mulcra islands have received environmental water since 2005. These environmental watering events have been successful in maintaining, and in some cases, improving the health of wetland plants and river red gums, along with improving conditions for native fish and waterbirds.

The commissioning of the Mulcra Island structures in 2013 provided water to the Mulcra Island floodplain, including some inundation of the fringing lignum shrublands.

Wallpolla Island did not receive environmental water in 2013-14, due to an attempt to dry the Wallpolla Horseshoe wetland to manage carp. Similarly, no environmental watering occurred at Lindsay Island, due to ongoing construction of environmental water management structures in the upper Lindsay River.

Priority watering actions and environmental objectives

Priority watering actions, along with their associated environmental objectives, are provided in Table 5.1.21.

Environmental watering at Lindsay, Wallpolla and Mulcra islands in 2014-15 aims to provide: opportunities for regeneration and improved growth and reproduction of aquatic and floodplain vegetation; feeding opportunities for waterbirds; and cues for fish breeding and recruitment.

In addition to the environmental objectives, these watering actions will also provide opportunities for recreational activities including boating, bird watching, bushwalking and fishing.

Seasonal Watering Plan 2014–15 149 5.1 Victorian Murray system

Table 5.1.21 Priority watering actions and environmental objectives for Lindsay, Wallpolla and Mulcra islands

Priority watering action Environmental objectives

Lindsay Island

Winter/spring freshening flows to Lindsay River and Provide flowing water habitat requirements to stimulate Mullaroo Creek (target raising of Lock 7 up to 500 mm fish spawning above normal operating height during winter) Commissioning of recently completed Living Murray program infrastructure at Lindsay Island

Winter/spring inundation of Webster’s Lagoon (targeting Promote wetland and aquatic plant diversity and inflows during August to November) maintain wetland condition

Spring inundation of Lake Wallawalla (targeting inflows Promote wetland and aquatic plant diversity, support during September to December) germination of fringing river red gum, and maintain wetland condition

Wallpolla Island

Spring inundation of Wallpolla Horseshoe and Finnigans Promote wetland and aquatic plant diversity and Creek (target raising of Lock 9 up to 500 mm above maintain wetland condition normal operating levels and provision of inflows during September to October)

Mulcra Island

Winter inundation of Mulcra Island (target surcharging Restore productivity linkages between river and of River Murray Lock 8 up to 800 mm above full supply floodplain habitats during July to August) Improve condition and increase extent to sustain species assemblages and processes typical of lignum communities Further commissioning of recently completed Living Murray program infrastructure at Mulcra Island

Scenario planning

Table 5.1.22 outlines the priority watering actions and expected water usage under a range of planning scenarios.

Specific flow rates and lock heights in the River Murray are required to facilitate environmental water deliveries to many parts of Mulcra, Wallpolla and Lindsay islands. As such, the ability to manage environmental water into these wetlands will be dependent upon sufficient flows being delivered down the Murray system. Under a wet scenario, high flows in the Murray system are likely to naturally inundate the wetlands, or significantly contribute to achieving the desired watering regimes.

As well as targeting environmental benefits, watering actions are importantly aimed at commissioning the new environmental water management structures. The commissioning of the Lindsay Island structures will coincide with a spring fresh to help stimulate spawning events in the Mullaroo Creek and Lindsay River.

150 Victorian Environmental Water Holder Victorian Murray system 5.1

Table 5.1.22 Priority watering actions for Lindsay, Wallpolla and Mulcra islands under a range of planning scenarios

Planning scenario

DROUGHT DRY AVERAGE WET

Priority watering Winter/spring Winter/spring Winter/spring Winter/spring actions inundation of freshening flows to freshening flows to freshening flows to Websters Lagoon Lindsay River and Lindsay River and Lindsay River and Spring inundation of Mullaroo Creek Mullaroo Creek Mullaroo Creek Wallpolla Horseshoe Winter/spring Winter/spring Winter/spring and Finnigans Creek inundation of inundation of inundation of Winter inundation of Websters Lagoon Websters Lagoon Websters Lagoon Mulcra Island Spring inundation of Spring inundation of Spring inundation of Lake Wallawalla Lake Wallawalla Lake Wallawalla Spring inundation of Spring inundation of Spring inundation of Wallpolla Horseshoe Wallpolla Horseshoe Wallpolla Horseshoe and Finnigans Creek and Finnigans Creek and Finnigans Creek Winter inundation of Winter inundation of Winter inundation of Mulcra Island Mulcra Island Mulcra Island

Possible volume 2,750 ML (requires 15,660 ML (requires 16,910 ML (requires 17,160 ML (requires required from the delivery of 5,500 ML delivery of 45,000 ML delivery of 45,000 ML delivery of 45,000 ML Water Holdings of consumptive of consumptive of consumptive of consumptive water en route) water en route) water en route) water en route)

Risk management

In preparing its seasonal watering proposal, Mallee Catchment Management Authority considered and assessed the risks, and identified mitigating strategies, relating to the implementation of priority watering actions. Table 5.1.23 summarises these risks and the mitigating strategies. When environmental water is delivered during the season, risks are carefully reassessed, managed and mitigated by environmental watering program partners prior to and during the event.

Table 5.1.23 Risk management for Lindsay, Wallpolla and Mulcra islands

Risk type Mitigating strategies

Mullaroo structure is not complete by August 2014, Continue to engage with SA Water and the Murray- impacting on the ability to generate flow in the upper Darling Basin Authority on construction. Lindsay

Release volume is insufficient in meeting required flow at Environmental water requirements can be met at all target point sites, monitoring of large infrastructure first operation and coordinating with river operations to manage delivery constraints

Current recommendations on environmental flow are Base decisions on current best available knowledge inaccurate

Storage manager maintenance works affect ability to Continue communication with storage managers deliver water

Storage manager cannot deliver required volume or flow Engage storage manager throughout the watering rate (outlet/capacity constraints, insufficient storage season to assist with timing of releases when there is volume) sufficient capacity to meet requirements

Releases cause water quality issues (eg. blackwater, Observe water quality throughout the watering season low dissolved oxygen, mobilisation of saline pools, acid and manage through controlling releases through sulphate soils etc.) structures to allow adequate dilution downstream

Improved conditions for non-native species (eg. carp) Avoid delivery throughout summer as warmer water can favour non-native species spawning events

Inappropriate watering regime used, resulting in loss of Base actions on best available knowledge and weigh up ecosystem function the cost/benefit of watering actions

Seasonal Watering Plan 2014–15 151 5.1 Victorian Murray system

Table 5.1.23 Risk management for Lindsay, Wallpolla and Mulcra islands (continued)

Risk type Mitigating strategies

Structures in the river do not allow the movement of Continue work with understanding movement requirements Murray cod to spawning grounds or back to home reach Provide adequate flow through regulators to facilitate movement

Limited catchment management authority resources to Ensure that environmental water management within the deliver environmental water Mallee Catchment Management Authority is adequately resourced to undertake required delivery tasks

Cost of delivery exceeds available funding Manage costs appropriately to ensure delivery costs are within budget

Environmental release cause personal injury to river user Appropriate safety measures around pump outlets and any access that may become inundated

Unable to provide evidence in meeting ecological Ensure monitoring activities are undertaken objective Establish monitoring framework

Key stakeholder not supportive of environmental water Communicate early about the delivery release

Environmental water account is overdrawn Weekly communication of volumes being delivered to ensure sufficient water is traded into accounts

Environmental water releases causes flooding of public Landholder agreements undertaken for flooding on infrastructure, private or Crown land private land Some access tracks may be inundated; appropriate road closures to prevent damage Agreements undertaken with land manager for flooding on Crown land

Consultation

The Mallee Catchment Management Authority has consulted stakeholders in the preparation of the seasonal watering proposal for the Lindsay, Wallpolla and Mulcra Islands. These stakeholders are shown in Table 5.1.24.

Table 5.1.24 Key stakeholders involved in the preparation of the seasonal watering proposal for the Lindsay, Wallpolla and Mulcra islands

Stakeholder consultation

Mallee Catchment Management Authority community committees Goulburn-Murray Water SA Water Lower Murray Water Parks Victoria Murray-Darling Basin Authority New South Wales government Department of Environment and Primary Industries Commonwealth Environmental Water Office Victorian Environmental Water Holder

152 Victorian Environmental Water Holder 5.2 Ovens system

Waterway manager – North East Catchment Management Authority Storage manager – Goulburn-Murray Water

The Ovens is a semi-regulated river system in the Murray-Darling Basin. The semi-regulated nature of the system means the Ovens has maintained a relatively natural flow regime. The Ovens system is particularly important for self-sustaining populations of native fish, including high-priority threatened migratory fish. The wetlands and rivers in the system support populations of Murray cod, , fly-specked hardyhead and trout cod. There are also populations of threatened bird species and frogs.

System overview

The system rises in the Great Dividing Range near Mount Hotham and flows approximately 150 kilometres to join the River Murray in the backwaters of and is semi-regulated. Only two small water storages have been constructed in the system – Lake Buffalo (~23,400 ML) on the and Lake William Hovell (~13,500 ML) on the . The reaches of the Ovens River system that are regulated are the Buffalo River below Lake Buffalo, the King River below Lake William Hovell, and the Ovens River from the confluence with the Buffalo River to Lake Mulwala (see Figure 5.2.1). The reaches of the Ovens River upstream of the confluence with the Buffalo River, and the reaches of the Buffalo and King rivers upstream of their storages are unregulated.

Due to only being regulated for part of the year, the Ovens River system maintains a relatively natural flow regime and has good connectivity. The river can be unregulated for long periods of the year with the storages passing all inflows. During the irrigation season, when water is required to supplement flows in the Ovens and King rivers for irrigation demands, domestic and stock requirements and minimum passing flows, Lake Buffalo and Lake William Hovell regulate releases to the system. The semi-regulated nature of the system means flow remains highly variable across the year. Therefore, environmental water delivery needs to be flexible to respond to unfolding conditions.

Pictured: Lower Ovens River, by North East CMA

Seasonal Watering Plan 2014–15 153 5.2 Ovens system

In recent years, there have been opportunities to add the held environmental water to a bulk release drawdown. The bulk release drawdown is made from Lake Buffalo to allow for annual maintenance at the end of the irrigation season and before the traditional winter-spring inflow period. When a bulk release drawdown is required, generally in April to May, the North East Catchment Management Authority and Goulburn-Murray Water work together to plan and deliver this water in a pattern that optimises environmental outcomes and contributes to meeting Victorian demand in the Murray system. These releases largely target outcomes in reach 4 (Ovens River from the Buffalo River to Everton/ Tarrawingee) and reach 5 (Ovens River from Everton/Tarrawingee to the Murray River at Lake Mulwala). The availability and volume of the bulk release drawdown is highly dependent on seasonal conditions.

The priority reach for environmental watering for 2014-15 is reach 5, the Ovens River from Everton/Tarrawingee to the River Murray (see Figure 5.2.1). This reach is particularly important in supporting high-priority threatened native fish species. It is also the reach most exposed to stress from very low summer flows. By delivering to reach 5, the benefits of a fresh event are also realised in reaches 1 to 4.

When the bulk release drawdown is not available, watering actions target reaches 1, 2 and 3 as the small volume of held water available limits the ability to meet the requirements of reaches 4 and 5.

Current situation

Over the past decade, the Ovens River system has been impacted by both drought and flood. Despite these impacts, environmental flow recommendations were largely met, except for low flows and high flows in reach 5. A small amount of environmental water (70 ML) held by the Commonwealth Environmental Water Holder has been managed and delivered in the Ovens system since 2009-10. There is 20 ML held in Lake Buffalo and 50 ML in Lake William Hovell. This water can only be delivered when the storages are not spilling. Environmental water was not actively delivered in 2010-11 due to major flooding in the system, and in 2012-13, the 50 ML entitlement in Lake William Hovell was unable to be delivered as the storage spilled earlier than expected.

Although only a relatively small volume of environmental water is held in the Ovens system, this water provides a number of important ecological outcomes, particularly in drier scenarios. These include maintaining variability and connectivity of flows, providing food resources, habitat and connectivity for macroinvertebrates and fish.

When available, a bulk release drawdown provides significantly greater scope for management of flows for environmental purposes. In 2013-14, the North East Catchment Management Authority was able to meet environmental flow recommendations for reaches 1, 4 and 5 by combining delivery of the bulk drawdown with delivery of environmental water. In addition to the environmental water and bulk releases, Goulburn-Murray Water is required to pass minimum environmental flows in the King, Buffalo and Ovens rivers under the bulk entitlement.

Priority watering actions and environmental objectives

Priority watering actions, along with their associated environmental objectives, are provided in Table 5.2.1 and illustrated in Figure 5.2.2.

The priority environmental objectives are to: maintain flow cues for native fish; maintain macroinvertebrate habitat; maintain natural connectivity along the river; manage sedimentation; and scour biofilms from the bed of the river.

In addition to the environmental objectives, these watering actions will also have the complementary benefit of supporting social values associated with passive recreation, fishing and boating.

154 Victorian Environmental Water Holder Ovens system 5.2

Figure 5.2.1 The Ovens system Reach 1 Buffalo River: Lake Buffalo to the Ovens River Reach 2 King River: Lake William Hovell to Moyhu ReachReach 31 King Buffalo River: River: Moyhu Lake to Buffalo the Ovens to the River Ovens River ReachReach 42 Ovens King River: River: Lake Buffalo William River Hovell to Everton/Tarrawingee to Moyhu ReachReach 53 Ovens King River: River: Moyhu Everton/Tarrawingee to the Ovens River to the Murray River at Lake Mulwala Reach 4 Measurement Ovens River: Buffalopoint River to Everton/Tarrawingee Reach •5 Town Ovens River: Everton/Tarrawingee to the Murray River at Lake Mulwala Measurement point • Town Murray Lake Mulwala River Corowa Murray •Yarrawonga • Lake MulwalaOvens River Lake Corowa• Rutherglen •Yarrawonga Moodemere• Ovens Indigo Dowdle Swamp Lake RutherglenDog • Creek Creek 5 MoodemereDiddah Indigo

Dowdle Swamp BlackDiddah

River Dog Springs Creek Creek 5 Diddah Creek

Diddah Springs

Creek Creek

Creek

Creek Reedy Wangaratta Yellow Creek • CreekHodgson Lake Sambell Creek • Beechworth Reedy Ovens Wangaratta Yellow Creek • 3 Hodgson Lake Sambell River Creek Creek Beechworth King Creek • Ovens 3 4 Burgoigee Mile Hurdle River Creek

Creek King Creek Creek

River Burgoigee Fifteen 4 Mile Hurdle Barwidgee Creek • Myrtleford Creek River Creek Valley Fifteen Happy Creek Barwidgee MyrtlefordBuffalo 1 • Ovens Boggy Black Valley Creek Happy Creek

Range Buffalo Creek 1 Ovens River Boggy Black Creek Range Creek Bright Lake Buffalo River • River Creek

2 BrightMorses Lake Buffalo River • Lake Catani River

Rose Dandongadale Buffalo

Buckland

2 Morses

River Creek

Lake William Rose Dandongadale Buffalo

Buckland

Hovell River River Creek

King Lake William

Hovell River River

King

River River

River River Cathernine

Cathernine Seasonal Watering Plan 2014–15 155 5.2 Ovens system

Table 5.2.1 Priority watering actions and environmental objectives for the Ovens system

Priority watering action Environmental objective

One summer/autumn low flow fresh targeting all reaches Maintain flow cues to stimulate movement of native fish (more than 130 ML per day for at least three days in Maintain short-term fluctuations in discharge to move reach 5 during April to May) sediment and maintain macroinvertebrate habitat Maintain connectivity between pools and riffles Scour biofilm from bed

Supporting summer/autumn low flows targeting reaches Maintain flow cues to stimulate movement of native fish 1, 2 and 3 (flows of 10-70 ML per day during December Maintain natural connectivity between pools and riffles to May) Scour bio-film from the bed Maintain short-term fluctuations in discharge to move sediment and maintain macroinvertebrate habitat

Figure 5.2.2 Priority watering actions for the Ovens system1

200

150 Summer/autumn fresh

100 Summer/autumn baseflows Flow (ML) per day

50

July 2014 Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Jan 2015 Feb Mar Apr May Jun Month

1 These figures are for illustrative purposes only. Scheduling and delivery of particular watering actions within the stated timeframes will vary

Scenario planning

Table 5.2.2 outlines the priority watering actions and expected water usage under a range of planning scenarios.

Depending on unfolding conditions during the 2014-15 season, water may be delivered either through one fresh event or to support summer/autumn base flows.

Under a drought and dry scenario, it is considered that releases of the small volume of held environmental water, over consecutive days, would provide critical low flow support during times when the system is under greatest stress.

Under an average scenario, the majority of recommended flows will be provided by the natural flow regime. In this case, it is likely that there will be a managed bulk release drawdown from Lake Buffalo at the end of the irrigation season in April or May. Availability of this release allows the North East Catchment Management Authority and Goulburn-Murray Water to coordinate delivery of an autumn low flow fresh. In this case, held environmental water will be used to complement the low flow fresh. Estimating available volumes, or the date, of the bulk release drawdown is not possible until late in the irrigation season. Conditions under this scenario may dictate that the 50 ML of environmental water held in Lake William Hovell needs to be released earlier as a separate event.

156 Victorian Environmental Water Holder Ovens system 5.2

Under a wet scenario, managed environmental watering would not be pursued. Under this scenario, Lake Buffalo and Lake William Hovell would be spilling. Held environmental water cannot be delivered when the storages are spilling. In a wet scenario, it is likely that all environmental objectives would be met through unregulated flows.

Table 5.2.2 Priority watering actions for the Ovens system under a range of planning scenarios

Planning scenario DROUGHT DRY AVERAGE1 WET2 Priority watering Maintain low flows, Maintain low flows, Summer/autumn low All flow components actions and avoidance of and avoidance of flow freshes achieved naturally cease to flow events cease to flow events Possible volume required from the 70 ML 70 ML Up to 70 ML 0 ML Water Holdings ¹ There is likely to be the opportunity to deliver low flow freshes using a bulk release drawdown from Lake Buffalo expected late in the season under the average scenario. North East Catchment Management Authority will collaborate with Goulburn-Murray Water to maximise environmental benefit from the drawdown. ² Under the wet scenario, it is unlikely that any managed environmental watering actions would be pursued as it is likely that all objectives would be met through unregulated flows.

Risk management

A number of risks have been assessed, and mitigating strategies identified, relating to the implementation of priority watering actions. Table 5.2.3 summarises these risks, and the mitigating strategies identified by the North East Catchment Management Authority.

Table 5.2.3 Risk management in the Ovens system

Risk type Mitigating strategy

Environmental releases cause flooding of public Liaise with Goulburn-Murray Water to ensure releases infrastructure, private and Crown land do not contribute to overbank flows

Consultation

The North East Catchment Management Authority has consulted stakeholders in the preparation of the seasonal watering proposal for the Ovens system. These stakeholders are shown in Table 5.2.4.

Table 5.2.4 Key stakeholders involved in the preparation of the seasonal watering proposal for the Ovens system

Stakeholder consultation

North East Catchment Management Authority Board Goulburn-Murray Water Commonwealth Environmental Water Office Victorian Environmental Water Holder

Seasonal Watering Plan 2014–15 157 5.3 Goulburn system

Waterway manager – Goulburn Broken Catchment Management Authority Storage manager – Goulburn-Murray Water

The Goulburn is Victoria’s largest river basin, covering over 1.6 million hectares or 7.1 percent of the State. The Goulburn River flows for 570 kilometres from the Great Dividing Range upstream of Woods Point to the River Murray east of Echuca. It is an iconic heritage river because of significant environmental, recreational and cultural values. It supports large areas of intact river red gum forest, and provides habitat for threatened and endangered bird and fish species. It also contains important cultural heritage sites, provides water for Victoria’s largest irrigation district and supports recreational activities such as fishing and canoeing. Within the Goulburn-Broken catchment, approximately 2,000 natural wetlands have been recorded, including a number of wetlands formally recognised for their conservation significance.

System overview Lake Eildon and Goulburn Weir have significantly modified the Goulburn River’s flow pattern. Due to the impact of water harvesting, lower flows now occur in the Goulburn River in winter and spring, while higher flows occur in summer and autumn due to releases to meet irrigation and consumptive demands – a reversal of what would happen naturally. The Goulburn River flow regime is also affected by land use change, and the construction of small dams and drainage schemes. Levees and other structures prevent water inundating the floodplain. Tributaries downstream of major infrastructure, such as Seven Creeks and the Broken River downstream of Goulburn Weir, help to contribute natural flows to the Goulburn River.

Environmental watering in the Goulburn River aims to help restore some of the natural flow patterns that have been removed through river regulation. The priority river reaches for environmental watering are reaches 4 and 5 (from Goulburn Weir to the River Murray), with reaches 1, 2 and 3 (between Lake Eildon and Goulburn Weir) benefiting from flows passing to the lower reaches. Reach 4 and 5 of the Goulburn River provide important habitat for native fish communities such as golden perch, Macquarie perch, carp gudgeon, trout cod, Murray cod and freshwater catfish. The environmental flow reaches are shown in Figure 5.3.1. Pictured: Goulburn River at McCoys Bridge, by Goulburn Broken CMA 158 Victorian Environmental Water Holder Goulburn system 5.3

Environmental water available in the Goulburn system includes Victorian, Commonwealth and Living Murray holdings. Commonwealth and Living Murray holdings are also often delivered through the Goulburn to downstream sites, while aiming to provide in-stream benefits to the Goulburn River en route. Environmental water in the Goulburn system can be released from Lake Eildon for reaches 1 to 3 and from Goulburn Weir for reaches 4 and 5. The measurement points for target flows are at Murchison for reach 4 and McCoys Bridge for reach 5.

Water can also be traded for use in the Goulburn system from other systems including the River Murray, subject to trading rules. Passing flows are provided under Goulburn-Murray Water’s bulk entitlement and consumptive water is delivered down the Goulburn River en route to the Murray River. Consumptive water can provide significant environmental benefits if delivered at the right time.

There are a large number of natural wetlands across the Goulburn catchment, including a number of wetlands formally recognised for their conservation significance. Of the Goulburn wetlands, Reedy Swamp, Doctors Swamp, One Tree Swamp, Two Tree Swamp, Wallenjoe Swamp and Mansfield Swamp can receive regulated environmental water. These wetlands contain vegetation communities ranging from river red gum dominated swamps to cane-grass. Providing environmental water to these wetlands relies on irrigation infrastructure within the Shepparton and Central Goulburn Irrigation Districts.

Reedy Swamp is an important waterbird breeding site and drought refuge. It is a stopover site for migratory birds such as the sharp-tailed sandpiper and marsh sandpiper. Reedy Swamp is listed in the Directory of Important Wetlands in Australia (as part of the Lower Goulburn listing) and is also part of the Lower Goulburn National Park. Doctors Swamp is a bioregionally significant swamp and is considered one of the most intact red gum swamps in Victoria.

One Tree Swamp, Two Tree Swamp, Wallenjoe Swamp and Mansfield Swamp form a large hydrologically-connected wetland system known as the Corop Wetland System. The Corop wetlands are listed in the Directory of Important Wetlands in Australia (as part of the Wallenjoe Wetlands listing) and are valued for their size, rarity, species diversity and waterbird habitat. Of note, One Tree and Two Tree Swamps provide important breeding habitat for brolga and One Tree Swamp is the largest cane- grass wetland in the Goulburn Broken catchment. Although the Corop Wetland System can receive environmental water, delivery of water to this system will not be considered until infrastructure works are completed to improve environmental water delivery efficiency and control.

Seasonal Watering Plan 2014–15 159

5.3 Goulburn system River

River

River Howqua Howqua 5 4 3 1 2 •

Jamieson Goulburn

• Creek •

Big Delatite

Ford Reach Reach Lake Eildon to Molesworth Reach Molesworth to Seymour Reach Seymour to Nagambie Reach Nagambie to Loch Garry Loch Garry to the River Murray Priority Wetlands for Environmental Water Town Measurement point Water infrastructure Mansfield River Lake Eildon 1 Creek

Rubicon River River

Creek Brankeet Creek •

• Taggerty •

Alexandra

Creek River Creek Marysville

Merton

Acheron Acheron Creek Spring Spring

Faithfulls Euroa

• River Honeysuckle Town Violet Home

Creeks

Broken River Murrindindi 2 Channel Seven Creek Creek

Creek • Shepparton

• Castle Creek Yea

River Main 4 Creightons

Loch Garry Creek Dairy

Pranjip

• Creek River Creek Parrot Burnt Creek

5

Tatura Goulburn Murchison • Hughes Creek

• Wormangal Goulburn King

Reedy Swamp Creek East "

Stuart Murray Canal Creek Whiteheads

• Creek 3 Dabyminga Doctors Swamp Kyabram Sunday Mia Mia

• Creek

McCoys Bridge Creek Dry Creek

Deep Seymour

Waranga Basin Creek Creek

Gouburn Weir Bylands

Cattanach Canal • Creek

Moora Creek Kurkuruc Kurkuruc

Sugarloaf Kilmore Murray Goulburn Nine Mile Creek

Waranga Western Channel Goborup Creek

Creek

Major Major

Creek

River Creek Cornella Cornella

Yallagalorrah Yallagalorrah Mollison One Tree Swamp One Tree Two Tree Swamp Tree Two Mansfield Swamp Wallenjoe Swamp Wallenjoe

King

Parrot

Creek

Aqueduct Creek Diversion

Silver

Water

Creek Melbourne

Wallaby Silver and Wallaby Creeks Figure 5.3.1 The Goulburn system

160 Victorian Environmental Water Holder Goulburn system 5.3 5.3.1 Goulburn River

Current situation

Environmental water delivery in the Goulburn River has targeted recovery of the system following drought, particularly native fish populations and bank vegetation. Flows in the Goulburn River were severely affected by the Millennium drought, with the worst conditions between 2005 and 2010 when flows in the lower Goulburn did not get much above required minimum flows. These conditions were followed by an extremely wet year in 2010-2011, which resulted in several natural floods – the first on the Goulburn floodplain since 1996. One of these floods, in December 2010, produced a major blackwater event causing fish deaths. The floods also left some river banks bare of vegetation, which led to bank slumping and notching in subsequent years.

Conditions since 2011-12 have been dry to average, with environmental water releases enabling most priority watering actions to be provided. Recovery of some vegetation on the riverbanks has occurred in recent years, particularly below the level where environmental freshes have been delivered, but remains spatially patchy to date. In 2013-14, notching was significantly reduced from levels seen in 2012-13.

Aquatic plants and macroinvertebrates have so far struggled to recover from the floods in 2010, however floodplain vegetation generally remains in good condition. Golden perch breeding was successful following a spring fresh event in 2013-14; the first major breeding event since the 2010 floods. Golden perch are a key objective in environmental flow delivery as they (and silver perch) are thought to need flow variation as a cue to spawning.

Priority watering actions and environmental objectives

The range of potential priority watering actions along with their associated environmental objectives, are provided in Table 5.3.1 and illustrated in Figure 5.3.2.

The focus in 2014-15 is similar to that of the past three years, which is to encourage the long-term improvement in the distribution, abundance and diversity of native fish, macroinvertebrates and vegetation. This will be achieved by implementing minimum flows and freshes, particularly in spring. Additional emphasis on bank stability and re-establishment of lower bank vegetation will continue from 2013-14.

In addition to the environmental objectives, these watering actions will support social values associated with passive recreation, fishing and boating.

Seasonal Watering Plan 2014–15 161 5.3 Goulburn system

Table 5.3.1 Priority watering actions and environmental objectives for the Goulburn system

Priority watering action Environmental objectives Seasonal baseflows (500 ML per day in reach 4 and/or Maximise habitat and movement opportunities for large 540 ML per day in reach 5, year round) and small-bodied native fish and juveniles Provide conditions that support macroinvertebrates including: maintaining suitable water quality, encouraging aquatic vegetation for habitat, submergence of snags for habitat and food and encouraging planktonic production for food Increased baseflows (830 ML per day in reach 4 and As above, plus: 940 ML per day in reach 5, year round, subject to water Submergence of additional snags for macroinvertebrate availability/conditions) food and habitat Maintain pool depths and natural sediment distribution Increase area of slackwater habitat in spring/summer to support spring-spawned larvae and juvenile fish Spring fresh (up to 15,000 ML per day with flows at or Support establishment of amphibious bank vegetation above 5,600 ML per day for 14 days in reach 4 and/or Maintain aquatic macrophyte, macroinvertebrate and reach 5 during October and November) fish habitat by mobilising fine sediments, submerging snags and replenishing slackwater habitat Initiate spawning and pre-spawning migrations and recruitment of native fish (golden perch) Summer/autumn fresh (up to 5,600 ML per day for two Maintain aquatic macrophyte, macroinvertebrate and days in reaches 4 and 5 during February and April) fish habitat by mobilising fine sediments, submerging snags and replenishing slackwater habitat Support establishment of amphibious bank vegetation Spring/summer fresh (up to 15,000 ML per day for two Initiate spawning and pre-spawning migrations and days in reaches 4 and 5 during November and December) recruitment of native fish (golden perch) Support establishment of amphibious bank vegetation Maintain aquatic macrophyte, macroinvertebrate and fish habitat by mobilising fine sediments, submerging snags and replenishing slackwater habitat Winter fresh (up to 15,000 ML per day with flows above Maintain aquatic macrophyte, macroinvertebrate and 6,600 ML per day for 14 days in reaches 4 and 5 during fish habitat by mobilising fine sediments, submerging June and August) snags and replenishing slackwater habitat

Figure 5.3.2 Priority watering actions for the Goulburn system1

Winter Spring/ freshes, Spring summer Reaches Winter freshes, fresh, fresh, 4 & 5 Reaches 4 & 5 Reaches Reaches 4 & 5 4 & 5

15,000

6,800 Summer/autumn fresh

6,500

3,900

Flow (ML) per day Year-round 2,600 baseflows, Year-round Reach 5 baseflows, Reach 4 1,300

July 2014 Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Jan 2015 Feb Mar Apr May Jun Month 1 These figures are for illustrative purposes only. Scheduling and delivery of particular watering actions within the stated timeframes will vary.

162 Victorian Environmental Water Holder Goulburn system 5.3

In addition to the priority watering actions outlined previously, environmental water may be used to slow the recession of unregulated flows or operational releases to reduce damage to banks and vegetation from rapid drops in water levels. This also helps prevent macroinvertebrates and fish from being stranded in small pools on river banks following higher flows.

Bankfull flows are important for maintaining channel shape and preventing in-filling of pools, while overbank flows are important for wetlands and bringing food resources into the river. However, they are not priority watering actions at this stage due to recent high and overbank flows. In addition, the feasibility of delivering overbank flows requires further investigation, including how best to deliver or supplement flows while avoiding damage to public and private assets. Therefore, overbank flows will only be achieved if they occur naturally.

Scenario planning

Table 5.3.2 outlines the priority watering actions and expected water usage under a range of planning scenarios.

If water is limited in the Goulburn system, the 2014 spring period is most important, followed by the 2014-2015 summer period (summer is potentially more biologically productive then autumn/winter), and then the 2015 autumn/winter period.

While scenario plans provide a guide as to the key decisions that may need to be made under a range of scenarios, in-season decision making will remain adaptive in order to ensure water delivery and prioritisation can be adjusted as required as the season unfolds.

Table 5.3.2 Priority watering actions for the Goulburn system under a range of planning scenarios

Planning scenario

DROUGHT VERY DRY DRY AVERAGE WET

Expected 50,000 ML 50,000 ML 50,000 ML 50,000 ML 50,000 ML availability of VEWH Holdings VEWH Holdings VEWH Holdings VEWH Holdings VEWH Holdings Water Holdings1 30,000 ML Living 39,000 ML Living 39,000 ML Living 39,000 ML Living 79,000 ML Living Murray Holdings Murray Holdings Murray Holdings Murray Holdings Murray Holdings 160,000 ML 213,000 ML 213,000 ML 213,000 ML 217,000 ML Commonwealth Commonwealth Commonwealth Commonwealth Commonwealth Holdings Holdings Holdings Holdings Holdings 240,000 ML total 302,000 ML total 302,000 ML total 302,000 ML total 346,000 ML total

Priority watering Winter/spring Winter/spring Increased winter/ Increased winter/ Increased winter/ actions (first baseflows baseflows spring baseflows spring baseflows spring baseflows tier)2 Spring/summer Spring/summer Spring/summer Spring/summer Spring/summer fresh fresh fresh fresh fresh Summer Summer Increased Increased Increased baseflows baseflows summer summer summer baseflows baseflows baseflows Autumn/winter Increased baseflows autumn/winter Increased Increased Increased baseflows autumn winter autumn winter autumn winter Increased winter/ baseflows baseflows baseflows spring baseflows Increased winter/ spring baseflows Increased winter/ Summer/autumn Summer/autumn Summer/autumn spring baseflows fresh fresh fresh Summer/autumn fresh Summer/autumn Spring/summer Spring/summer fresh fresh (2015) fresh (2015) Spring/summer fresh (2015) Spring/summer Increased winter/ Increased winter/ fresh (2015) spring baseflows spring baseflows Increased winter/ (2015) spring baseflows Increased winter/ Increased spring baseflows summer Increased Increased baseflows (2015) summer summer Increased baseflows (2015) baseflows (2015) summer baseflows (2015)

Seasonal Watering Plan 2014–15 163 5.3 Goulburn system

Table 5.3.2 Priority watering actions for the Goulburn system under a range of planning scenarios (continued)

Planning scenario

DROUGHT VERY DRY DRY AVERAGE WET

Priority watering Spring/summer Winter fresh Winter fresh Winter fresh Winter fresh actions (second fresh Increased Increased Increased Winter fresh tier)3 Increased winter/ autumn/winter autumn/winter winter/autumn Increased spring baseflows baseflows baseflows baseflows summer Increased Winter fresh baseflows and summer freshes baseflows

Possible volume required from 240,000 ML 302,000 ML 302,000 ML 302,000 ML 346,000 ML the Water Holdings

1 During water quality emergencies, up to 30,000 ML may be made available from Goulburn-Murray Water’s bulk entitlement to manage water quality issues. Additionally, the delivery of consumptive water en route, such as inter-valley transfers, may contribute to the achievement of some of the identified priority watering actions. 2 In addition to the watering actions identified above, environmental water may be used to manage the recession of high flows to minimise any ecological impact of rapid rates of water level fall, such as bank slumping. 3 Second-tier priority watering actions will only be delivered if sufficient water is available to meet first-tier priority watering actions or if they are delivered naturally.

Risk management

In preparing its seasonal watering proposal, the Goulburn Broken Catchment Management Authority considered and assessed risks, and identified mitigating strategies, relating to the implementation of priority watering actions (see Table 5.3.3). Risks and mitigating actions are continually reassessed by delivery partners throughout the water year.

Table 5.3.3 Risk management in the Goulburn system

Risk type Mitigating strategy

Current recommendations on environmental flow in Monitor outcomes from flow management and reassess inaccurate recommendations as necessary

Improved conditions for non-native species (eg. carp) None available

Unable to provide evidence in meeting environmental Seek involvement in, and contributions and results from objective monitoring and research programs

Environmental release interferes with irrigation pumps Provide public information on environmental water and pumping release intentions, and alter environmental water release management if possible

Environmental releases cause flooding of public Consider potential catchment runoff from forecast infrastructure, private or Crown land rainfall in deciding when to commence releases and whether to prematurely cease releases

Key stakeholders unsupportive of environmental water Keep key stakeholders aware of environmental water release release plans and timing

Limited catchment management authority resources to Seek resources to manage flows deliver environmental release

Storage manager maintenance works affect ability to Continued liaison with storage manager to plan releases deliver water around maintenance activity

Storage manager cannot deliver required volume or Continued liaison with storage manager to plan releases inflow rate (outlet/capacity constraints, insufficient around system operation to maximise environmental storage volume) releases

164 Victorian Environmental Water Holder Goulburn system 5.3

Consultation

The Goulburn Broken Catchment Management Authority has consulted stakeholders in the preparation of the seasonal watering proposals for the Goulburn River. These stakeholders are shown in Table 5.3.4.

Table 5.3.4 Key stakeholders involved in the preparation of the seasonal watering proposal for the Goulburn River

Stakeholder consultation

Goulburn Environmental Water Advisory Group (made up of community members) Nation Aboriginal Corporation Goulburn-Murray Water Parks Victoria Goulburn Broken Catchment Management Authority Board Commonwealth Environmental Water Office Victorian Environmental Water Holder

Pictured: Goulburn River, by Goulburn Broken CMA

Seasonal Watering Plan 2014–15 165 5.3 Goulburn system 5.3.2 Goulburn wetlands

Current situation

Delivery of environmental water to the Goulburn wetlands has not been required in recent years, due to natural flooding between 2010 and 2012. Reedy Swamp filled naturally after an unseasonal rainfall event in February 2013, then partially dried, and is now wet again following further rainfall in autumn 2014. Doctors Swamp has also partially filled from natural rainfall events.

One Tree Swamp, Two Tree Swamp, Mansfield Swamp and Wallenjoe Swamp have been dry since February 2013. This drying phase is needed as a majority of these wetlands had experienced prolonged flooding between 2010 and 2012 and had exceeded their optimal wetting regimes. Delivery of environmental water to these wetlands will not be considered until infrastructure works are completed to improve environmental water delivery efficiency and control.

Priority watering actions and environmental objectives

Priority watering actions, along with their associated environmental objectives, are provided in Table 5.3.5.

Environmental water delivery in 2014-15 will assist with maintaining vegetation communities at Doctors Swamp and also providing opportunities for waterbird breeding at Reedy Swamp.

In addition to the environmental objectives, these watering actions will also provide complementary recreational benefits for activities such as camping, fishing, picnicking, and walking.

Table 5.3.5 Priority watering actions and environmental objectives for the Goulburn wetlands

Priority watering action Environmental objectives

Doctors Swamp Provide top up flows in spring and Maintain diversity of native wetland plant species to be autumn if required, promote natural drying phase over consistent with the list of species and condition detailed summer under red gum swamp ecological vegetation class benchmark Provide opportunities for waterbird breeding

Reedy Swamp: Provide top up flows in spring and Improve the diversity of native wetland plant species autumn if required, promote natural drying phase over to be consistent with the list of species and condition summer detailed in the ecological vegetation class benchmarks surrounding the Swamp Maintain habitat for waterbird breeding especially royal spoonbills and ibis

Scenario planning

Table 5.3.6 outlines the priority watering actions and expected water usage under a range of planning scenarios.

In drier periods, restricted water resources and natural inflows may limit what can be realistically achieved in the Goulburn wetlands through environmental water management. In wetter periods, the ecological and hydrological objectives of a wetland may be largely met by natural inflows and only small volumes of environmental water may be required.

The decision to deliver environmental water to Reedy and Doctors swamps will be based on their hydrological condition, waterbird breeding activity, and the potential impact environmental water delivery may have on wetland vegetation.

166 Victorian Environmental Water Holder Goulburn system 5.3

Table 5.3.6 Priority watering actions for the Goulburn wetlands under a range of planning scenarios

Planning scenario

DROUGHT DRY AVERAGE WET

Priority watering Doctors Swamp Doctors Swamp Doctors Swamp Doctors Swamp sites1 Reedy Swamp Reedy Swamp Reedy Swamp Reedy Swamp

Possible volume required from the 4,000 ML 4,000 ML 2,000 ML 2,000 ML Water Holdings

1 Priority watering sites and volumes required are based on the maximum number of sites and volumes of water required. Under each scenario there are a number of priorities for watering, based on factors such as timing of natural inflows and bird breeding events etc.

Risk management

In preparing its seasonal watering proposal, the Goulburn Broken Catchment Management Authority considered and assessed risks, and identified mitigating strategies, relating to the implementation of priority watering actions (see Table 5.3.7). Risks and mitigating actions are continually reassessed by environmental watering program partners throughout the water year.

Table 5.3.7 Risk management in the Goulburn wetlands

Risk type Mitigating strategies

Storage manager cannot deliver required volume or flow Ongoing dialogue with Goulburn-Murray Water regarding rate (outlet/capacity constraints, insufficient storage consumptive demand in the system, to assist in timing volume) releases when there is available capacity to meet desired flow rates

Improved conditions for non-native species (eg. carp) Minimising summer inundation and placing carp screens on inlet channels can reduce the risk

Environmental water account is overdrawn Ongoing dialogue with Goulburn-Murray Water regarding the volume of water delivered, so that if required, additional water resources can be sought in advance and negotiated with the VEWH, avoiding overdrawing the water account, while achieving the environmental objectives

Consultation

The Goulburn Broken Catchment Management Authority has consulted stakeholders in the preparation of the seasonal watering proposal for the Goulburn wetlands. These stakeholders are shown in Table 5.3.8.

Table 5.3.8 Key stakeholders involved in the preparation of the seasonal watering proposal for the Goulburn wetlands

Stakeholder consultation

Goulburn Environmental Water Advisory Group (made up of community members) Goulburn Broken Catchment Wetland Management Group Yorta Yorta Nation Aboriginal Corporation Goulburn-Murray Water Parks Victoria Goulburn Broken Catchment Management Authority Board Commonwealth Environmental Water Office Victorian Environmental Water Holder

Seasonal Watering Plan 2014–15 167 5.4 Broken system

Waterway manager – Goulburn Broken Catchment Management Authority Storage manager – Goulburn-Murray Water

The Broken system, including the Broken River, lower Broken Creek, upper Broken Creek and wetlands ,supports threatened plant and animal species, including six native fish species of State and national conservation significance, and iconic species such as the Murray cod. The system also supports riparian vegetation, especially in the lower reaches of the Broken Creek. It forms an important part of the irrigation distribution system, delivering water from the Murray and Goulburn systems into the Murray Valley and Shepparton irrigation districts. It is also a popular area for recreational fishing and bushwalking.

System overview

The Broken River, Broken Creek and Broken wetlands (including Moodies, Black and Kinnairds swamps) are connected water features in the Broken River catchment (see Figure 5.4.1). Despite their hydrologic connection however, the Broken River and upper and lower Broken creeks can be managed as separate water supply systems due to the presence of water supply infrastructure such as weirs and channels.

The Broken River is a tributary of the Goulburn River, rising in the highlands south of Benalla and flowing north-west until it joins the Goulburn River near Shepparton. Lake Nillahcootie is the major storage on the Broken River, which stores water during winter/spring for release in spring/summer/autumn to supply predominantly irrigation demands along the river downstream to Shepparton and along the upper Broken Creek.

The Broken River is listed as a wetland of national significance, and is recognised for the presence of threatened fish species, including Murray cod, Macquarie perch and silver perch. A small volume of Commonwealth environmental water is available for use in the Broken River; however, the majority of flow is contributed by consumptive water delivery, minimum passing flows and unregulated flows.

Pictured: Broken Creek at Cemetery Bridge, by Goulburn Broken CMA 168 Victorian Environmental Water Holder Broken system 5.4

The Broken Creek diverges from the Broken River downstream of Benalla and flows to the River Murray near Barmah Forest. The area is dominated by unique box riparian vegetation, supports remnant plains grassy woodland, and provides habitat for a variety of threatened fauna. Much of this area lies within the Broken Boosey State Park. Irrigation modernisation projects have reduced consumptive water demand in the upper Broken Creek system, resulting in reduced water deliveries and therefore relatively low flows all year from Caseys Weir to Waggarandal Weir. Flows often cease completely between Waggarandal Weir and Katamatite, with short duration freshes and high flow events occurring only in response to catchment rainfall. Environmental water can be diverted from the Broken River at Caseys Weir to flow down the upper Broken Creek. The Commonwealth Environmental Water Holder holds approximately 121 ML of environmental water in the Broken system.

The lower Broken and Nine Mile creeks have been regulated for over 50 years, significantly altering their flow regimes. The lower Broken Creek is operated separately to the upper Broken Creek and Broken River, because regulated water is delivered to the lower Broken Creek from the Goulburn and Murray systems via the irrigation channel network (rather than from the Broken River). Under natural conditions, the creeks would have flowed in response to significant rainfall (mainly in winter/spring) and would have ceased to flow for extended periods during summer and autumn. Today, significant flows are maintained throughout summer and autumn to supply water for irrigation, domestic and stock use. From east of Nathalia downstream, the Broken Creek has eight managed shallow weirs providing a near-constant water level that facilitates the extraction of irrigation and consumptive water. While the weir pools provide important native fish habitat, their water quality is often poor in summer and autumn.

Environmental water provided in the lower Broken Creek can be sourced from Victorian and Commonwealth Water Holdings in the Goulburn and Murray systems. Environmental water in the lower Broken Creek is released from the Goulburn system through the East Goulburn Main Channel, and from the Murray system through the Yarrawonga Main Channel. The priority river reach for environmental watering is reach 3 (from Nathalia Weir Pool to the River Murray), with flows also benefiting reaches 1 and 2. The measurement point for target flows in the lower Broken Creek is at Rices Weir.

Three wetlands in the Broken system (Moodies, Kinnairds and Black swamps) can be managed with environmental water. These wetlands contain vegetation communities ranging from river red gum dominated swamps to cane-grass wetlands. Providing environmental water to the wetlands relies on irrigation infrastructure within the Shepparton, Central Goulburn and Murray Valley irrigation districts.

Consultation

The Goulburn Broken Catchment Management Authority has consulted stakeholders in the preparation of the seasonal watering proposal for the Broken system. These stakeholders are shown in Table 5.4.1.

Table 5.4.1 Key stakeholders involved in the preparation of the seasonal watering proposal for the Broken system

Stakeholder consultation

Broken Environmental Water Advisory Group (made up of community members) Goulburn Broken Catchment Wetland Management Group Goulburn-Murray Water River Murray Water (Murray-Darling Basin Authority) Goulburn Broken Catchment Management Authority Board Commonwealth Environmental Water Office Victorian Environmental Water Holder

Seasonal Watering Plan 2014–15 169 5.4 Broken system

Figure 5.4.1 The Broken system

River Murray

BARMAH NATIONAL PARK Cobram •

Rices Weir Broken Nathalia Weir Main Channel Nathalia Kinnairds Swamp 3 • Creek Numurkah Katamatite Broken • Yarrawonga 2 • Boosey 1 Upper

Creek 3 Mile Creek Creek Sandy 2 Nine Moodies Broken PineBlack Swamp Channel Swamp

Lodge

Main

Creek Waggarandall Shepparton Weir • Creek Goulburn 1 Winton Wetlands East Creek () Broken 3 Casey's Weir River

2 Winton Benalla Creek • Creek

Ryans Creek 1

Holland Lower Broken Creek Broken 1 Creek

Reach Broken Creek: Boosey Creek to Nine Mile Creek Creek

Mile 2 Sam Reach Nine Mile Creek and Broken Creek to Nathalia Weir Creek Reach 3 Broken Creek: Nathalia Weir to River Murray Five

Watchbox Watchbox River

Broken River East 1 Reach Broken River from Lake Nillahcootie to Hollands Creek Creek Reach 2 Broken River from Hollands Creek to Caseys Weir Lima Lake Reach 3 Broken River from Caseys Weir to the Goulburn River Nillahcootie Upper Broken Creek Creek Reach 1 Broken Creek from Caseys Weir to Waggarandall Weir Sawpit Reach 2 Broken Creek from Waggarandall Weir to Reillys Weir Reach 3 Broken Creek from Reillys Weir to the Katamatite (confluence with Boosey Creek) Priority wetlands for environmental water Measurement point Water infrastructure • Town

170 Victorian Environmental Water Holder Broken system 5.4 5.4.1 Broken River and upper Broken Creek

Current situation

Due to limitations on environmental water availability, delivery and timing constraints, environmental water delivery in the Broken River targets long-term environmental outcomes, rather than drought recovery. Baseflows in autumn and early winter were generally naturally achieved in the last two years, although 2013 flows lacked some natural variability and in June were down to 5 ML per day. There have been no freshes through the summer/autumn and early winter. The Broken River in the reach downstream of Lake Nillahcootie requires variable minimum flows and more particularly, freshes in autumn/early winter. The upper Broken Creek has not received winter/spring or summer/autumn freshes for several years, and would benefit by their provision.

A small volume of environmental water held by the Commonwealth Environmental Water Holder is available for use in the upper Broken system. This water was released in 2012-13, targeting habitat maintenance in the creek, however was prioritised for use in Moodies Swamp in 2013-14 (see section 5.4.3). The introduction of inter-valley trade in the upper Broken trading zones, subject to conditions, may provide some limited opportunity for improved environmental water availability and flow benefits in 2014-15.

Priority watering actions and environmental objectives

The range of potential priority watering actions along with their associated environmental objectives, are provided in Table 5.4.2 and illustrated in Figures 5.4.2 and 5.4.3.

The priority environmental objectives are to: maintain creek vegetation and water quality; provide native fish passage; provide suitable water quality conditions for native fish and macroinvertebrates.

Table 5.4.2 Priority watering actions and environmental objectives for the Broken River and upper Broken Creek

Priority watering action Environmental objective

Winter fresh targeting the upper Broken Creek (up to Maintain creek vegetation with variable wet/dry zone 200 ML per day for two days during July to November) Maintain creek water quality and fish pool habitat Maintain and restore creek macroinvertebrate habitat

Spring/summer/autumn fresh targeting the upper Maintain creek vegetation with variable wet/dry zone Broken Creek (up to 200 ML per day for two days during Maintain creek water quality and fish pool habitat November to April) Maintain and restore creek macroinvertebrate habitat

Autumn/winter baseflow or fresh targeting the upper Maintain Broken River riffles and slackwater habitats for Broken River (500 ML per day for two days during March fish and macroinvertebrates to June)

Seasonal Watering Plan 2014–15 171 5.4 Broken system

Figure 5.4.2 Priority watering actions for the upper Broken Creek1

500

400

300

Spring/summer/autumn fresh Winter/spring fresh

200 Flow (ML) per day

100

July 2014 Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Jan 2015 Feb Mar Apr May Jun Month

Figure 5.4.3 Priority watering actions for the Broken River1

Autumn/winter fresh

500

400

300

200 Flow (ML) per day

100

July 2014 Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Jan 2015 Feb Mar Apr May Jun Month

1 These figures are for illustrative purposes only. Scheduling and delivery of particular watering actions within the stated timeframes will vary.

172 Victorian Environmental Water Holder Broken system 5.4

Scenario planning

Table 5.4.3 outlines the priority watering actions and expected water usage under a range of planning scenarios.

All scenarios plan to use the 121 ML of Commonwealth environmental water potentially available; however, this may need to be prioritised against Moodies Swamp (see section 5.4.3). More water is required to deliver all priority watering actions, with 400-500 ML usable for the autumn fresh, and more required if two components are delivered in the same year.

Table 5.4.3 Priority watering actions for the Broken River under a range of planning scenarios

Planning scenario

DROUGHT DRY AVERAGE WET

Expected availability 29 ML 117 ML 121 ML 121 ML of Water Holdings Commonwealth Commonwealth Commonwealth Commonwealth Holdings Holdings Holdings Holdings

Priority watering Autumn fresh in Autumn fresh in Summer/autumn Winter/spring fresh in actions upper Broken Creek upper Broken Creek fresh in upper Broken upper Broken Creek Autumn/winter Autumn/winter Creek Summer/autumn baseflows and baseflows and Autumn/winter fresh in upper Broken freshes in Broken freshes in Broken baseflows and Creek River River freshes in Broken Autumn winter River baseflows in Broken River

Possible volume required from the 1,400 1,400 1,400 1,800 Water Holdings1

1 Possible volumes required from the Water Holdings are maximum volumes and may be reduced if met through unregulated flows from the River Murray or passing flows.

Risk management

In preparing its seasonal watering proposal, the Goulburn Broken Catchment Management Authority considered and assessed risks, and identified mitigating strategies, relating to the implementation of priority watering actions (see Table 5.4.4). Risks and mitigating actions are continually reassessed by environmental watering program partners throughout the water year.

Table 5.4.4 Risk management in the Broken River

Risk type Mitigating strategy

Release volume is insufficient in meeting required flow at Ongoing dialogue with Goulburn-Murray Water regarding target point consumptive demand in the system to assist in timing releases when there is available capacity to meet desired flow rates

Improved conditions for non-native species (eg. carp) None available

Current recommendations on environmental flow Monitor outcomes from flow management and reassess inaccurate recommendations as necessary

Unable to provide evidence in meeting environmental Seek involvement in, and contributions and results from objective monitoring and research programs

Key stakeholders not supportive of environmental water Keep key stakeholders aware of fresh plans and timing release

Environmental releases causes flooding of private or Consider potential catchment runoff from forecast Crown land rainfall in deciding when to commence releases and whether to prematurely cease releases, and monitor flow responses to freshes delivered

Seasonal Watering Plan 2014–15 173 5.4 Broken system 5.4.2 Lower Broken Creek

Current situation

Over recent years, environmental water has been delivered in the lower Broken Creek to help maintain water quality (particularly appropriate levels of dissolved oxygen) and provide habitat for native fish. In 2013-14, environmental flows were provided through a combination of River Murray unregulated flows, Commonwealth environmental water and inter-valley transfers.

Due to fluctuating irrigation water use from the lower Broken Creek, environmental flow targets of 250 ML per day (to increase large-bodied native fish habitat during migration and breeding seasons and to maintain dissolved oxygen levels in the warmer months) were not always met; however, there were no recorded impacts on native fish populations as a result. Large-bodied native fish continue to be found throughout the lower Broken Creek (including Murray cod, golden perch and silver perch), with some fish moving along the creek through the fish ladders. Monitoring continues to show the success of using high baseflows (up to 250 ML per day) to limit the occurrence of periods of low dissolved oxygen. Monitoring also shows there is a good coverage of bank vegetation, with amphibious (able to live in both water and on land) and flood-tolerant vegetation restricted to a narrow band above the pool water level height.

Priority watering actions and environmental objectives

Priority watering actions, along with their associated environmental objectives, are provided in Table 5.4.5 and illustrated in Figure 5.4.4.

The priority environmental objectives are to: provide native fish passage; provide suitable water quality conditions for native fish; and improve fish habitat during migration and breeding seasons.

In addition to the environmental objectives, these watering actions will also provide benefits to consumptive users through improvements in water quality.

Table 5.4.5 Priority watering actions and environmental objectives for the lower Broken Creek

Priority watering action Environmental objective

Year-round low flows (40 ML per day during August to Provide native fish passage May)

Winter/spring medium flows (120 ML per day during Minimise azolla growth August to November)

Spring/summer/autumn medium flows (150-250 ML per Maintain water quality, including dissolved oxygen levels day during October to May) above five milligrams per litre

Winter/spring freshes (freshes of 120-250 ML per day for Remove large azolla blooms up to 14 days as required during August to November)

Spring/summer high flows (250 ML per day during Increase native fish habitat during migration and September to December) breeding seasons

174 Victorian Environmental Water Holder Broken system 5.4

Figure 5.4.4 Priority watering actions for the lower Broken Creek1

Spring/summer high flows

Winter/spring 300 fresh

240

180 Spring/summer/autumn medium flows

120 Flow (ML) per day Winter/spring medium flows 60

Winter/spring/summer/ autumn low flows

July 2014 Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Jan 2015 Feb Mar Apr May Jun Month

1 These figures are for illustrative purposes only. Scheduling and delivery of particular watering actions within the stated timeframes will vary.

As the lower Broken Creek is part of the irrigation distribution system, channel capacity constraints can restrict the amount of water provided for environmental purposes, particularly during spring and autumn. The Goulburn Broken Catchment Management Authority will work with Goulburn-Murray Water to optimise the delivery of water to the lower Broken Creek by using available capacity from both the Murray and Goulburn systems.

Scenario planning

Table 5.4.6 outlines the priority watering actions and expected water usage under a range of planning scenarios.

Due to regulation of the lower Broken and Nine Mile creeks, their environmental water needs are relatively fixed from year to year independent of annual climatic conditions. Catchment runoff may contribute to winter low flows and winter/spring freshes. However, for the most part, flows must be delivered from the Murray and Goulburn rivers to achieve priority watering actions. Some of these priority watering actions can be met through the delivery of consumptive water en route from the Goulburn system (inter-valley transfers), or through unregulated flows from the Murray system.

During the season, the environmental watering needs of the lower Broken Creek vary, and are determined by ongoing water quality and azolla monitoring. Flows will be managed in response to drops in water quality (if dissolved oxygen levels fall towards five milligrams per litre) and if azolla growth increases. Flows will be managed to maximise native fish movement and provide habitat opportunities throughout the year.

Goulburn-Murray Water’s bulk entitlement makes available up to 30,000 ML of water to assist in mitigating water quality emergencies (such as blackwater events) in the Goulburn River and lower Broken Creek systems.

Seasonal Watering Plan 2014–15 175 5.4 Broken system

Table 5.4.6 Priority watering actions for the lower Broken Creek under a range of planning scenarios

Planning scenario

VERY DRY AVERAGE WET

Expected availability of Water can be accessed Water can be accessed Water can be accessed Water Holdings1 from VEWH Holdings, from VEWH Holdings, from VEWH Holdings, Commonwealth Holdings Commonwealth Holdings Commonwealth Holdings and consumptive water en and consumptive water en and consumptive water en route route route

Priority watering actions Year-round low flows Year-round low flows Year-round low flows Winter/spring medium Winter/spring medium Winter/spring medium flows flows flows Summer/autumn medium Summer/autumn medium Summer/autumn medium flows flows flows Winter/spring fresh Winter/spring fresh Winter/spring fresh Spring/summer high flows Spring/summer high flows Spring/summer high flows

Possible volume required Up to 64,000 ML Up to 64,000 ML Up to 64,000 ML from the Water Holdings2

1 During water quality emergencies, up to 30,000 ML is available from Goulburn-Murray Water’s bulk entitlement to manage water quality issues. 2 Possible volumes required from the Water Holdings are maximum volumes and may be reduced if met through unregulated flows from the River Murray or the delivery of consumptive water en route (inter-valley transfers).

Risk management

In preparing its seasonal watering proposal, the Goulburn Broken Catchment Management Authority considered and assessed risks, and identified mitigating strategies, relating to the implementation of priority watering actions (see Table 5.4.7). Risks and mitigating actions are continually reassessed by delivery partners throughout the water year.

Table 5.4.7 Risk management in the lower Broken Creek

Risk type Mitigating strategy

Storage manager cannot deliver required volume Have environmental water available from both the Murray and Goulburn systems

Improved conditions for non-native species (eg. carp) None available

Current recommendations on environmental flow Monitor outcomes from flow management and reassess inaccurate recommendations as necessary

Unable to provide evidence in meeting environmental Seek involvement, contributions and results from objective monitoring and research programs

176 Victorian Environmental Water Holder Broken system 5.4 5.4.3 Broken wetlands

Current situation Environmental water was delivered to Kinnairds Swamp and Black Swamp in April 2014 – two months after the wetlands were burnt out during the Wunghnu complex fires in February 2014.

Black Swamp was burnt severely with a majority of the dead red gums in the bed of the wetland burnt down or completely burnt out. These dead trees provided excellent habitat for birds and small mammals. Young river red gums in the bed of the wetland were also burnt during the fire. Terrestrial vegetation surrounding the wetland was severely burnt, which will have a detrimental effect on dependent animals.

Similar to Black Swamp, surrounding terrestrial vegetation was severely burnt by the fire at Kinnairds Swamp. The wetland bed of Kinnairds Swamp was also severely burnt, but the majority of the native wetland plants were dormant as the wetland was experiencing a dry phase during the fire. These plants are expected to regenerate readily upon delivery of environmental water. Large beds of giant rush and cumbungi were also burnt during the fire, causing the loss of habitat for wetland species such as the , rails and crakes.

In 2013-14, environmental water was delivered to Moodies Swamp following a drying phase. The aims of the delivery of environmental water were to promote threatened plant species (eg. ridged water-milfoil), provide breeding habitat for waterbirds and improve general wetland productivity.

Priority watering actions and environmental objectives Priority watering actions along with their associated environmental objectives are provided in Table 5.4.8.

Environmental water delivery in 2014-15 will assist with vegetation recovery at Black Swamp and Kinnairds Swamp as well as maintaining vegetation communities and providing opportunities for waterbird breeding at Moodies Swamp.

In addition to the environmental objectives, these watering actions will provide complementary recreational benefits for activities such as camping, fishing, picnicking, and walking.

Table 5.4.8 Priority watering actions and environmental objectives for the Broken wetlands

Priority watering action Environmental objectives Black Swamp: Provide top up flows in spring, summer Improve the diversity of native wetland plant species and/or autumn if required and unless significant to be consistent with the list of species and condition waterbird breeding events occur, promote natural drying detailed under red gum swamp ecological vegetation phase over spring/summer if wetland remains wet for class benchmark optimal wetting period Provide opportunities for waterbird breeding Kinnairds Swamp: Provide top up flows in spring, Improve the diversity of native wetland flora species summer and/or autumn if required and unless significant to be consistent with the list of species and condition waterbird breeding events occur, promote natural drying detailed under red gum swamp ecological vegetation phase over spring/summer if wetland remains wet for class benchmark optimal wetting period Improve the diversity of native wetland flora species to be consistent with the list of species and condition detailed under the plains grassy wetland ecological vegetation class benchmark Maintain populations of vulnerable ridged water-milfoil and endangered slender water-milfoil Provide opportunities for waterbird breeding especially royal spoonbills and the Australasian shoveler Moodies Swamp: Provide top up flows in spring, Maintain the diversity of species to be consistent with summer and/or autumn if required, promote natural the list of species and condition detailed under the cane- drying phase over spring/summer if wetland remains wet grass swamp ecological vegetation class benchmark for optimal wetting period Provide opportunities for waterbird breeding especially brolga Maintain populations of the vulnerable ridged water-milfoil

Seasonal Watering Plan 2014–15 177 5.4 Broken system

Scenario planning

Table 5.4.9 outlines the priority watering actions and expected water usage under a range of planning scenarios.

During the season, the decision to deliver environmental water to Black Swamp, Moody Swamp and Kinnairds Swamp will be based on their hydrological condition, waterbird breeding activity and the potential impact environmental water delivery may have on wetland vegetation.

Table 5.4.9 Priority watering actions for the Broken wetlands under a range of planning scenarios

Planning scenario

DROUGHT DRY AVERAGE WET

Priority watering Black Swamp Black Swamp Black Swamp Black Swamp sites1 Moodies Swamp Moodies Swamp Moodies Swamp Moodies Swamp Kinnairds Swamp Kinnairds Swamp Kinnairds Swamp Kinnairds Swamp

Possible volume required from the 1,500 ML 1,500 ML 750 ML 750 ML Water Holdings

1 Priority watering sites and volumes required are based on the maximum number of sites and volumes of water required. Under each scenario there are a number of priorities for watering, based on factors such as timing of natural inflows and bird breeding events etc.

Risk management

In preparing its seasonal watering proposal, the Goulburn Broken Catchment Management Authority considered and assessed risks, and identified mitigating strategies, relating to the implementation of priority watering actions (see Table 5.4.10). Risks and mitigating actions are continually reassessed by delivery partners throughout the water year.

Table 5.4.10 Risk management in the Broken wetlands

Risk type Mitigating strategies

Storage manager cannot deliver required volume or flow Ongoing dialogue with Goulburn-Murray Water regarding rate (outlet/capacity constraints, insufficient storage consumptive demand in the system, to assist in timing volume) releases when there is available capacity to meet desired flow rates

Improved conditions for non-native species (e.g. carp) There is no strategy to mitigate this risk; however, minimising summer inundation and placing carp screens on inlet channels can reduce the risk

Environmental water account is overdrawn Ongoing dialogue with Goulburn-Murray Water regarding the volume of water delivered, so that if required, additional water resources can be sought in advance and negotiated with the VEWH, avoiding overdrawing the water account, while achieving the environmental objectives

178 Victorian Environmental Water Holder 5.5 Campaspe system

Waterway manager – North Central Catchment Management Authority Storage managers – Goulburn-Murray Water; Coliban Water

The Campaspe River, downstream of , supports iconic river red gum communities and a wide range of healthy native fish populations. The high density of in-stream wood provides ideal habitat for aquatic animals, including the nationally significant Murray cod and many species of State significance such as silver perch and Murray-Darling rainbowfish. The Coliban River, upstream of Lake Eppalock, provides habitat for a range of native aquatic species, including platypus and water rats. The nearby towns of Malmsbury, Taradale and Metcalfe have a strong sense of stewardship of the river, due to its environmental, aesthetic and recreational values, including camping, fishing and bird watching.

System overview The Campaspe system extends from the Great Dividing Range in the south, to the River Murray at Echuca in the north (Figure 5.5.1). Major waterways in the catchment include the Campaspe River and the Coliban River. Lake Eppalock was constructed in 1965. It has traditionally secured water for the Campaspe Irrigation District and safeguarded the Coliban supply system for Bendigo. Regulation has significantly altered river flows and has reversed the seasonal river flows in some reaches (that is, there are now low flows in winter and high flows in summer). In 2010, the decommissioning of the Campaspe Irrigation District significantly reduced irrigation demand in the system.

In the Campaspe River, the priority river reaches for environmental watering are between Lake Eppalock and the Campaspe Weir (reach 2) and the Campaspe Siphon to the Murray River confluence (reach 4). Environmental flow reaches are shown in Figure 5.5.1. Flows are measured at the Lake Eppalock Outlet (reach 2) and the Campaspe Siphon (reach 4). These reaches have significant populations of Murray cod, provide in-stream habitat for fish species including Murray cod, silver perch, golden perch, Murray-Darling rainbowfish and flat-headed gudgeon, as well as a highly-connected, intact river red gum canopy along the river banks. These reaches are also the most influenced by water releases. Water Holdings in the Campaspe River can be delivered from two locations: Lake Eppalock and the Campaspe Siphon.

Pictured: Campaspe River, by North Central CMA Seasonal Watering Plan 2014–15 179 5.5 Campaspe system

In addition to the Water Holdings, passing flows are provided under Goulburn-Murray Water’s bulk entitlement. There are also opportunities to achieve environmental benefit from consumptive water from the Goulburn through the lower Campaspe (reach 4) en route to meeting irrigation needs in the River Murray. This requires prior agreement with Goulburn-Murray Water and the Murray-Darling Basin Authority.

The Coliban River upstream of Lake Eppalock is a Campaspe system priority reach for environmental water management. The stretch of river from Malmsbury Reservoir to Lake Eppalock provides habitat for small native fish, platypus and water rats.

Consultation

The North Central Catchment Management Authority has consulted stakeholders in the preparation of the seasonal watering proposal for the Campaspe system. These stakeholders are shown in Table 5.5.1

Table 5.5.1 Key stakeholders involved in the preparation of the seasonal watering proposal for the Campaspe System

Stakeholder consultation

Campaspe Environmental Water Advisory Group (made up of community members, Department of Environment and Primary Industries, Goulburn-Murray Water, CMA staff, VEWH, Commonwealth Environmental Water Office) Goulburn-Murray Water Coliban Water North Central Catchment Management Authority Natural Resource Management Committee (NRMC) North Central Catchment Management Authority Board Commonwealth Environmental Water Office Victorian Environmental Water Holder

180 Victorian Environmental Water Holder Campaspe system 5.5

Figure 5.5.1 The Campaspe system River

Murray • Echuca

Campaspe River

Murray 4 • Echuca

CampaspeCampaspe Waranga Siphon

Western Rochester • 4 3 Campaspe Campaspe Siphon WeirWaranga Western Rochester • River 3 Campaspe Weir

Mount River

2 Mount

• Barnadown Pleasant Reach 1 1 Coliban River: Malmsbury Reservoir to Lake Eppalock

Campaspe Campaspe 2 Forest Reach 2 2 Campaspe River: Lake Eppalock to Campaspe Weir • Barnadown Pleasant

Reach 1 1 3 Coliban River: Malmsbury Reservoir to Lake Eppalock Campaspe Campaspe Reach 3 Campaspe River: Campaspe Weir to Campaspe Siphon

Forest Creek ReachReach 2 42 4 Campaspe Campaspe River: River: Lake Eppalock Campaspe to Campaspe Siphon toWeir River Murray River 3 Reach 3 Campaspe Measurement River: Campaspe point Weir to Campaspe Siphon Creek Creek 4

River Reach 4 Campaspe River: Campaspe Siphon to River Murray River Water infrastructure Creek Measurement point Sheepwash Creek River Town Creek • Water infrastructure Lake Eppalock Creek Sheepwash Town Creek Lake Eppalock • Mcivor

Mcivor

Creek Heathcote Campaspe Campaspe • Axe

Creek Heathcote Myrtle Campaspe Wild • Axe

Myrtle Wild

Creek

River Creek

River

River

River

Duck Duck 1 1

Coliban Jews Creek Coliban Jews Creek Harp

Harp Creek

Creek

Malmsbury Creek MalmsburyReservoir Creek

Reservoir Pipers

Pipers • Creek Kyneton • Five Mile

Creek River

River Five Mile

Creek

Kangaroo River Coliban River RiverColiban Kangaroo Creek

Little Coliban River Coliban

Little

Seasonal Watering Plan 2014–15 181 5.5 Campaspe system 5.5.1 Campaspe River

Current situation

The Campaspe River was severely flow stressed during the Millennium drought, with flows significantly reduced. The natural floods in 2010-11 delivered high flows including overbank flows to the system, commencing its recovery from the drought.

While the floods caused immense damage to areas such as the township of Rochester, they also re-set the river system, scouring the river channel and removing the extensive beds of cumbungi and common reed that had proliferated during the drought. Much of the bank vegetation was stripped, leaving bare banks that are still recovering.

Management following the floods has focused primarily on the recovery of the river. The establishment of the new Campaspe Environmental Entitlement has resulted in an additional 23,000 ML per year (long-term average) now being available for environmental use in the Campaspe River.

2013-14 saw lower inflows throughout the system with no spills or pre-releases from Lake Eppalock. Environmental flow management during the 2013-14 year aimed to continue building on recovery of the system.

Priority watering actions and environmental objectives

Priority watering actions along with their associated environmental objectives, are provided in Table 5.5.2 and illustrated in Figure 5.5.2.

The priority environmental objectives are to: maintain pool habitat and water quality for fish populations; improve the potential for fish movement; maintain macroinvertebrate populations; reduce encroachment of terrestrial vegetation in-stream; maintain aquatic vegetation; and enhance river red gum recruitment.

In addition to the environmental objectives, these watering actions will also provide opportunities for motorised boating, kayaking, recreational fishing, swimming, sightseeing, bush walking and bird watching, which all provide economic benefits for local towns.

182 Victorian Environmental Water Holder Campaspe system 5.5

Table 5.5.2 Priority watering actions and environmental objectives for the Campaspe system

Priority watering actions Environmental objective Summer/autumn low flows (10-16 ML per day in reach 2 Maintain aquatic vegetation and 10- 20 ML per day in reach 4 during December to Maintain fish habitat and reinstate slack waters (areas May) with minimal water movement) Limit the effect of cold water pollution from Lake Eppalock for fish Maintain access to riffle habitat and water quality for macroinvertebrates Maintain permanent connectivity for water quality Winter/spring high flows (four events of 1,000 ML per Reduce encroachment of exotic and terrestrial day for four days each in reach 2, and two events of vegetation 1,500 ML per day for four days each in reach 4, during Enhance river red gum recruitment June to November) Stimulate fish movement and allow movement to downstream reaches Flush and mix river pools for water quality Respond to blackwater events as required Mix and flush river pools for macroinverbrates Inundate additional snags and flush sediment off biofilms (groups of microorganisms) for macroinvertebrates Winter/spring low flows (100 ML per day [or natural1] Provide longitudinal connectivity for fish 1 in reach 2, and 200 ML per day [or natural ] in reach 4, Limit effect of cold water pollution on fish during June to November) Maintain access to riffle habitat and water quality for macroinvertebrates Maintain permanent longitudinal connectivity of river for improved water quality Summer/autumn freshes (three freshes of 100 ML per Maintain riparian and in-channel recruitment vegetation day for five days each in reach 2, and one fresh of 100 Provide longitudinal connectivity for fish during periods ML per day for six days in reach 4, during December to of low flow May) Respond to blackwater events as required 1 ‘Or natural’ means that flow rates may be above or below the specified target rates depending upon inflows and climatic conditions.

Bankfull flows and overbank flows are also important. However, these cannot be actively delivered due to infrastructure constraints and the risk of inundating private land. Delivery of these events relies on natural flows.

Figure 5.5.2 Priority watering actions in the Campaspe River1

Winter/spring high flows 1,750 Winter/spring high flows

1,400

1,050

700 Winter/ Summer/autumn low Winter/ Flow (ML) per day spring flows spring low low flows flows 350 Summer/autumn freshes

July 2014 Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Jan 2015 Feb Mar Apr May Jun Month

1 These figures are for illustrative purposes only. Scheduling and delivery of particular watering actions within the stated timeframes will vary.

Seasonal Watering Plan 2014–15 183 5.5 Campaspe system

Scenario planning

Table 5.5.3 outlines the priority watering actions and expected water usage under a range of planning scenarios.

Water availability in the Campaspe system in 2014-15 is expected to be reasonably high even under a drought scenario, due to carryover. The two scenarios shown in Table 5.5.3 cover the range of environmental watering activities under any eventual seasonal conditions.

Based upon key learnings from the drought, the North Central Catchment Management Authority has developed principles for prioritising flow deliveries. Ecologically, the summer period is the highest risk period due to water quality issues and the potential for a fish death event. The priority is to manage this through provision of summer baseflows and a pre-emptive winter high flow event to flush organic material from the river during the relatively lower risk winter period. Initially the focus is to provide flow to the upper reach due to the existence of large deep pools as native fish habitat. The focus moves to the lower reaches of the river as more water becomes available. A high priority is to carry over water to underpin the 2015-16 summer low flows.

The storage volume of Lake Eppalock will need to be monitored closely over the winter/autumn period to assess the likelihood and timing of any storage spills. If the storage begins to spill early in the season, management will focus on ensuring winter baseflows are maintained between spills, which may provide the required winter high flow events.

Table 5.5.3 Priority watering actions in the Campaspe system under a range of planning scenarios

Planning scenario

DROUGHT AVERAGE/WET

Campaspe River

Expected availability of Water 20,652 ML VEWH Holdings 23,618 ML VEWH Holdings 1 Holdings 126 ML Living Murray Holdings 5,211 ML Living Murray Holdings 6,517 ML Commonwealth Holdings 6,912 ML Commonwealth Holdings 27,295 ML total 35,741 ML total

Priority watering actions Summer/autumn low flow in reach 4 Winter/spring low flow in reach 4 Summer/autumn low flow (carryover Summer/autumn freshes in reach 4 into 2015-16) (three events) Winter/spring high flow in reach 4 Winter/spring high flow in reach 2 (one event) (four events) Winter/spring low flow in reach 2 Winter/spring high flow in reach 4 (two events) Summer/autumn freshes in reach 4 (three events)

Possible volume required from the 29,500 ML 34,151 ML Water Holdings

Possible carryover into 2015-16 ~2,800 ML 0 ML

1 Under all scenarios, the Campaspe system will receive 100% allocations to high-reliability entitlements on July 1 2014. Water availability estimates do not include water available in the Goulburn and Murray systems, which could be traded into the system if required, subject to trading rules.

Risk management

In preparing its seasonal watering proposal, the North Central Catchment Management Authority has considered and assessed risks, and identified mitigating strategies, relating to the implementation of priority watering actions (see Table 5.5.4). Risks and mitigating actions are continually reassessed by delivery partners throughout the water year.

184 Victorian Environmental Water Holder Campaspe system 5.5

Table 5.5.4 Risk management in the Campaspe River

Risk type Mitigating strategy Release volume is insufficient in meeting required flow at Ongoing dialogue with Goulburn-Murray Water regarding target point consumptive demand in the system to assist in timing releases when there is available capacity to meet desired flow rates Current recommendations on environmental flow Undertake ongoing ecological monitoring of releases to inaccurate assist in refining flow recommendations over time Use annual operational monitoring to inform annual priority watering actions Storage manager maintenance works affect ability to Ongoing dialogue with Goulburn-Murray Water regarding deliver water maintenance schedule, to assist in timing releases when there is available capacity to meet desired flow rates Limited catchment management authority resources to Ensure that environmental water management within manage environmental releases the North Central Catchment Management Authority is adequately resourced to undertake required delivery tasks Releases cause water quality issues (eg. blackwater, low Summer freshes not to be delivered unless high winter dissolved oxygen levels, mobilisation of saline pools, flows have been provided to flush organic material from acid sulphate soils, etc). the river Summers freshes not to be delivered unless there is sufficient water available to follow up the freshes and overcome the reduced dissolved oxygen levels through dilution and re-aeration from flow Improved conditions for non-native species There is no strategy to mitigate this risk other than the (eg. Gambusia) implementation of the full environmental flow regime to provide a competitive advantage to native species Environmental water account is overdrawn Ongoing dialogue with Goulburn-Murray Water , the VEWH and the North Central Catchment Management Authority regarding water volume delivered to date Environmental release cause personal injury to river user Maximum regulated release volume of 1,850 ML per day, which is within normal system operations Engage the community and undertake local media, notifications on relevant websites prior to releases Environmental releases cause flooding of private land or Restrict water orders to a regulated release volume of public infrastructure 1,850 ML per day from Lake Eppalock, which is within normal system operations Ensure on-ground monitoring of water levels is undertaken for every high flow event Work closely with storage manager and cease regulated release if high catchment runoff flows are predicted Engage the community and undertake local media prior to releases Work with local Goulburn-Murray Water office to reduce potential flooding of diverters’ infrastructure Unable to provide evidence in meeting ecological Undertake monitoring of releases to assist in refining objective flow recommendations over time; use this monitoring data to strengthen the link between flow components and environmental objectives Seek funding through the Department of Environment and Primary Industries to undertake baseline monitoring and determine best use of additional environmental entitlements for the system Key stakeholders unsupportive of environmental water Engage the community in the development of seasonal release watering proposals Undertake local media prior to releases

Seasonal Watering Plan 2014–15 185 5.5 Campaspe system 5.5.2 Coliban River

Current situation

The Coliban River system was impacted by the drought experienced in Victoria between 2000 and 2010. During this time all passing flow was ceased below Malmsbury Reservoir and a small environmental reserve was established which enabled emergency releases in response to declining water quality.

The VEWH does not have any Water Holdings in the Coliban system, however, the ability to flexibly manage passing flows in the system provides an opportunity to help mitigate summer low flow risks.

In the 2010-11 season, high rainfall was experienced across the catchment, resulting in an increase in flows within the river and into Coliban storages, facilitating an increase in passing flows.

The focus of environmental flow management during the 2013-14 year shifted to safeguarding for emergency events through banking withheld passing flows in late spring/early summer period, then providing water for reduced base flow events to maintain river connectivity in the upper reaches over summer.

Priority watering actions and environmental objectives

Priority watering actions along with their associated environmental objectives are provided in Table 5.5.5 and illustrated in Figure 5.5.3.

The priority environmental objectives are to: maintain aquatic vegetation; maintain fish habitat for survival and spawning; maintain permanent connectivity for water quality and fish; maintain aquatic habitat for macroinvertebrates including riffle habitats; maintain riparian and in-channel recruitment vegetation and cue fish movement.

In addition to the environmental objectives, these watering actions will also provide complementary opportunities for recreational fishing, swimming, bird watching and sightseeing.

Table 5.5.5 Priority watering actions and environmental objectives for the Coliban River

Priority watering actions Environmental objective

Summer/autumn pulsed flows (5-15 ML per day for up to Maintain water quality including dissolved oxygen levels, two weeks during December to May) and habitat for aquatic animals

Summer/autumn low flows (2.5-5 ML per day during Maintain aquatic vegetation December to May) Maintain fish habitat for survival and spawning Maintain permanent longitudinal connectivity of river for improved water quality Maintain aquatic habitat for macroinvertebrates

Summer/autumn freshes (one fresh of 100 ML per day Maintain riparian and in-channel recruiting vegetation and one fresh of 200 ML per day for three days each during December to May) Provide longitudinal connectivity for fish during periods of low flow Stimulate upstream and downstream fish movement and or spawning Maintain water quality for macroinvertebrates

186 Victorian Environmental Water Holder Campaspe system 5.5

Figure 5.5.3 Priority watering actions in the Coliban River1

Summer/autumn fresh 100

80

60 Flow (ML) per day 40 Summer/autumn base flows Summer/autumn pulsed low flows 20

July 2014 Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Jan 2015 Feb Mar Apr May Jun Month

1 These figures are for illustrative purposes only. Scheduling and delivery of particular watering actions within the stated timeframes will vary.

Scenario planning

Table 5.5.6 outlines the priority watering actions and expected water usage under a range of planning scenarios.

Table 5.5.6 Priority watering actions in the Campaspe system under a range of planning scenarios

Planning scenario

DROUGHT AVERAGE/WET

Expected availability of Water Withheld passing flows for use at Withheld passing flows for use at Holdings other times in the season other times in the season

Priority watering actions Summer/autumn pulsed flows Withhold passing flows for 2014-15 Summer/autumn low flows Summer/autumn freshes Withhold passing flows for 2014-15

Possible volume required from the 1,500 ML 1,120 ML Water Holdings

Seasonal Watering Plan 2014–15 187 5.5 Campaspe system

Risk management

In preparing its seasonal watering proposal, the North Central Catchment Management Authority considered and assessed risks, and identified mitigating strategies, relating to the implementation of priority watering actions (see Table 5.5.7). Risks and mitigating actions are continually reassessed by environmental watering program partners throughout the water year.

Table 5.5.7 Risk management in the Coliban River

Risk type Mitigating strategy

Release volume is insufficient in meeting required flow at Attempt to withhold passing flows in the spring/early target point summer period to maximise resource position to provide flows during the summer high risk and ecological stress period

Current recommendations on environmental flow Undertake monitoring of releases to assist in refining inaccurate flow recommendations over time Use annual operational monitoring to inform annual priority watering actions Undertake review of watering actions with relevant stakeholders to ensure watering recommendations are adaptively managed over time

Storage manager maintenance works affect ability to Ongoing dialogue with Coliban Water regarding deliver water maintenance schedule, to assist in timing releases when there is available capacity to meet desired flow rates

Limited catchment management authority resources to Ensure that environmental water management within manage environmental releases the North Central Catchment Management Authority is adequately resourced to undertake required delivery tasks

Releases cause water quality issues (eg. blackwater, low Limited mitigation strategies exist due to the limited dissolved oxygen levels, mobilisation of saline pools, volume of water available acid sulphate soils, etc.)

Improved conditions for non-native species (eg. There is no strategy to mitigate this risk other than the Gambusia) implementation of the full environmental flow regime to provide a competitive advantage to native species

Environmental water account is overdrawn Ongoing dialogue with Coliban Water, the VEWH and the North Central Catchment Management Authority regarding water resources volume available and delivered to date

Environmental release cause personal injury to river user Volume to be delivered is relatively small and unlikely to cause issues for river users Ensure staff are accompanied and follow field work OHS procedures Spot trackers taken in field when working alone

Environmental releases cause flooding of private land or Malmsbury Reservoir infrastructure limits environmental public infrastructure flow releases to maximum of approximately 150 ML per day, which is well within the channel capacity of about 6,000 ML per day

Unable to provide evidence in meeting ecological Undertake monitoring of releases to assist in refining objective flow recommendations over time; use this monitoring data to strengthen the link between flow components and environmental objectives

Key stakeholders unsupportive of environmental water Engage the community in the development of seasonal release watering proposals Undertake local media prior to releases Media release to be made prior to the ceasing of any summer flows

188 Victorian Environmental Water Holder 5.6 Loddon system

Waterway manager – North Central Catchment Management Authority Storage manager – Goulburn-Murray Water

The Loddon system is home to a number of native fish species, and supports an active tourism industry due to its intact forests and high-value vegetation. Birchs Creek in the upper catchment of the Loddon system contains a population of river blackfish. Pyramid Creek is a tributary of the Loddon River, which enters the system near Kerang. As well as the lower Loddon River, Pyramid Creek provides important habitat for fish including the bony herring, golden perch and Murray cod. The Boort wetlands, located on the floodplain of the Loddon River, are important for waterbird habitat and contain high-value fringing river red gums and wetland vegetation.

System overview

The Loddon system rises on the northern slopes of the Great Dividing Range and flows north to the River Murray (see Figure 5.6.1). It contains key waterways such as the Loddon River, Tullaroop Creek, Birchs Creek and Pyramid Creek. Major storages in the system include Cairn Curran and Tullaroop Reservoir in the upper catchment and Laanecoorie Reservoir in the mid-catchment. Newlyn Reservoir and are storages on Birchs Creek, while on the Pyramid Creek regulates flows from the River Murray via the National Channel. Environmental water can be delivered to the Loddon River below , Birchs Creek, Tullaroop Creek and Pyramid Creek.

The Boort District wetlands are located on the floodplain to the west of the Loddon River downstream of Loddon Weir. These wetlands include Lakes Boort, Leaghur, Meran, Little Meran and Yando Swamp. The wetlands have been modified over the years as part of the irrigation system, and their natural watering regimes have been altered as a result. Environmental watering tries to reinstate more natural regimes in order to enhance habitat and conditions for a range of flora and fauna including threatened and endangered species.

Pictured: Loddon River at Yando Road, by Phil Slessar, North Central CMA Seasonal Watering Plan 2014–15 189 5.6 Loddon system

In the Loddon River, the priority river reach for environmental watering is between Loddon Weir and Kerang Weir (reach 4), as in-stream and riparian habitat has been most affected by river regulation in this reach. The remainder of the river upstream of Loddon Weir benefits from flows being passed to the lower reaches, providing habitat for macroinvertebrates and native fish such as the Murray cod, golden perch and silver perch. The Loddon River downstream of Kerang (reach 5) benefits from flows delivered to reach 4 of the river, as well as flows through Pyramid Creek. Pyramid Creek enters the Loddon River just upstream of Kerang Weir. The river reach between Kerang Weir and the Murray River benefits from flows from the Pyramid Creek as well as the Loddon River and is an important habitat for fish species such as Murray cod, golden and silver perch.

Tullaroop Creek (reach 2) and Birchs Creek are home to populations of regionally significant river blackfish. The provision of environmental water in these systems assists with achieving habitat requirements for these fish populations.

Water Holdings in the Loddon system are released from: Cairn Curran, Tullaroop and Lannecoorie reservoirs on the Loddon River; Newlyn Reservoir and Hepburn Lagoon on Birchs Creek; and from the River Murray via the National Channel and Kow Swamp. In addition, water in the Goulburn system can be delivered through the Waranga Western Channel to the Loddon Weir for delivery downstream. Water can also be traded from other systems into the Loddon, subject to trading rules.

In addition to the Water Holdings, passing flows are provided and consumptive water is delivered down the Loddon to meet downstream irrigation needs. Environmental water releases will be combined with passing flows, consumptive water and unregulated flows to maximise environmental outcomes.

Consultation

The North Central Catchment Management Authority has consulted stakeholders in the preparation of the seasonal watering proposals for the Loddon system. These stakeholders are shown in Table 5.6.1.

Table 5.6.1 Key stakeholders involved in the preparation of the seasonal watering proposals for the Loddon system

Stakeholder consultation

Loddon Environmental Water Advisory Group (made up of community members, Department of Environment and Primary Industries, Goulburn-Murray Water, North Central Catchment Management Authority staff, VEWH and Commonwealth Environmental Water Office staff, Parks Victoria, Field and Game Victoria) Bullarook Environmental Water Advisory Group (made up of community members, Goulburn-Murray Water and Victorian Environmenalt Water Holder) Goulburn-Murray Water North Central Catchment Management Authority Natural Resource Management Committee and Board Commonwealth Environmental Water Office Victorian Environmenalt Water Holder

190 Victorian Environmental Water Holder Loddon system 5.6

Reach 1 Loddon River - Cairn Curran Reservoir to Laanecoorie Reservoir

Reach 2 Tullaroop Creek - Tullaroop reservoir to Laanecoorie Reservoir Figure 5.6.1 The Loddon system Reach 1 Loddon River - Cairn Curran Reservoir to Laanecoorie Reservoir Reach 3a Loddon River - Laanecoorie Reservoir to Serpentine Weir Reach 2 Tullaroop Creek - Tullaroop reservoir to Laanecoorie Reservoir Reach 3b Loddon River - Serpentine Weir to Loddon Weir Reach 3a Loddon River - Laanecoorie Reservoir to Serpentine Weir Reach 4 Loddon River - Loddon Weir to Kerang Weir Reach 3b Loddon River - Serpentine Weir to Loddon Weir Reach 5 Loddon River - Kerang Weir to River Murray Reach 4 Loddon River - Loddon Weir to Kerang Weir Murray Reach Pyramid Creek - Box Creek to Kerang Weir Reach 5 Loddon River - Kerang Weir to River Murray 5 Priority Wetlands for Environmental Water Murray Reach Pyramid Creek - Box Creek to Kerang Weir Measurement point Barr 5 Priority Wetlands for Environmental Water Water infrastructure Loddon Measurement point Barr Town • Water infrastructure CreekLoddon

Kerang Weir Gunbower • Town Creek Kerang • Pyramid Kerang Weir Gunbower Gunbower Forest Kerang • Cohuna • PyramidJohnson Gunbower Forest Little Lake Meran Swamp CreekCohuna Kow Swamp Lake Meran 4 Box Creek • Hird Creek Johnson Little Lake Meran Swamp Swamp Creek National ChannelKow Swamp Lake Meran 4 Box Creek Hird Creek Lake Leaghur River Swamp National Channel Twelve Mile Creek Bendigo Lake YandoLake Leaghur River Serpentine

Lake Lyndger Twelve Mile Creek Bendigo Lake Yando Lake Boort Serpentine Bullock Waranga Lake Lyndger

Creek Lake Boort Bullock Waranga

Creek Creek

Loddon Weir Creek Western 3b Channel River

Wedderburn Loddon Weir Bendigo Creek Western • 3b Channel Serpentine Weir River

Wedderburn Bendigo Myers Myers

• Creek Serpentine Weir River Inglewood • Myers River Inglewood3a Creek • Creek Creek 3a CreekSpring

Creek Creek Bullabul Bendigo Burnt Loddon Spring • Laanecoorie Bullabul Bendigo ReservoirBurnt Loddon Bradford Creek • Creek Dunolly • Laanecoorie Reservoir Creek 1 Bradford Creek Creek DunollyLoddon• Creek 2 Maldon Creek Cairn 1 Creek Bullarook system Loddon• Maryborough Curran Reservoir2 Maldon Castlemaine Hepburn Lagoon Creek Cairn Creek Bullarook system • Barkers• Creek• Langdons

Tullaroop Curran Birch CreekMaryborough Hepburn Lagoon Muckleford Joyces Castlemaine

Reservoir Reservoir

Creek Middle • Middle Barkers Creek CampbellsCreek CreekLangdons Jim Crow •

Tullaroop Creek River Birch

Muckleford Reservoir Joyces Bet Bet Creek

Middle Middle CampbellsCreek Creek Jim Crow Newlyn Reservoir Creek Mccallum Creek River

Tullaroop Bet Bet Birch Creek Newlyn Reservoir Creek CreswickMccallum Creek

Tullaroop Dean Reservoir Birch Creek Daylesford• Creswick Creek Creek Dean Reservoir Daylesford• Creek

Creek Creek Creek

Seasonal Watering Plan 2014–15 191 5.6 Loddon system 5.6.1 Loddon River, Tullaroop Creek and Pyramid Creek

Current situation

The combined benefits of flood and environmental water have been significant for the Loddon River system over the past two to three years, with the condition of the river improving significantly since the drought. Frog and bird numbers have increased, and riparian and aquatic vegetation (including river red gums, phragmites, water ribbons and black box) have all shown signs of increased growth and coverage. While fish numbers are still low, the conditions in the lower Loddon are conducive to recolonisation, and this will be monitored over coming years.

Flows in summer 2013-14 were partially met, mainly because of irrigation water delivery, which generally exceeds the recommended flows, although in Tullaroop Creek (reach 2) these are more consistent with recommended flows.

Environmental water delivery provided priority watering actions in reach 4, while those in reach 5 were generally only partially provided or not provided at all. Watering actions that were partially met in this instance generally relate to flows exceeding recommended levels, mainly as a result of irrigation flows coming from Pyramid Creek.

Flow in Pyramid Creek is largely determined by Goulburn-Murray Water irrigation operations. Large pulses out of Box Creek were made during the 2010-11 floods, and in November 2012 a spring fresh was provided using consumptive water en route to users, with environmental water covering losses. The releases aimed to maintain and improve the health of resident and migrating native fish populations, including bony herring, Murray cod and golden perch, by increasing access to habitat and food resources. The flow was designed to coincide with the spring pulse from the Loddon River and to provide stimulus for movement of acoustically-tagged fish in Loddon reach 5 and Pyramid Creek.

No environmental water was delivered to Pyramid Creek in 2013-14, but flows at Kerang Weir indicate that there were some opportunities for fish movement during late winter/early spring.

Priority watering actions and environmental objectives

Priority watering actions along with their associated environmental objectives, are provided in Table 5.6.2 and illustrated in 5.6.2 and 5.6.3.

The priority environmental objectives are to enhance the condition of riparian vegetation and provide appropriate conditions for fish and macroinvertebrate colonisation.

In addition to the environmental objectives, these watering actions will also provide social benefits through improved opportunities for fishing and passive recreation activities.

192 Victorian Environmental Water Holder Loddon system 5.6

Table 5.6.2 Priority watering actions and environmental objectives for the Loddon system

Priority watering action Environmental objective

Loddon River (reach 4)

Autumn/winter/spring low flow (up to 150 ML per day Rehabilitate in-stream aquatic vegetation and reinstate during May to October) ecological processes in main channel Control encroachment of terrestrial vegetation in main channel Maintain or rehabilitate flood-dependant riparian and floodplain ‘ecological vegetation classes’ Reinstate ecological connection between the floodplain and the river, and ecological processes on the floodplain

Spring fresh (up to 750 ML per day for six to 10 days Provide fish movement and breeding cues during September to December)1 Maintain channel form and geomorphological processes along the main channel of the Loddon and its system of , such as Kinypanial Creek, Bannacher Creek and Venables Creek

Summer/autumn freshes (at least two freshes of 100 ML Improve water quality per day for 10-14 days during December and April) Reduce the incidence and severity of blackwater events Limit impacts associated with acid sulphate soils Maintain channel form and geomorphological processes along the main channel of the Loddon and its system of distributaries, such as Kinypanial Creek, Bannagher Creek and Venables Creek Maintain habitat quality for macroinvertebrates

Spring/summer/autumn low flows (up to 40 ML per day Maintain habitat quality for macroinvertebrates during November to April) Improve water quality Reduce the incidence and severity of blackwater events Limit impacts associated with acid sulphate soils Rehabilitate in-stream aquatic vegetation and reinstate ecological processes in main channel Control encroachment of terrestrial vegetation in main channel Maintain or rehabilitate flood-dependant riparian and floodplain ‘ecological vegetation classes’ Reinstate river-floodplain ecological interactions and ecological processes on floodplain

Tullaroop Creek (reach 2)

Freshening flows up to 400 ML per day for three or four Improve water quality days in spring Improve river geomorphology and sediment transport processes

Pyramid Creek

Spring fresh (up to 800 ML per day for 7 days during Improve flow and habitat to facilitate native fish September or November) recruitment and growth Improve native fish migration by providing connectivity with adjoining waterways Provide suitable in-stream habitat and food resources for native fish and other species

1 Note that due to potential inundation of private land, environmental flows above 450 ML per day in reach 4 will not be provided without agreement of potentially affected landholders.

Seasonal Watering Plan 2014–15 193 5.6 Loddon system

Figure 5.6.2 Priority watering actions in the Loddon River1

1,000

Spring fresh 800

600

400 Summer/autumn Flow (ML) per day freshes Summer/autumn 200 Autumn/winter/spring low flows Autumn/winter/spring low flows low flows

July 2014 Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Jan 2015 Feb Mar Apr May Jun Month

Figure 5.6.3 Priority watering actions in Pyramid Creek1

Spring fresh

800

600

400 Flow (ML) per day

200

July 2014 Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Jan 2015 Feb Mar Apr May Jun Month

1 These figures are for illustrative purposes only. Scheduling and delivery of particular watering actions within the stated timeframes will vary.

Sedimentation has been identified as a problem in Tullaroop Creek downstream of Tullaroop Reservoir. The construction of dams and river operations in the creek have impacted on river geomorphology and sediment transport processes. Flushes of approximately 200-400 ML per day for three or four days have been proposed in 2014-15 to get accumulated sediment moving through the system. This can be achieved by deploying water set aside for freshening flows in Tullaroop Creek (98 ML) and water for other uses (eg. irrigation releases en route). Decisions relating to this activity will be made in collaboration with Goulburn-Murray Water and North Central Catchment Management Authority.

Bankfull flows are important to the health of the Loddon River and are recommended to occur three to four times per decade. Bankfull flows of approximately 3,500 ML per day downstream of Loddon Weir occurred in two of the last three years. They require a large volume of water, and pose the risk of inundating private land. For these reasons, these have not been prioritised for active management during the 2014-15 season.

Environmental flows provided in Pyramid Creek will also target objectives in the Loddon River. Pending completion of an environmental flow study for Pyramid Creek in 2014-15, environmental flow objectives will target native fish outcomes based on advice from fish ecologists. The focus for watering in Pyramid Creek is to provide an adequate flow to encourage fish movement in reach 5 of the Loddon River through the Kerang fishway.

194 Victorian Environmental Water Holder Loddon system 5.6

Scenario planning

Table 5.6.3 outlines the priority watering actions and expected water usage under a range of planning scenarios.

There are critical decisions to be made throughout the season regarding the delivery of priority watering actions in the Loddon River. For example, if there are dry catchment conditions, a spring fresh may be delivered in the first half of October. However, if it is wet and there are unregulated flows through the catchment, the delivery of this fresh may be delayed to see if objectives are achieved naturally.

Table 5.6.3 Priority watering actions in the Loddon system under a range of planning scenarios

Planning scenario

DROUGHT AVERAGE WET

Loddon River

Expected availability of 9,064-10,586 ML VEWH 8,922-10,885 ML VEWH 8,922-11,229 ML VEWH Water Holdings1 Holdings Holdings Holdings 1,443-2,775 ML 1,748-2,775 ML 2,414-2,775 ML Commonwealth Holdings Commonwealth Holdings Commonwealth Holdings 10,507-13,361 ML total 10,670-13,660 ML total 11,336-14,004 ML total

Priority watering actions Autumn/winter low flow Autumn/winter low flow Autumn/winter low flow Spring fresh Spring fresh Spring fresh One summer fresh Two summer freshes Two summer freshes Summer low flows Summer low flows

Possible volume required 10,815-13,217 ML 7,810-10,287 ML 4,506-7,112 ML from the Water Holdings2

Possible carryover into 0 ML (VEWH Holdings) 0-3,075 ML (VEWH 1,810-6,723 ML (VEWH 2014-15 Holdings) Holdings)

Pyramid Creek

Priority watering actions N/A Spring fresh Spring fresh

Possible volume required 0 ML 5,000 ML 5,000 ML from the Water Holdings

1 Does not include water available in the Goulburn and Murray systems, which could be traded into the system if required, subject to trading rules. 2 Assumes passing flows are provided, but no unregulated flows occur, therefore volumes are upper limits.

Risk management

In preparing its seasonal watering proposal, the North Central Management Authority has considered and assessed risks, and identified mitigating strategies, relating to the implementation of priority watering actions (see Table 5.6.4). Risks and mitigating actions are continually reassessed by delivery partners throughout the water year.

Seasonal Watering Plan 2014–15 195 5.6 Loddon system

Table 5.6.4 Risk management in the Loddon system

Risk type Mitigating strategies Mitigating strategies (Loddon River) (Pyramid Creek) Release volume is insufficient to Monitor outcomes meet required flow at target point Regular liaison with Goulburn-Murray Water Current flow recommendations Monitor outcomes as neccessary Monitor outcomes inaccurate or out of date Undertake review of watering actions Develop flow recommendations with relevant stakeholders to ensure watering recommendations are adaptively managed over time Storage manager maintenance Liaise with Goulburn-Murray Water N/A works affect ability to deliver water Timing of flows to take account of maintenance Storage manager cannot deliver Liaise with Goulburn-Murray Water required volume or flow rate Adjust timing of flows and manage flow rate (capacity constraints) Limited catchment management Ensure that environmental water management within the North Central authority resources to plan and Catchment Management Authority is adequately resourced to undertake manage environmental release required delivery tasks Releases cause water quality issues Monitor water quality and/or cease flow if required (eg. blackwater, low dissolved oxygen, algal bloom) Releases cause water quality issues If bloom is present before flow commences, do not deliver water until bloom (eg. algal bloom) to be transported to subsides other systems (eg. Murray River) Assess if issue requires environmental flow order to be modified Improved conditions for non-native Currently unable to manage this risk species (eg. carp) Cost of delivery exceeds available Watering will not commence without agreement on delivery charges and funding security of funding Environmental water account is Monitor use of water overdrawn Liaise with Goulburn-Murray Water and VEWH Environmental release causes Follow OHS procedures Follow OHS procedures personal injury to river user, staff or Ensure contractors are OHS compliant Ensure contractors are OHS compliant contractor Inform landholders of flow Unable to provide evidence in Continue Victorian Environmental Fish survey recommended (funding meeting ecological objective Flows Monitoring and Assessment required) Program reporting Monitoring as necessary Environmental Water Advisory Group and community member observations Key stakeholders not supportive of Engage with landholders and Environmental Water Advisory Group environmental water release Information sessions Environmental release causes Monitor flows and restrict water Engage with, and inform landholders flooding to public infrastructure or orders to 450 ML per day private land Notify landholders and stakeholders of flow delivery in advance of it commencing Minor mitigation works (eg. earthworks) if required Engage landholders and keep them informed Monitor rainfall forecasts for likelihood of rainfall >20mm or that will cause run-off in the relevant catchments Reduce flow rate if required

196 Victorian Environmental Water Holder Loddon system 5.6 5.6.2 Boort wetlands Current situation The Boort wetlands are important habitat for a range of bird, and amphibian species, including endangered, vulnerable and . Native vegetation values include a number of threatened ecological vegetation classes, and important plant species such as cane grass and river red gums.

The Boort wetlands are now drying out after having water in them since the 2010-11 floods. In particular, Lake Leaghur has continued to hold water until very recently, and is due for a drying phase. Lake Yando received a small volume of water to inundate gilgai channels in the lake floor, while top up flows were provided to Lake Meran in April/May 2014 after the volume in the lake dropped below the environmental trigger level in summer 2013-14. Lake Boort is currently dry. Little Lake Meran retains some water but is unlikely to receive environmental water in the foreseeable future due to delivery constraints.

Priority watering actions and environmental objectives Priority watering actions, along with their associated environmental objectives, are provided in Table 5.6.5.

The priority environmental objectives are to: enhance vulnerable vegetation communities, including red gum, chenopod woodland and tall marshes. Bird breeding, feeding and roosting are also important objectives in these wetlands, along with the preservation of a range of vulnerable plant, reptile and frog species.

In addition to the environmental objectives, these watering actions will provide social benefits through improved opportunities for fishing and passive recreation activities.

Table 5.6.5 Priority watering actions and environmental objectives for the Boort wetlands

Priority watering action Environmental objective Lake Boort: Provide top up flows in autumn 2015 Restore the distribution of river red gums and associated plant community across the bed of Lake Boort, including rehabilitation of southern cane grass populations Restore and rehabilitate vegetation species diversity typical of aquatic and semi-aquatic environments Reduce likelihood of recolonisation of lake bed by mustard weed by promoting native vegetation growth Lake Yando: Provide top up flows in spring 2014 or Maintain the health and restore the distribution of river autumn 2015 red gums Maintain open water and associated mudflat habitat Maintain the health and restore the distribution of the fringing riverine chenopod woodland Maintain health and restore the distribution of tangled lignum vegetation Restore diverse aquatic and amphibious plant species communities Restore habitat for the rare winged water-starwort Restore feeding and breeding opportunities for water birds, frogs and invertebrates Maintain a viable seed and egg bank Lake Meran: Provide top up flows in autumn 2015 Maintain emergent aquatic plant communities currently persisting at the channel outfall Maintain health of the fringing intermittent swampy woodland Restore open water/submerged aquatic plant habitat in the deeper sections of the wetland Restore tall marsh habitat across a greater area of the lake Restore abundance of tangled lignum vegetation within the fringing intermittent swampy woodland Restore habitat and breeding opportunities for water birds (eg. pied cormorants), fish, frogs and invertebrates Restore connectivity between river, floodplain and wetlands

Seasonal Watering Plan 2014–15 197 5.6 Loddon system

Scenario planning

Table 5.6.6 outlines the priority watering actions and expected water usage under a range of planning scenarios.

In all but the drought scenario, adequate water is expected to be available from allocations and carryover to undertake the respective priority watering actions. In the drought scenario, Lake Yando would only be partially filled, as occurred in 2013. In the wetter scenarios, the ecological benefits of filling Lake Yando would be considered. Prioritisation between sites may be required under a drought scenario if insufficient water was available to achieve all priority watering actions. This would be based on factors such as timing and total water availability, risk assessment, drying/filling regimes identified for wetlands, and anticipated ecological outcomes or threats.

Table 5.6.6 Priority watering actions in the Boort wetlands under a range of planning scenarios

Planning scenario

DROUGHT DRY AVERAGE WET

Priority watering Lake Boort Lake Boort Lake Boort Lake Boort actions (up to 1,500 ML) (up to 1,500 ML) (up to 1,500 ML) (up to 1,500 ML) Lake Yando Lake Yando Lake Yando Lake Yando (200-450 ML) (200-450 ML) (200-450 ML) (200-450 ML) Lake Meran Lake Meran Lake Meran Lake Meran (up to 1,500 ML) (up to 1,500 ML) (up to 1,500 ML) (up to 1,500 ML)

Possible volume required from the Up to 3,450 ML Up to 3,450 ML Up to 3,450 ML Up to 3,450 ML Water Holdings

Pictured: Loddon River at Borung-Hurstwood Road, by Phil Slessar, North Central CMA 198 Victorian Environmental Water Holder Loddon system 5.6

Risk management

In preparing its seasonal watering proposal, the North Central Management Authority has considered and assessed risks, and identified mitigating strategies, relating to the implementation of priority watering actions (see Table 5.6.7). Risks and mitigating actions are continually reassessed by environmental watering program partners throughout the water year.

Table 5.6.7 Risk management in the Boort wetlands

Risk type Mitigating strategy Inflow volume too much or too little to achieve Monitor outcomes as appropriate objectives Liaise with Goulburn-Murray Water Storage manager maintenance works affect ability to Ensure the deliveries to wetlands occur within the deliver water irrigation season Liaise with Goulburn-Murray Water regarding channel shut downs Limited catchment management authority resources to Ensure that environmental water management within plan and manage environmental release the North Central Catchment Management Authority is adequately resourced to undertake required delivery tasks Releases cause water quality issues (eg. salinity, Monitor water quality as appropriate blackwater, algal bloom) Undertake salinity investigations if required Improved conditions for non-native species (eg. carp) Currently unable to manage this risk Cost of delivery exceeds available funding Watering will not commence without agreement on delivery charges and security of funding Environmental water account is overdrawn Monitor usage of water Liaise with Goulburn-Murray Water and the VEWH Environmental water release causes personal injury to Follow OHS procedures wetland user, staff or contractor Ensure contractors are OHS compliant Unable to provide evidence in meeting ecological Undertake vegetation and bird surveys as appropriate objective Flow delivery interferes with irrigation delivery Liaise with Goulburn-Murray Water on capacity issues Interrupt environmental flow delivery if appropriate Key stakeholders not supportive of environmental water Engage with landholders and Environmental Water release Advisory Group Provide information sessions Environmental water releases cause flooding of private Engage with landholders land or public infrastructure Reduce flow rate if required

Seasonal Watering Plan 2014–15 199 5.6 Loddon system 5.6.3 Birchs Creek

Current situation

Due to the impact of regulation and limited environmental water availability, flow recommendations in Birchs Creek are not regularly met. Environmental management objectives in Birchs Creek focus on supporting habitat and food sources for the regionally significant river blackfish. No environmental water was used in Birchs Creek in 2012-13 or 2013-14 because target flow events were met naturally. High flows were experienced during winter/spring and irrigation flows during the summer provided a consistent flow.

Priority watering actions and environmental objectives

Priority watering actions along with their associated environmental objectives, are provided in Table 5.6.8 and illustrated in Figure 5.6.4.

The priority environmental objectives are to enhance the condition of riparian vegetation and provide appropriate conditions for fish and macroinvertebrate colonisation.

In addition to the environmental objectives, these watering actions will also provide social benefits through improved opportunities for fishing and passive recreation activities.

Table 5.6.8 Priority watering actions and environmental objectives for Birchs Creek

Priority watering action Environmental objective Two spring/summer/autumn freshes in reach 3 (27 ML Support native fish (including river blackfish) population per day for three to four days during November and structure, composition, age classes and abundance February-March) Minimise low dissolved oxygen and temperature risks for fish Autumn pulse in reach 3 (30 ML per day for one day Flush sediment from riffles to restore or maintain during March and May) macroinvertebrate communities Allow movement between pools to maintain native fish community composition and abundance Create disturbance to rehabilitate current complexity and diversity of in-stream vegetation Rehabilitate riparian vegetation extent, structure and composition Autumn fresh in reach 3 (27 ML per day for three to four Support native fish (including river blackfish) population days during March and May) structure, composition, age classes and abundance Flush sediment from riffles to restore or maintain macroinvertebrate communities Allow movement between pools to maintain native fish populations and abundance Create disturbance to rehabilitate the diversity of habitat, ecological diversity and physical diversity of in-stream vegetation Rehabilitate riparian vegetation extent, diversity and population structure and composition Minimise low dissolved oxygen and temperature risks for fish

200 Victorian Environmental Water Holder Loddon system 5.6

Figure 5.6.4 Priority watering actions in Birchs Creek1

35

Autumn fresh

28

Spring/summer/autumn 21 freshes

14 Flow (ML) per day

7

July 2014 Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Jan 2015 Feb Mar Apr May Jun Month

1 These figures are for illustrative purposes only. Scheduling and delivery of particular watering actions within the stated timeframes will vary.

Scenario planning Table 5.6.9 outlines the priority watering actions and expected water usage under a range of planning scenarios. Table 5.6.9 Priority watering actions in Birchs Creek under a range of planning scenarios

Planning scenario DROUGHT AVERAGE WET Expected availability of 100 ML 100 ML 100 ML Water Holdings Priority watering actions Two spring/summer/ Two spring/summer One autumn fresh autumn freshes freshes One autumn pulse Possible volume required 0-100 ML 0-100 ML 0-100 ML from the Water Holdings

Risk management In preparing its seasonal watering proposal, the North Central Management Authority has considered and assessed risks, and identified mitigating strategies, relating to the implementation of priority watering actions (see Table 5.6.10). Risks and mitigating actions are continually reassessed by environmental watering program partners throughout the water year. Table 5.6.10 Risk management in Birchs Creek Risk type Mitigating strategies Limited catchment management authority Ensure that environmental water management within the resources to deliver environmental releases North Central Catchment Management Authority is adequately resourced to undertake required delivery tasks Environmental releases cause personal injury to Keep community informed and advise to minimise river access river users during flows Ensure staff are accompanied and follow field work OHS procedures Spot trackers taken in field when working alone Current environmental flow recommendations are Review flow recommendations for the system to inform future inaccurate watering events Unable to provide evidence of meeting ecological Regular site visits during and outside of flow deliveries to objective monitor conditions in the creek and make observations using photopoints Release volume is insufficient to meet target flows Monitor fresh in reach 3 to ensure objectives are met Cost of delivery exceeds available funding Watering will not commence without agreement on delivery charges and security of funding Environmental water account is overdrawn Monitor account during event; reduce timing to three days if required

Seasonal Watering Plan 2014–15 201 Section 6 Further information

Pictured: Lerderderg Gorge, Werribee system, by Bill Moulden, Melbourne Water 202 Victorian Environmental Water Holder 6.1 Contact details

For further information on the Seasonal Watering Melbourne Water Plan 2014-15, please contact the VEWH office: 990 La Trobe Street, Docklands, Victoria 3008 8 Nicholson St, East Melbourne, Victoria, 3002 PO Box 4342, Melbourne, Victoria 3001 PO Box 500, East Melbourne, Victoria, 3002 T: 131 722 T: (03) 9637 8951 E: [email protected] E: [email protected] W: www.melbournewater.com.au North Central CMA For specific information about each system, 628-634 Midland Highway, Huntly, Victoria 3551 and details about specific seasonal watering PO Box 18, Huntly, Victoria 3551 proposals, please contact the relevant catchment T: (03) 5448 7124 management authority (CMA) or Melbourne Water. E: [email protected] W: www.nccma.vic.gov.au Corangamite CMA 64 Dennis Street, Colac, Victoria 3250 North East CMA PO Box 159, Colac, Victoria 3250 1B Footmark Court, Wodonga, Victoria 3690 T: (03) 5232 9100 PO Box 616, Wodonga VIC 3689 E: [email protected] T: (02) 6043 7600 W: www.ccma.vic.gov.au E: [email protected] W: www.necma.vic.gov.au East Gippsland CMA West Gippsland CMA 574 Main Street, , Victoria 3875 16 Hotham Street, Traralgon, Victoria 3844 PO Box 1012, Bairnsdale, Victoria 3875 PO Box 1374, Traralgon, Victoria 3844 T: (03) 5152 0600 T: 1300 094 262 E: [email protected] E: [email protected] W: www.egcma.com.au W: www.wgcma.vic.gov.au Glenelg Hopkins CMA Wimmera CMA 79 French Street, Hamilton, Victoria 3300 24 Darlot Street, Horsham, Victoria 3400 PO Box 502, Hamilton, Victoria 3300 PO Box 479, Horsham, Victoria 3402 T: (03) 5571 2526 T: (03) 5382 1544 E: [email protected] E: [email protected] W: www.ghcma.vic.gov.au W: www.wcma.vic.gov.au

Goulburn Broken CMA For specific information about the other 168 Welsford Street, Shepparton, Victoria 3630 environmental water holders, please contact: PO Box 1752, Shepparton, Victoria 3630 T: (03) 5820 1100 Murray-Darling Basin Authority E: [email protected] Level 4, 51 Allara Street, Canberra, ACT 2601 W: www.gbcma.vic.gov.au GPO Box 1801, Canberra, ACT 2601 T: (02) 6279 0100 Mallee CMA E: [email protected] DPI Complex, Corner Koorlong Avenue and W: www.mdba.gov.au Eleventh Street, Irymple, Victoria 3498 PO Box 5017, Mildura, Victoria 3502 Commonwealth Environmental T: (03) 5051 4377 E: [email protected] Water Office W: www.malleecma.vic.gov.au John Gorton Building, King Edward Terrace, Canberra, ACT 2601 GPO Box 787, Canberra, ACT 2601 T: (02) 6275 9246 E: [email protected] W: www.environment.gov.au/aggregation/ commonwealth-environmental-water-office

Seasonal Watering Plan 2014–15 203 6.2 Glossary

Acid sulphate soils – Naturally occurring soils containing high quantities of iron sulphates. When these soils remain underwater, they are stable, however if they are exposed to air, sulphuric acid is generated and can result in severe environmental impacts.

Allocation bank account – Water share owners and some other entitlement holders hold allocation bank accounts (ABAs), which are credited as water allocations are made throughout the season.

Australian Height Datum (AHD) – Height above sea level.

Azolla – A native aquatic fern which grows in waterways in dense patches; its presence usually indicates high levels of nutrients.

Bankfull flows – Flows of sufficient size to reach the top of the river bank with little flow spilling onto the floodplain.

Baseflows – A relatively stable, sustained and low flow in a river.

Biofilms – Slimy films of bacteria, other microbes and organic materials that cover underwater surfaces including rocks and snags.

Blackwater – Blackwater is a natural occurrence and is caused by the breakdown of plant matter causing water discolouration. The water turns black and can have very low dissolved oxygen levels which can cause stress to fish and other animals that breathe underwater.

Brackish water – Water that is moderately salty, but not as salty as sea water. It may result from the mixing of seawater with fresh water, as in .

Carryover – Allows entitlement holders to retain ownership of unused water into the following season (according to specified rules).

Catchment management authority – Statutory authorities established to manage river health, regional and catchment planning, and waterways, floodplains, salinity and water quality management.

Cease-to-flow – The period in which there is no discernible flow in a river and may lead to partial or total drying of the river channel.

Cold water pollution – Is caused by cold water being released into rivers, primarily from large dams, during warmer months.

Commonwealth Environmental Water Office – (part of the Department of Environment) Holds and manages the water entitlements recovered by the through a combination of investments in water-saving infrastructure, water purchases and other water recovery programs.

Confluence – The point where a tributary joins a larger river, called the main stem, or where two streams meet to become the source of a river of a new name.

Ecological vegetation class – Components of a vegetation classification system, involving groupings of vegetation communities based on floristic, structural and ecological features.

Environmental flow regime – The timing, frequency, duration and magnitude of flows for the environment.

204 Victorian Environmental Water Holder Glossary 6.2

Environmental flow study – A scientific study of the flow requirements of a particular basin’s river and wetlands systems used to inform decisions on the management and allocation of water resources.

Environmental water entitlement – An entitlement to water to achieve environmental objectives in waterways (could be an environmental entitlement, environmental bulk entitlement, water share, section 51 licence or supply agreement).

Estuary – A partially enclosed along the coast where freshwater from rivers and streams meets and mixes with salt water from the ocean.

Fledging – The care of a young bird until it is able to fly.

Fledgling water birds – Young waterbirds that have just fledged, or have recently acquired the ability to fly, but are still dependent to some extent on parental care.

Flow component – Components of a river system’s flow regime that can be described by magnitude, timing, frequency and duration (for example, cease to flow and overbank flows).

Freshes – Small or short duration peak flow events which exceed the base flow and last for one or several days.

Geomorphology – The scientific study of landforms and the processes that shape them.

Gigalitre (GL) – One billion (1,000,000,000) litres.

Heritage rivers – Heritage rivers are listed under the Heritage Rivers Act 1992, and are particular parts of rivers and river catchment areas in Victoria which have significant nature conservation, recreation, scenic or cultural heritage attributes.

High-reliability entitlement – Legally recognised, secure entitlement to a defined share of water (full allocations are expected in most years).

Inter-valley transfers (IVT) – The transfer of water between river systems to meet demands as a result of water trade between river systems.

Low-reliability entitlement – Legally recognised, secure entitlement to a defined share of water (full allocations are expected only in some years).

OLARIS – A website that displays real-time data for various reservoirs and lakes including Yarra and Tarago systems. It is used to assess the water quality at the reservoir outlet prior to releasing environmental water into the river. Visit rtm.cwr.uwa.edu.au/olaris/olaris/index.php

Macroinvertebrates – Those animals that have no backbone and can be seen with the naked eye; includes worms, snails, mites, bugs, beetles, dragonflies and freshwater crayfish.

Macrophytes – Aquatic plants that are either emergent (growing out of the water; for example, phragmites), submergent (growing under water; for example, ribbonweed), or floating (for example, floating pond weed).

Managed releases – Release of water from the Water Holdings which is stored in major reservoirs; used for priority watering actions to achieve environmental outcomes.

Megalitre (ML) – One million (1,000,000) litres.

Midden – A site of cultural significance, where Indigenous people left the remains of their meals and other domestic waste.

Seasonal Watering Plan 2014–15 205 6.2 Glossary

Monthly Water Report – a report produced by the Department of Environment and Primary Industries, which provides a summary of the status of Victoria’s water resources and water supplies at the end of the reporting month.

Northern Victoria Irrigation Renewal Program (NVIRP) – An irrigation modernisation project, involving upgrading irrigation infrastructure in the Goulburn-Murray Irrigation District, which will provide water to irrigators, Melbourne and the environment. Now called the GMW Connections Project.

Passing flow – Water released out of storages to operate river and distribution systems (to deliver water to end users), provide for riparian rights and maintain environmental values and other community benefits.

Permanent trade – Transfer of ownership of a water share or licence.

Priority watering actions – Flow components that have been identified as priorities for a particular system in a particular year.

Ramsar-listed wetland – A wetland listed as internationally significant under the Convention on Wetlands signed in Ramsar, Iran in 1971.

Reach – A stretch or section of a river, generally defined in an environmental flows study.

Resource manager – Appointed by the Minister for Water to manage and allocate water resources in a particular river basin.

Restoring the Balance water recovery program – A Commonwealth Government program to return water to the environment through the purchase of water entitlements from irrigators.

Riffle – Relatively shallow section of stream where water flows at a higher velocity with increased turbulence, causing many ripples to be formed in the water surface.

Riparian vegetation – Vegetation located in the area of land that adjoins, regularly influences or is influenced by a river.

Seasonally adaptive approach – A planning approach which incorporates the likely availability of environmental water based on recent climate history and outlook, and determines the priority environmental objectives as a result.

Seasonal allocation – The volume of water allocated to a water share in a given season, expressed as a percentage of entitlement volume.

Slackwater habitat – Habitat in a body of water that has little or no flow, typically formed in areas where the current is restricted by obstructions.

Storage manager – Appointed by the Minister for Water to operate major water storages in a particular river basin to deliver to entitlement holders.

Temporary trade – Transfer of a seasonal allocation.

Terrestrial vegetation – Land-based plants.

The Living Murray – An intergovernmental program, which holds an average of 500,000 ML of environmental water per year, for use at six icon sites along the River Murray.

Tributary – Smaller river or creek that flows into a larger river.

206 Victorian Environmental Water Holder Glossary 6.2

Unregulated entitlement – An entitlement to water declared during periods of unregulated flow in a river system, that is, flows that are unable to be captured in storages.

Unregulated flows – Natural stream flows that cannot be captured in major reservoirs or storages.

Victorian Environmental Flows Monitoring and Assessment Program (VEFMAP) – Assesses the effectiveness of environmental flows in delivering ecological outcomes.

Victorian Environmental Water Holder – An independent statutory body responsible for holding and managing Victorian environmental water entitlements and allocations (Victorian Water Holdings).

Victorian Water Register – A public register of water-related entitlements in Victoria.

Waterways – Includes rivers, wetlands, creeks, floodplains and estuaries.

Water entitlement – The right to a volume of water that can (usually) be stored in reservoirs and taken and used under specific conditions.

Water Holdings – Environmental water entitlements held by the Victorian Environmental Water Holder.

Waterway manager – Agency responsible for the environmental management of catchments and waterways (includes catchment management authorities and Melbourne Water).

Pictured: Yarra River at Warburton, by John Winther, Melbourne Water

Seasonal Watering Plan 2014–15 207 6.3 List of acronyms

CAMBA China-Australia Migratory Bird Agreement

CEWO Commonwealth Environmental Water Office

CEWH Commonwealth Environmental Water Holder

CMA Catchment Management Authority

EWR Environmental Water Reserve

GWMWater Grampians Wimmera Mallee Water

JAMBA Japan-Australia Migratory Bird Agreement

MDBA Murray-Darling Basin Authority

NVIRP Northern Victoria Irrigation Renewal Project

ROKAMBA Republic of Korea-Australia Migratory Bird Agreement

VEFMAP Victorian Environmental Flows Monitoring and Assessment Program

VEWH Victorian Environmental Water Holder

208 Victorian Environmental Water Holder Back cover image: MacKenzie River, by Josh Griffiths Pictured above: Thomson River in flow release, by Jake Marler Victorian Environmental Water Holder

T: (03) 9637 8951 E: [email protected] PO Box 500, East Melbourne VIC 3002 8 Nicholson Street, East Melbourne

vewh.vic.gov.au www.italicherrydesign.com.au 5.5 Campaspe system

This variation has been made to the Seasonal Watering Plan 2014-15 to alter the specification of priority watering actions identified for the Campaspe system, as aesult r of new information available from a review of the environmental flow study for the system.

The section below replaces the table of priority watering actions identified for the Campaspe system, on page 183 of the Seasonal Watering Plan 2014-15. Changes include adjustment to the location, timing, duration and magnitude of flow components required to achieve the desired environmental objectives.

Table 5.5.2 Priority watering actions and environmental objectives for the Campaspe system Priority watering actions Environmental objective Summer/autumn low flows (10-50 ML per day in reach 4 Maintain aquatic vegetation during December to May) Maintain fish habitat and reinstate slack waters (areas with minimal water movement) Limit the effect of cold water pollution from Lake Eppalock for fish Maintain access to riffle habitat and water quality for macroinvertebrates Maintain permanent connectivity for water quality Winter/spring high flows (up to four events at 1,000- Reduce encroachment of exotic and terrestrial vegetation 1,800 ML per day for up to seven days each in reach 4, Enhance river red gum recruitment during June to November) Stimulate fish movement and allow movement to downstream reaches Flush and mix river pools for water quality Respond to blackwater events as required Mix and flush river pools for macroinverbrates Inundate additional snags and flush sediment off biofilms (groups of microorganisms) for macroinvertebrates Winter/spring low flows (50-200 ML per day [or natural1 ] Provide longitudinal connectivity for fish in reach 4, during June to November) Limit effect of cold water pollution on fish Maintain access to riffle habitat and water quality for macroinvertebrates Maintain permanent longitudinal connectivity of river for improved water quality Summer/autumn freshes (up to three freshes of 50-200 Maintain riparian and in-channel recruitment vegetation ML per day for up to three days each in reach 4 during Provide longitudinal connectivity for fish during periods of low December to May) flow Respond to blackwater events as required 1 ‘Or natural’ means that flow rates may be above or below the specified target rates depending upon inflows and climatic conditions.